- 2019

Faculty of Science
Undergraduate - Units

ANT1800 - Introduction to anatomy and medical terminology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Chow Sek Chuen

Coordinator(s)

Dr Lai Hien Tet

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

ANT2331

Note that students who commenced the BSc(MedBioSci) prior to 2015 are supposed to take ANT2331 and will need to obtain approval for the ADE to substitute ANT1800 for ANT2331.

Synopsis

This unit covers human anatomy in its broadest sense; to explore and understand structure and function at the macroscopic, microscopic (histological) and developmental (embryological) levels. Topographic studies will cover the morphology and organisation of the musculoskeletal system, the cardiovascular system, the respiratory system, the digestive system, urinary system, endocrine system, nervous system and reproductive system. Histology studies will correlate microscopic structure with function; beginning with the cell, moving on to the four primary tissue types and following up with systems-based histology where relevant. Embryology will help in understanding human development; beginning with fertilization and following up through the development of organ-body systems, with emphasis on mechanisms regulating normal development and organisation of the body. The unit encompasses familiarisation and usage of anatomical and medical terminology. Skills in practical observation, identification and communication will be encouraged as well as the ability to source for information through the effective use of IT.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a comprehensive knowledge of human anatomy, including an understanding of the macroscopic structure and functions of the systems of the human body, the microscopic structure and functions of cell types and body tissues as well as the embryological origins of the human body;
  2. Use anatomical and related medical terminology effectively in verbal and written communication;
  3. Demonstrate observational and descriptive skills in relation to histological slides, anatomical models, dissected/ prosected anatomical specimens and radiographs;
  4. Actively participate in group work to mirror future roles as members of a healthcare team.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Continuous assessment: 30%

Practical examination: 30%

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures, 3 hours group lab practical/tutorial, 3 hours computer-assisted learning and 3 hours private study per week

See also Unit timetable information


ASP1010 - Earth to cosmos - introductory astronomy

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jasmina Lazendic-Galloway

Coordinator(s)

Dr Jasmina Lazendic-Galloway

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

No formal background in astronomy or astrophysics is required.

Prohibitions

ASP1010 can only be completed prior to ASP2011 and ASP2062

Synopsis

This unit focuses on concepts that will allow students to gain understanding of key astrophysical phenomena. The topics covered include the night sky, the historical development of astronomical knowledge, our solar system, comets and asteroids, the sun, exoplanets, other stars, stellar remnants such as black holes, the Milky Way, other galaxies, quasars, dark matter, and cosmology in general.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the evolution and general properties of planets, solar systems, stars, and galaxies.
  2. Explain celestial and planetary motions across the night sky using naked eye observations and planetarium software.
  3. Reflect on the scale of the universe and earth's place in it.
  4. Execute experiments involving telescopes and other simple apparatus and analyse, interpret and evaluate the results arising from them.
  5. Demonstrate ability to analyse and solve problems using quantitative and qualitative analysis.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Practicals: 30% (Hurdle)

Assignments: 30%

Hurdle requirement: Students must achieve a pass mark in the practicals to achieve an overall pass grade.

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


ASP1022 - Life in the universe - astrobiology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jasmina Lazendic-Galloway

Coordinator(s)

Dr Jasmina Lazendic-Galloway

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

No formal background in astronomy or astrophysics is required.

Synopsis

This unit focuses on understanding astronomical, geological, chemical, biological and technological conditions necessary for primitive and intelligent life. The topics covered include: stellar and planetary formation, dynamics of planetary orbits, detection and properties of extrasolar planets, habitability, chemical and biological characteristics of life, how life first appeared on the Earth and how life depends on energy from the stars, probabilities of life forming on other planets, artificial life and artificial intelligence, interstellar travel and colonisation, the fate of the Universe and the implications for any life present.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit you will be able to:

  1. Explain modern theories of stellar and planetary formation and evolution
  2. Compare properties of our Solar system to that of extrasolar planetary systems
  3. Describe the necessary conditions for life and how species evolve
  4. Debate how development of life is dependent on the conditions in the physical universe
  5. Theorise on the possibilities of other life forms, interstellar communication and interstellar travel.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

  • Examination (2 hours and 10 minutes): 40%
  • Practicals: 30% (Hurdle)
  • Assignments: 30%

Hurdle requirement: Student must pass achieve a pass mark in the practicals to achieve an overall pass grade.

Hurdle requirement: Student must pass achieve a pass mark in the workshops to achieve an overall pass grade.

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


ASP2011 - Astronomy

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Michael Brown

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Michael Brown

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One unit (six points) of physics at first-year level, and MTH1020 or MTH1030 or MTH1035 or ENG1005 or equivalent

Synopsis

An introduction to modern astronomy, with an emphasis on using astronomical observations to understand the stars, galaxies and the universe as a whole.

Students are introduced to the night sky and how to navigate around it using astronomical coordinates. The design, performance and use of visible and radio wavelength telescopes are discussed in detail, including imaging and spectroscopy. Visible and radio wavelength observations will be interpreted to determine the velocities, distances, masses, and the cosmological expansion of the Universe, Practical work in workshops is a key component of this unit, including an astronomical observing session and analysis of data from major observatories.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Use fundamental concepts in observational astronomy to model the motion of the planets and stars, to measure the brightness of celestial objects using astronomical images, and to determine astronomical distances.
  2. Explain the workings and limitations of telescopes and interferometers, to quantify their angular resolution and limitations, and describe how astronomers use these instruments to obtain images and spectra.
  3. Use optical, infrared and radio observations to measure stellar masses, stellar radii, astronomical distances, temperatures and the expansion of the Universe.
  4. Interpret astronomical observations and justify conclusions drawn via a concise and accurate written report.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%

Written assignments: 15%

Workshop: 35% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirements: Students must achieve a pass mark in the workshop component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (approximately 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor-directed, peer-directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

Note: the unit includes a commitment of 2 hours of astronomical observing after hours (evening) on the Clayton Campus, with the exact timing being weather dependent.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


ASP2062 - Introduction to astrophysics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Daniel Price

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Daniel Price

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One unit (six points) of physics at first-year level, and MTH1030 or MTH1035 or ENG1005 or equivalent

Co-requisites

MTH2010 or MTH2015 or ENG2005 recommended - required for Astrophysics at level three

Synopsis

An introduction to contemporary astrophysics, with a focus on the range of physical processes which shape the universe and the objects within. Students will study the generation, propagation and absorption of radiation; processes of star and planet formation; celestial mechanics; accretion disks; the sun; interiors of stars and nucleosynthesis; post main sequence evolution; degeneration remnants; the Milky Way; the structure of galaxies; active galaxies; particles and cosmic rays. Laboratory work will include analytic and computer-based exercises, involving research-grade data and numerical codes.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply basic physical and mathematical principles, including dimensional analysis, to gain a quantitative and qualitative understanding of astrophysical processes.
  2. Explain how observational data may be exploited to infer the physical properties of cosmic objects.
  3. Solve astrophysical problems, and complete a range of problem solving tasks by drawing on physical principles.
  4. Use practical skills to computationally model astrophysical systems.
  5. Demonstrate a knowledge of stars, planets, and galaxies sufficient to undertake further astrophysics studies at Level 3.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (3 hours): 50%

Workshops: 35% (Hurdle)

Tests: 15%

Hurdle requirement: Students must achieve a pass mark in the workshop component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


ASP3012 - Stars and galaxies

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor John Lattanzio

Coordinator(s)

Professor John Lattanzio

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of MTH2010 or MTH2015, plus MTH2032, or ENG2005 and MTH2040

Synopsis

Stellar photometry; observing the stars; star formation; equation of state; reduced equations of stellar structure; polytropic stellar models; full equations of stellar structure; the main sequence; post-main-sequence evolution. Galactic morphology and stellar content; elliptical and spiral galaxies; large-scale structure of the Milky Way; dark matter; potential theory; galactic dynamics-orbits in spherical and axisymmetric potentials. Astronomical data reduction.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the nature of stars - their life histories, how they produce energy, how they synthesise the chemical elements, and their ultimate fates;
  2. Build a simple polytropic numerical stellar model;
  3. Distinguish and discuss different types of galaxies;
  4. Understand the relationships between stellar evolution, galactic evolution, and the creation of the elements;
  5. Model computationally the motion of stars in galaxies;
  6. Understand the implications of the observed nature of galaxies for theories of the universe;
  7. Describe the morphology and kinematics of the Milky Way;
  8. Understand the significance of dark matter to galactic structure;
  9. Understand the use of optical telescopes for data collection;
  10. Write an observational research report.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (3 hours): 60%

Assignments: 20%

Computer laboratories: 10%

Observation Report: 10%

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

Note: the unit includes a commitment of about 3 hours of astronomical observing after hours (evening / night-time) using facilities at the Clayton campus, the exact timing of which is weather dependent.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


ASP3051 - Relativity and cosmology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Duncan Galloway

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Duncan Galloway

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of MTH2010,MTH2015 or ENG2005

Recommended units: MTH2032 or MTH2040

Synopsis

Newtonian physics and Einstein's Special Theory of Relativity, the geometry of space-time, the Minkowski metric, Lorentz transformations, k-calculus, and four-vectors; the physics of space-time, momentum and energy; classical paradoxes; other metrics, Black Holes; observation of the Universe relevant to Cosmology; the expansion of the Universe, the Cosmic Background Radiation; the evolution of the Universe, propagation of light; primordial elements and recent observations.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the reasons for supplanting Newtonian physics with relativity theory;
  2. Use special relativity to predict the behaviour of relativistic particles;
  3. Discuss the relativistic paradoxes in an informed way;
  4. Discuss the experimental and theoretical foundations of general relativity;
  5. Discuss our current understanding of the beginnings, nature, and fate of the Universe;
  6. Evaluate the current uncertainties in cosmology;
  7. Analyse physical problems geometrically, thinking logically in a theory at odds with common experience;
  8. Use mathematics to solve complex problems;
  9. Interpret complex mathematical results and communicate them in written form.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%

Laboratory work and reports: 40%

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


ASP3162 - Computational astrophysics and the extreme universe

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Rosemary Mardling

Coordinator(s)

Dr Rosemary Mardling

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

ASP2062 and one of (MTH2010 or MTH2015 or ENG2005)

and one of (MTH2032 or MTH2040)

Synopsis

In this unit students will learn the basic principles of astrophysical fluid dynamics and how it can be used to model the most extreme events in the universe. The unit covers the basic equations of compressible hydrodynamics, including the behaviour of linear waves, the transition to shocks and the behaviour of fluids at high Mach number. Students will apply this to understand the physical processes that power accreting sources including white dwarfs, neutron stars and black holes, and the physics behind the explosion of stars as supernovae. Students will gain practical experience in computational fluid dynamics including basic programming skills and an understanding of how large scale astrophysical simulations are performed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a basic understanding of astrophysical fluid dynamics, involving the physics of fluids at high Mach number, including sound waves and shocks.
  2. Demonstrate practical skills in scientific computing, computational modelling, data analysis and visualisation.
  3. Perform computer simulations of astrophysical flows using advanced astrophysical simulation codes, and demonstrate an understanding of the physics and mathematics behind modern large-scale astrophysical simulations.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (3 hours): 50%

Workshops: 30% (Hurdle)

Assignments: 20%

Hurdle: Students must pass the workshop component of this unit in order to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


ASP3231 - Observational astronomy

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Michael Brown

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Michael Brown

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of ASP2011, PHS2011, PHS2022, PHS2061, PHS2062 or PHS2081.

Synopsis

This unit gives students theoretical background and practical experience in modern observational astronomy. ASP3231 students study telescope optics, spectroscopy, CCD imaging, image processing, statistics, astronomical distances, stellar evolution, extrasolar planets, neutron stars and galaxies. An observational project, including an astronomical observing session and analysis of the observations, comprises a substantial component of ASP3231.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain and understand the concepts taught in the unit, including astronomical instrumentation, data processing, photometry and spectroscopy;
  2. Describe how we observe celestial objects across the electromagnetic spectrum and how these observations are used to understand the nature of celestial objects;
  3. Evaluate the accuracy of astronomical instrumentation and observations, including angular resolution, spectroscopic resolution and photometric precision;
  4. Apply their knowledge to execute an observing program and use astronomical imaging to understand the nature of a celestial object;
  5. Present and communicate the results of an astronomical observing program.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Laboratory: 15%

Project: 35%

Assignments: 10%

Hurdle requirement: Students must achieve a pass mark in the laboratory/project component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

Note: the unit includes a commitment of 3-5 hours of astronomical observing after hours (evening) using our facilities on Martin St, with the exact timing being weather dependent.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


ASP4000 - Astrophysics research project

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Coordinator(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Synopsis

Students undertake a project, involving original research in one of the School's research themes, which encompass a diverse range of "cutting-edge" topics, including: active galaxies, astrophysical fluid dynamics and magneto-hydrodynamics, galaxy evolution, first stars, the formation of stars, stellar evolution, stellar nucleosynthesis, nuclear astrophysics, chemical evolution, galactic archaeology, supernovae and supernovae remnants, neutron stars, stellar transients, supermassive black holes, high energy astrophysics, gravitational wave astronomy, stellar and planetary dynamics and exoplanets. A full list of projects will be made available to students prior to commencing their MSc program.

The research project may be observational, computational or theoretical in nature, or it may involve a combination of these research paradigms. Each student will be assigned an academic supervisor (or supervisors), who will oversee the research project and provide mentoring. Students will be required to undertake a comprehensive literature review and report their preliminary results via a seminar. The major outcomes of the project will be communicated in the form of a thesis. Students will also be required to defend their research outcomes via an oral examination. For most students their project will be continued into the second year of the MSc program; hence ASP4000 will lay the foundations for a substantial ongoing research project in the second year of the degree.

As part of their research training, students will be affiliated with one of the School's research groups (aligned with their research project) and will be required to attend weekly group meetings, seminars and colloquia. Opportunities will also be provided to students to receive training in specialist areas associated with their research project, e.g., technical computing, visualisation of data, specific observational techniques, etc.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpin the chosen area of astrophysics research.
  2. Synthesise and interpret the knowledge gained in the study of the underpinning research literature. This leads to the ability to identify a niche topic or topics within this existing body of literature, which represents a gap in current knowledge. This problem should be suitable for original research.
  3. Advance our understanding of an existing problem or problems in the chosen area for original research.
  4. Present the results of the original research in written form as a thesis, and also present key thesis results in oral form as a final seminar.
  5. Defend the results of the original research in an oral exam.

Assessment

Literature review: 20%

Seminar: 10%

Thesis: 70%

Workload requirements

48 hours per week which includes 36 hours of independent research; 7 hours of literature review, seminar and thesis preparation; 3 hours attendance at group meetings, seminars colloquia; 1 hour specialist training and 1 hour consultation with supervisor.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Astrophysics


ASP4001 - Astrophysics research project A

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Coordinator(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Synopsis

Students undertake a project, involving original research in one of the School's research themes, which encompass a diverse range of "cutting-edge" topics, including: active galaxies, astrophysical fluid dynamics and magneto-hydrodynamics, galaxy evolution, first stars, the formation of stars, stellar evolution, stellar nucleosynthesis, nuclear astrophysics, chemical evolution, galactic archaeology, supernovae and supernovae remnants, neutron stars, stellar transients, supermassive black holes, high energy astrophysics, gravitational wave astronomy, stellar and planetary dynamics and exoplanets. A full list of projects will be made available to students prior to commencing their MSc program.

The research project may be observational, computational or theoretical in nature, or it may involve a combination of these research paradigms. Each student will be assigned an academic supervisor (or supervisors), who will oversee the research project and provide mentoring. Students will be required to undertake a comprehensive literature review and report their preliminary results via a seminar. The major outcomes of the project will be communicated in the form of a thesis. Students will also be required to defend their research outcomes via an oral examination. For most students their project will be continued into the second year of the MSc program; hence ASP4001 will lay the foundations for ASP4002Not offered in 2019 and a substantial ongoing research project in the second part of the degree.

As part of their research training, students will be affiliated with one of the School's research groups (aligned with their research project) and will be required to attend fortnightly weekly group meetings, seminars and colloquia. Opportunities will also be provided to students to receive training in specialist areas associated with their research project, e.g., technical computing, visualisation of data, specific observational techniques, etc.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpin the chosen area of astrophysics research.
  2. Synthesise and interpret the knowledge gained in the study of the underpinning research literature. This leads to the ability to identify a niche topic or topics within this existing body of literature, which represents a gap in current knowledge. This problem should be suitable for original research.
  3. Advance our understanding of an existing problem or problems in the chosen area for original research.
  4. Present the results of the original research in written form of an interim report, and also present key results in oral form as an interim seminar.

Assessment

Interim Literature review: 20%

Interim Seminar: 20%

Interim Report: 60%

Workload requirements

24 hours per week which includes 18 hours of independent research; 4 hours of literature review, seminar and thesis

preparation (averaged over the semester); attendance at group meetings, seminars colloquia equivalent to 1 hour per week; specialist training and consultation with supervisor, 1 hour each per fortnight.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Astrophysics


ASP4002 - Astrophysics research project B

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Coordinator(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Not offered in 2019

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Notes

This unit will be offered annually from Semester 2, 2020

Synopsis

Students undertake a project, involving original research in one of the School's research themes, which encompass a diverse range of "cutting-edge" topics, including active galaxies, astrophysical fluid dynamics and magneto-hydrodynamics, galaxy evolution, first stars, the formation of stars, stellar evolution, stellar nucleosynthesis, nuclear astrophysics, chemical evolution, galactic archaeology, supernovae and supernovae remnants, neutron stars, stellar transients, supermassive black holes, high energy astrophysics, gravitational wave astronomy, stellar and planetary dynamics and exoplanets. A full list of projects will be made available to students prior to commencing their MSc program.

The research project may be observational, computational or theoretical in nature, or it may involve a combination of these research paradigms. Each student will be assigned an academic supervisor (or supervisors), who will oversee the research project and provide mentoring. Students will be required to undertake a comprehensive literature review and report their preliminary results via a seminar. The major outcomes of the project will be communicated in the form of a thesis. Students will also be required to defend their research outcomes via an oral examination. For most students their project will be continued into the second part of the MSc program hence ASP4001 and ASP4002 will lay the foundations for a substantial ongoing research project in the second part of the degree.

As part of their research training, students will be affiliated with one of the School's research groups (aligned with their research project) and will be required to attend fortnightly group meetings, seminars and colloquia. Opportunities will also be provided to students to receive training in specialist areas associated with their research project, e.g., technical computing, visualisation of data, specific observational techniques, etc.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpin the chosen area of astrophysics research.
  2. Synthesise and interpret the knowledge gained in the study of the underpinning research literature. This leads to the ability to identify a niche topic or topics within this existing body of literature, which represents a gap in current knowledge. This problem should be suitable for original research.
  3. Advance our understanding of an existing problem or problems in the chosen area for original research.
  4. Present the results of the original research in written form as a thesis, and also present key thesis results in oral form as a final seminar.
  5. Defend the results of the original research in an oral exam.

Assessment

Literature review: 20%

Seminar: 10%

Thesis: 70%

Workload requirements

24 hours per week which includes 18 hours of independent research; 4 hours of literature review, seminar and thesis preparation (averaged over the semester); attendance at group meetings, seminars colloquia equivalent to 1 hour per week; specialist training and consultation with a supervisor, 1 hour each per fortnight.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Astrophysics


ASP4020 - Astrophysics coursework A

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Coordinator(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Notes

The unit is offered in a non-standard teaching period

Synopsis

Students undertake studies in three selected topics in Astrophysics and related fields, which provide the foundational basis for modern astrophysics and cosmology. These develop expertise in computational astrophysics, observational astronomy, data analysis and the skills required to effectively communicate their findings using contemporary communication tools. The three topics comprise:

Computational astrophysics (compulsory)

Advanced observational astronomy

Foundations of general relativity and cosmology.

NB: Subject to approval by the Chief Examiner, one of the topics in ASP4020 may be replaced by a topic from PHS4020.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of fundamental aspects of observational astronomy, computational astrophysics, cosmology, and related disciplines.
  2. Develop skills in computation and astronomical observation that are fundamental to the study of astrophysics.
  3. Synthesize and interpret astrophysical knowledge.
  4. Make effective use of information and communication technology for the collection and analysis of data, the solution to problems in astrophysics and the written/oral presentation of work relevant to the area of study.

Assessment

Examinations (2 hours): 50%

Tests: 20%

Assignments: 30%

Workload requirements

A total of 24 hours per week

  • 3-three hours lectures/workshops/tutorials
  • Three hours of consultation and online discussions involving peers and staff
  • 12 hours of independent study

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Astrophysics


ASP4021 - Astrophysics coursework B

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Coordinator(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Notes

The unit is offered in a non-standard teaching period.

Synopsis

Students undertake studies in three selected topics in Astrophysics and related fields, which provide fundamental instruction in key aspects of modern astrophysics.

These develop expertise in computational modelling, data analysis and the skills required to effectively communicate their findings using contemporary communication tools. The three topics are chosen from:

Dynamics of Exoplanets

Stellar Astrophysics - Part 1

Magneto-Hydrodynamic Theory and Applications - Part 1

NB: Subject to approval by the Chief Examiner, one of the topics in ASP4021 may be replaced by a topic from PHS4021.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of fundamental aspects of computational modelling in astrophysics and related disciplines.
  2. Develop skills in computational modelling that are fundamental to the study of astrophysics.
  3. Synthesise and interpret astrophysical knowledge.
  4. Make effective use of information and communication technology for the collection and analysis of data, the solution to problems in astrophysics and the written/oral presentation of work relevant to the area of study.

Assessment

Examinations (2 hours): 50%

Tests: 20%

Assignments: 30%

Workload requirements

24 hours per week

  • 3 x Three hours lectures/workshops/tutorials per week
  • Three hours of consultation and online discussions involving peers and staff
  • 12 hours of independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Astrophysics


ASP4100 - Astrophysics honours research project

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in Science in the discipline of Astrophysics

Co-requisites

ASP4200

Prohibitions

ASP4110 and ASP4120

Synopsis

Students are required to complete a research project involving original work on a topic chosen in consultation with their academic supervisor.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpins the chosen area of astrophysics research.
  2. Synthesise and interpret their knowledge gained in their study of the underpinning research literature, hence identifying a niche topic or topics within this existing body of literature, which represents a gap in knowledge suitable for original research.
  3. Solve a complex and outstanding problem or problems in the chosen area for original research.
  4. Present the results of their original research in both written form as a thesis, and present their key thesis results in oral form as a final seminar;
  5. Defend the results of their original research in an oral exam.

Assessment

Research project (project work, research seminar, thesis and oral defence): 100%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


ASP4110 - Astrophysics honours research project A

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in Science in the discipline of Astrophysics

Co-requisites

ASP4210

Prohibitions

ASP4100

Synopsis

ASP4110 and ASP4120 together, are equivalent to ASP4100 but they enable students to study part time by allowing completion of the work over a longer time period.

Students are required to complete the first part of a research project involving original work on a topic chosen in consultation with their academic supervisor.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit (and ASP4120) students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpins the chosen area of astrophysics research;
  2. Synthesise and interpret their knowledge gained in their study of the underpinning research literature, hence identifying a niche topic or topics within this existing body of literature, which represents a gap in knowledge suitable for original research;
  3. Solve a complex and outstanding problem or problems in the chosen area for original research;
  4. Present the results of their original research in both written form as a thesis, and present their key thesis results in oral form as a final seminar;
  5. Defend the results of their original research in an oral exam.

Assessment

Research project (project work, research seminar, thesis and oral defence): 100%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


ASP4120 - Astrophysics honours research project B

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

ASP4110

Co-requisites

ASP4220

Prohibitions

ASP4100

Synopsis

ASP4110 and ASP4120 together, are equivalent to ASP4100 but they enable students to study part time by allowing completion of the work over a longer time period.

Students are required to complete the first part of a research project involving original work on a topic chosen in consultation with their academic supervisor.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit (and ASP4110) students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpins the chosen area of astrophysics research;
  2. Synthesise and interpret their knowledge gained in their study of the underpinning research literature, hence identifying a niche topic or topics within this existing body of literature, which represents a gap in knowledge suitable for original research;

  3. Solve a complex and outstanding problem or problems in the chosen area for original research;
  4. Present the results of their original research in both written form as a thesis, and present their key thesis results in oral form as a final seminar;
  5. Defend the results of their original research in an oral exam.

Assessment

Research project (project work, research seminar, thesis and oral defense): 100%

Workload requirements

An average of 24 hours of study per week split between independent research,

collaborative research, thesis writing, preparation for the seminar presentation and oral defence, and meeting with supervisors.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


ASP4200 - Astrophysics honours coursework

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of Astrophysics

Co-requisites

ASP4100

Prohibitions

ASP4210 and ASP4220

Synopsis

ASP4200 is a level four unit in the Honours Program of the Bachelor of Science course. The unit comprises six approved lecture topics which students can choose from those offered in the Honours Handbook of the School of Physics and Astronomy. These provide advanced instruction in Astrophysics and related fields, and support for students wishing to develop a career in research.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an advanced understanding of astrophysics and related disciplines.
  2. Synthesize and interpret their knowledge.
  3. Apply their knowledge and critical thinking skills to the solution of complex problems.
  4. Plan, and efficiently carry out, work requirements.
  5. Make effective use of information and communication technology for the collection and analysis of data, the solution of problems and the presentation of their work. Students will also be able to:

  6. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpins their chosen area of research in astrophysics.

Assessment

Six lecture topics (a mixture of assignments and examinations: 15% each): 90%

Literature review 10%

Workload requirements

Approximately 8-10 hours and lectures and practice classes per week for 24 weeks (two semesters).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


ASP4210 - Astrophysics honours coursework A

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in Science in the discipline of Astrophysics

Co-requisites

ASP4110

Prohibitions

ASP4200

Synopsis

ASP4210 and ASP4220 together, are equivalent to ASP4200 but they enable students to study part-time by allowing completion of the work over a longer time period.

Students are required to select three subunits (covering advanced coursework topics) from offerings within the School of Physics and Astronomy. These subunits are to be selected in consultation with the student's academic supervisor. Some subunits may be chosen from outside the School - with permission from the honours coordinator.

Students will also complete a literature review related to the research project component of their honours course.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit (and ASP4220) in the context of their selected subunits,

students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an advanced understanding of astrophysics and related disciplines.
  2. Synthesize and interpret their knowledge.
  3. Apply their knowledge and critical thinking skills to the solution of complex problems.
  4. Plan, and efficiently carry out, work requirements.
  5. Make effective use of information and communication technology for the collection and analysis of data, the solution of problems and the presentation of their work. Students will also be able to:

  6. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpins their chosen area of research in astrophysics.

Assessment

Three lecture topics (a mixture of assignments and examinations: 30% each): 90%

Literature review: 10%

Workload requirements

An average of 24 hours of study per week split between the three sub-units and work on the literature review.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


ASP4220 - Astrophysics honours coursework B

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

ASP4210

Co-requisites

ASP4120

Prohibitions

ASP4200

Synopsis

ASP4210 and ASP4220 together, are equivalent to ASP4200 but they enable students to study part-time by allowing completion of the work over a longer time period.

Students are required to select three subunits (covering advanced coursework topics) from offerings within the School of Physics and Astronomy. These subunits are to be selected in consultation with the student's academic supervisor. Some subunits may be chosen from outside the School - with permission from the honours coordinator.

Students will also complete a literature review related to the research project component of their honours course.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit (and ASP4210) in the context of their selected subunits, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an advanced understanding of astrophysics and related disciplines.
  2. Synthesise and interpret their knowledge.
  3. Apply their knowledge and critical thinking skills to the solution of complex problems.
  4. Plan, and efficiently carry out, work requirements.
  5. Make effective use of information and communication technology for the collection and analysis of data, the solution of problems and the presentation of their work. Students will also be able to:

  6. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpins their chosen area of research in astrophysics.

Assessment

Three lecture topics (a mixture of assignments and examinations: 30% each):90%

Literature review: 10%

Workload requirements

An average of 24 hours of study per week split between the three sub-units and work on the literature review.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BCH2011 - Structure and function of cellular biomolecules

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mibel Aguilar

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Martin Stone

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

12 points of level one chemistry or level one biology; OR BMS1011; OR CHE2165 and CHM2735. Recommended: VCE Chemistry if Chemistry is not taken at University.

Prohibitions

BTH2741

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the action of major classes of biomolecules in biologically and medically relevant systems. Protein structure is related to function in contexts such as blood cells and extracellular matrix. The folding of proteins and the consequences of misfolding, as a cause of disease, are also explored. The mechanism of action of enzymes in medically important systems is examined. Carbohydrates and lipids are examined in the context of their function in diverse cellular compartments and biological membranes, respectively. The techniques used to isolate and study proteins, including their analysis using the tools provided by the new science of bioinformatics, are explored.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe how the structure of biologically relevant molecules contributes to their function in cells and organisms;
  2. Define the molecular structure of biological membranes and their role in cellular metabolism;
  3. Explain the physical and biochemical properties of proteins and describe how proteins function as enzymes;
  4. Summarise the techniques and underpinning science that is exploited for the isolation, separation and characterisation of biological molecules;
  5. Demonstrate technical skills in basic laboratory techniques used for the separation and identification of biological molecules and for measuring enzymatic behaviour;
  6. Demonstrate the skills necessary to accurately interpret biochemical data;
  7. Demonstrate an ability to research original published scientific literature and effectively communicate your findings either orally or in writing.

Assessment

Mid-semester test (45 min): 10%

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Small group/practical work: 30% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

  • Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical/tutorial/self-directed learning exercise per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BCH2022 - Metabolic basis of human diseases

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Peter Boag

Coordinator(s)

Dr Nirma Samarawickrema

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMS1011 or BCH2011

Prohibitions

BTH2757, BMS2021

Synopsis

A general outline of cellular metabolism is provided. The material presented will illustrate normal metabolic pathways and their dysfunction in various human diseases and conditions including diabetes, alcoholism, starvation, glycogen storage diseases and juvenile developmental problems. The biochemical basis of hormonal regulation and nutrition, in both famine and disease, is presented.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the function, interrelationship and regulation of the biochemical pathways used to generate biological energy;
  2. Discuss the biosynthesis and explain the role of carbohydrates and lipids in metabolism;
  3. Use case studies of human disorders to illustrate how metabolic processes are regulated and integrated in cells and tissues;
  4. Relate how nutrition impacts on cellular biochemistry;
  5. Evaluate clinically relevant metabolic problems from a biochemical viewpoint and communicate effectively to diverse audiences;
  6. Apply scientific methodology and relevant laboratory techniques to define essential steps in biochemical pathways.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Quizzes: 10%

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Practicals and in-class exercises: 30% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Six hours of directed learning (lectures, workshops, pre- and post-class activities, practicals and tutorials) per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BCH3021 - Cellular organisation: Organelle structure and function in health and disease

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Mark Prescott

Coordinator(s)

Professor Phil Bird

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of BCH2011, BCH2022, BMS2021, MOL2011 or MOL2022 or MCB2011 OR MCB2022

Prohibitions

BTH3741

Synopsis

This unit provides an advanced understanding of the structure-function of the individual structural organelles and components of the cell in the context of cell biology and disease processes. Topics include the cytoskeleton, the formation of the membranes, the intracellular trafficking of proteins, the cellular internalization/export of proteins. Overriding themes of this subject are:

  1. to view the cell as a dynamic unit composed of a series of interacting organelles
  2. to understand the cell as a semi-independent biological entity in constant contact and communication with the extracellular environment and with other cells in multicellular organisms.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the structure of eukaryotic cells and explain the function of key organelles;
  2. Outline how different organelles are formed and positioned within cells and how these organelles respond to a changing environment;
  3. Explain the mechanisms that target and move proteins to the correct organelle and how protein mis-localisation and organelle dysfunction may lead to human disease;
  4. Discuss how the application of fluorescence-based imaging and other technologies increases our understanding of cells, organelles and cellular proteins;
  5. Demonstrate the ability to organise, plan and successfully execute laboratory experiments relevant to molecular cell biology, as well as analyse and report the results in a meaningful way;
  6. Demonstrate the ability to conduct literature-based research, identify key knowledge and concepts and build coherent arguments and explanations either in writing or in oral presentations;
  7. Work effectively as a pair or in a group to achieve academic tasks collaboratively with respect for each other.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

In-semester quizzes on lecture material: 10%

Small group/practical work: 30% (Hurdle)

Evaluation of mentored literature review (Essay): 10% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures and one 4-hour practical/tutorial/self-directed learning exercise per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BCH3031 - Functional genomics and molecular medicine

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Timothy Cole

Coordinator(s)

Dr Peter Boag

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of the following BCH2011, BCH2022, BMS2062, MOL2011, MOL2022, MCB2011, MCB2022

Prohibitions

BTH3752

Synopsis

This unit provides an understanding of DNA as the genetic component of organisms and cells, encompassing the information content, the organisation of DNA sequences, and the expression of this information into RNA and proteins. Topics include global aspects of genome organisation and expression outcomes (genomics and proteomics, respectively). Other themes include the molecular diagnosis and treatment of human genetic disease using emerging technologies such as genome mining and novel gene therapy strategies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the structure, organisation and functional rearrangement of eukaryotic genomes;
  2. Explain the mechanism of DNA replication in eukaryotic cells;
  3. Illustrate how gene expression is regulated in eukaryotes and how studies of DNA, RNA and protein levels contribute to our understanding of these processes;
  4. Discuss how cell and animal models are used to build our understanding of disease processes and to develop potential therapies;
  5. Describe how the application of genomic and other technologies is used to further our understanding of genomes and the treatment of disease;
  6. Demonstrate the ability to organise, plan and successfully execute laboratory experiments relevant to advanced molecular biology, as well as analyse and report the results in a meaningful way;
  7. Demonstrate the ability to undertake literature based research to collect and evaluate information relevant to current problems in biochemistry and molecular biology and to effectively communicate ideas in writing or orally.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 55% (Hurdle)

Essay (2000 words): 15% (Hurdle)

Small group/practical work: 30% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour tutorial and one 3-hour practical/ peer-group or self-directed learning exercise per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BCH3042 - Cell signal transduction: Role in cancer and human disease

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mike Ryan

Coordinator(s)

Dr Caroline Speed

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of BCH2011, BCH2022, MOL2011, MOL2022, MCB2011, MCB2022; or BMS2021 or BMS2042

Prohibitions

BTH3741

Synopsis

This unit provides an advanced understanding of the molecular aspects of cell proliferation, cell signalling, differentiation and cell death as they relate to cell biology and medicine, in particular cancer. Themes include basic mechanisms of cell signalling involving cell receptors, gene expression, hormones and endocrine networks, and intracellular signalling cascade. These concepts are applied to cell growth, differentiation and cell death and how the involvement of the immune system is regulated in diseases, including autoimmune diseases, cancer (and its treatment) and the destruction of T-cells after human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the basic mechanisms of cell signalling and how disordered intracellular signalling contributes to the development of cancer;
  2. Discuss the various aspects of the immune system in relation cell signalling and infectious disease;
  3. Explain how cell death contributes to differentiation and disease;
  4. Conduct literature-based research to critically evaluate how our evolving understanding of signal transduction contributes towards advances in biology, biotechnology and medicine and effectively communicate their research by both verbal and oral means;
  5. Discuss the importance of the discipline to current advances in biology, biotechnology and medicine;
  6. Illustrate how relevant laboratory techniques can be exploited to define essential steps in biochemical pathways;
  7. Plan and apply advanced biochemical laboratory methods to solve problems in cell signalling and demonstrate appropriate methods for data analysis and interpretation;
  8. Demonstrate technical and time management skills.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (3 hours): 55% (Hurdle)

On-line MCQ quizzes: 10%

Practicals: 20% (Hurdle)

Paper analysis exercise: 15% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

  • Two hours of lectures
  • One hour guided learning/revision/online activity and;
  • One 3-hour practical/tutorial self-directed learning exercise per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BCH3052 - Protein biology: From sequence to structure and disease

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mibel Aguilar

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Jackie Wilce

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of BCH2011, BCH2022, MOL2011, MOL2022, MCB2011, MCB2022 or BMS2021 or BMS2062

Synopsis

The course will give students an advanced understanding of protein structure-function in the context of human disease. Major themes relate the various levels of protein structure to their wide ranging functions, introduce modern techniques used in the analysis of structure and function, and explore the rapidly developing area of protein-related biotechnologies and drug design. Topics to be covered include examples of aberrations in protein structure that lead to alteration in function in a variety of biological contexts, emphasizing disease. Additionally the use of bioinformatics in aiding our understanding of protein sequence, structure and function will be highlighted.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the relationship between protein sequence, structure and function and relate this to specific examples in human health and disease;
  2. Explain how proteins fold to their correct three dimensional shape and how this process may go wrong and cause disease;
  3. Illustrate how NMR and X-ray crystallography are used to determine the structure of a peptide or protein;
  4. Critically analyse how our understanding of proteins contributes to biotechnology and medicine, in particular comment on the contribution of protein engineering and proteomics to these fields;
  5. Describe the use of fluorescent proteins as tools for characterising the role of proteins in vivo;
  6. Apply experimental techniques and methodologies to determine the structure and function of an unknown protein.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Practical theory test: 10% (Hurdle)

Practicals: 30% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

  • Two hours of lectures and four hours of laboratory or tutorial sessions per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BCH3990 - Action in biochemistry research project

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Michelle Dunstone

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Michelle Dunstone (Semester 1)
Dr Natalie Borg (Semester 2)
Dr Michael Lazarou (Summer A)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Permission from the unit coordinator. Students must have completed all first and second level units in their approved major, and be able to demonstrate that they have an appropriate project and supervisor(s). 12 points of study in the discipline area at 2nd year level and a grade point average of at least 70 over 24 points in relevant units at 2nd year level.

Notes

Additional information including application process is available from:

https://sites.google.com/monash.edu/researchinactionunits/start-here

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in Biochemistry. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Biochemistry. The unit convenor and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of enrolment. Student will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Undertake a research project with regard to ethical and safety regulations;
  2. Demonstrate technical skills in experimental methods and the ability to collect, analyse and interpret data using methods relevant to the discipline of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology;
  3. Communicate appropriately and effectively with supervisors, laboratory staff and students;
  4. Maintain accurate and up-to-date records of experimental procedures, results and outcomes;
  5. Identify relevant published scientific literature and critically analyse and evaluate the content in the context of the discipline of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology;
  6. Construct written reports.

Assessment

Two 15 minute oral reports (preliminary 10% and final 10%): 20%

Preliminary written reports(1,000 words): 10%

Final written report (5,000 words): 50% (Hurdle)

Assessment of laboratory work: 20%

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

  • 12 hours per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO1011 - Blueprints for life

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Richard Bourke

Coordinator(s)

Dr Richard Burke (Clayton)
Associate Professor Song Keang Peng (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

BIO1722, BMS1021

Students in S2007 Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Biomedical Science are prohibited from enrolling in this unit.

Synopsis

This unit will explore the fundamental processes and patterns common to all life on Earth. It will examine how living organisms grow, develop diverse and complex structures, harness and utilise energy and transmit their life blueprints to the next generation. In this unit, students will progress through fundamental themes in cellular biology, biochemistry, genetics, genomics and microbiology. They will examine contemporary issues in biological sciences and the societal impact that biology has by learning from world-class researchers and industry experts.

Students will undertake self-directed learning through the online environment. These online activities, readings and instructional videos will be complemented by face-to-face workshops where they will collaborate with peers and teaching staff to deepen their understanding of the biological concepts introduced each week. Students will gain hands-on experience and develop experimental and analytical skills in the laboratory environment. Optional drop-in tutorials are available for additional learning support. BIO1011 is ideally paired with BIO1022 and/or BIO1042.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify and describe the concepts, processes and practical applications of cell biology, biochemistry, genetics, molecular biology and microbiology in society and everyday human life;
  2. Demonstrate proficiency in communicating scientific results through a range of formats (written and oral);
  3. Formulate hypotheses, collect experimental data and demonstrate proficiency in interpreting their results;
  4. Demonstrate competence and precision in the use of common life sciences equipment and techniques;
  5. Utilise research skills including database searches to synthesise and interpret information related to scientific research, using appropriate conventions for scientific attribution;
  6. Work effectively, responsibly, safely and ethically, both individually and in peer or team contexts

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Continuous assessment through laboratory classes, online activities and assessments: 50% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: Students must attend at least 80% of workshops and laboratory classes to be eligible to pass this unit

Workload requirements

  • One 1-hour workshop and
  • 1.5-2 hours online activities per week
  • Six 3-hour practicals per semester

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO1022 - Life on Earth

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Richard Burke

Coordinator(s)

Dr Richard Burke (Clayton)
Dr Lee Wai Leng (Malaysia, Semester 2)
Dr Tan Hock Siew (Malaysia, October semester)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • October intake 2019 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

BIO1711, BMS1021

Students in S2007 Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Biomedical Science are prohibited from enrolling in this unit.

Synopsis

This unit views the extraordinary diversity of life on Earth through the prism of evolutionary theory and in the context of human and environmental health. Students will examine how animals and plants, through the agents of gene mutation and natural selection, are able to adapt to new and changing environments. Diverse physiological, reproductive and behavioural solutions to life's challenges will be used to illustrate how evolutionary forces and constraints shape us and the world around us. We will then examine how interactions within and between species and with the non-living environment generate the immense ecological variety seen on Earth. Contemporary issues and the societal impact of biology will be explored by learning from world-class researchers and industry experts.

Students will undertake self-directed learning through the online environment. These online activities, readings and instructional videos will be complemented by face-to-face workshops where they will collaborate with peers and teaching staff to deepen their understanding of the biological concepts introduced each week. Students will gain hands-on experience and develop experimental and analytical skills in the laboratory environment. Optional drop-in tutorials are available for additional learning support. This unit is ideally paired with BIO1011 and/or BIO1042.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify and describe the role of biological concepts and processes of evolution, plant and animal physiology, reproduction and life history strategies and core ecological concepts in society and everyday human life;
  2. Demonstrate proficiency in communicating scientific results through a range of formats (written and oral);
  3. Formulate hypotheses, collect experimental data and demonstrate proficiency in interpreting their results;
  4. Demonstrate competence and precision in the use of common life sciences equipment and techniques;
  5. Utilise research skills including database searches to synthesise and interpret information related to scientific research, using appropriate conventions for scientific attribution;
  6. Work effectively, responsibly, safely and ethically, both individually and in peer or team contexts.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Continuous assessment through laboratory classes and online activities: 50% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: Students must attend at least 80% of workshops and laboratory classes to be eligible to pass this unit.

Workload requirements

  • One 1-hour workshop and
  • 1.5-2 hours online activities per week
  • Six 3-hour practicals per semester

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO1042 - Life in the environment

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Richard Reina

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Richard Reina

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Synopsis

This unit explores the biosphere, environmental conditions and their effects on animals, plants and communities. Students will examine the responses of organisms to environmental conditions; interactions between plants and animals; environmental genetics and microbiology; management of biological resources; and an introduction to ecology and the impact of humans on the environment. Students will undertake self-directed learning through the online environment. These online activities, readings and instructional videos will be complemented by face-to-face workshops where they will collaborate with peers and teaching staff to deepen their understanding of the biological concepts introduced each week. Students will gain hands-on experience and develop experimental and analytical skills in the laboratory environment. This unit is ideally paired with BIO1011 and/or BIO1022.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of biodiversity, evolutionary concepts and processes, aspects of the evolution of the Australian biota, the nature of biogeochemical cycles, and human impacts on the biosphere;
  2. Formulate hypotheses, collect experimental data and demonstrate proficiency in interpreting your own results;
  3. Demonstrate proficiency in communicating biological results through a range of formats (written, oral, multimedia);
  4. Self-evaluate and reflect upon the development of teamwork and communication skills;
  5. Apply practical techniques and tools to conduct an investigation in the laboratory, field or virtual environment;
  6. Work and learn independently and collaboratively while exercising personal, professional and social responsibility that recognises the importance of practising science sustainably, ethically and safely in society.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Continuous assignments comprising laboratory classes and reports: 50% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: Students must attend at least 80% of workshops and laboratory classes to be eligible to pass this unit.

Workload requirements

  • One 1-hour workshop
  • 1.5 - 2 hours online activities per week
  • 3-hour weekly laboratory classes

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO2011 - Ecology and biodiversity

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Rohan Clarke

Coordinator(s)

Dr Rohan Clarke

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

24 points of level one units, which includes 6 points from BIO units or one of ATS1301, ATS1309, ATS1310, BMS1011 or BMS1021.

For Bachelor of Environmental Engineering and associated double degree students only: ENE1621 Environmental engineering and BIO2040 Conservation biology will be required as either prerequisite or corequisite units.

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to ecology; the scientific study of the interactions between organisms and their environment. Ecology and biodiversity forms the foundation for understanding conservation and the management of genetics, species and ecosystem diversity. The approach taken is to address core ecological theory, but with an emphasis on contemporary management issues and applications. Topics include the scope and approaches of ecological enquiry; abiotic and biotic factors determining distributions; population growth and regulation; species interactions; patterns and maintenance of biodiversity; food web analysis; disturbance and succession; and production ecology and nutrient cycling. Particular emphasis is placed on integrating ecological processes across spatial and temporal scales. Practical work will be completed via a field excursion together with in-laboratory practical sessions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the modern scope of scientific inquiry in the field of ecology;
  2. Describe the differences in the structure and function of different types of ecosystems;
  3. Identify and describe the fundamental drivers of patterns in diversity;
  4. Explain the main limitations on patterns of energy flow through natural food webs and ecosystems;
  5. Quantitatively describe patterns in populations and communities;
  6. Apply basic ecological sampling techniques in ecosystems and be proficient in summarising and reporting that data in the format of a scientific paper.

Assessment

Theory examination (2 hours): 45%

Continuous assessment (quizzes): 10%

Participation in practical sessions: 5%

Practical assessment (three assignments): 40%

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures
  • One 3-hour practical or equivalent

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO2022 - Evolutionary ecology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Damian Dowling

Coordinator(s)

Dr Damian Dowling

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and either BIO1022 or BIO1042; or BMS1011 and BMS1021

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the patterns and processes of evolution by natural selection. It investigates what species are, how to recognise them, how they are described and classified, and the range of circumstances and mechanisms under which they form in nature. Armed with this background, we investigate the evolution of the key biological phenomena of relevance to ecology, notably life-history evolution. The unit goes on to explore the genetic basis of evolution by natural selection and adaptation of organisms to their environments. This entails an appreciation of the control and inheritance of traits that have major influences in the lives of organisms, and fundamental evolutionary principles and approaches (Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium, fitness, adaptive genetic variation, heritability of complex traits and their response to natural selection). Students will understand how different kinds of genetic variation are (and are not) associated with fitness of individual organisms and viability of populations. We then explore approaches to investigating population biology of organisms (such as estimating dispersal and gene flow in real landscapes) in a coherent progression encompassing small and large ecological scales. These concepts are illustrated by exploration of exciting examples encompassing pure and applied science, including urban ecology, invasion and conservation biology, global change ecology, with associated practical work. We examine fitness in natural populations and the special issues of small populations, particularly inbreeding depression, loss of genetic variation, limits to adaptation to new environmental pressures, and the relationship between genetic variation and extinction risk of populations and species. We investigate how genetic variation in organisms is associated with ecosystem function, ecological community structure and protection against environmental change. The unit ends with an assessment of how evolutionary principles can be applied to try and assist biota to adapt sufficiently rapidly to survive rapidly changing environments with multiple stressors.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the theory of evolution;
  2. Explain the fundamental processes of evolution via natural selection with particular reference to life history evolution;
  3. Describe the principles of speciation, species concepts and systematically classifying organic diversity;
  4. Outline the genetic basis of evolution, and the associated fundamental principles and approaches of evolutionary genetics;
  5. Describe major types of genetic variation, and demonstrate an appreciation of how they may be applied to estimating major features of population biology;
  6. Identify and explain the relationship between different types of genetic variation and the fitness and function of individuals;
  7. Review and explain the theoretical and observed relationships between evolutionary genetic variation and extinction risk of populations, and describe the avenues by which evolutionary principles can be used to promote survival of populations and species in a changing and uncertain world;
  8. Synthesise and communicate scientific principles and information underlying evolution in oral and/or written formats.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Final theory examination (2 hours): 50%

Practical assignments: 50%

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures
  • One 3-hour practical or equivalent

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO2040 - Conservation biology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dave Chapple

Coordinator(s)

Dr David Chapple

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

24 points of level one units; except for students enrolled in the Bachelor of Environmental Engineering who are exempt from this rule

Prohibitions

ENV2726, BIO2042

Synopsis

This unit deals with threats to the environment associated with human activities and potential solutions to redress their impacts. Recent losses of biota have been caused by habitat loss and degradation, climate change and pollution, the introduction of exotic species and overexploitation of natural resources. Science-based conservation measures are explored that may reduce loss of biodiversity/ecosystem function, including habitat preservation and restoration, combating climate change, and intensive conservation of species. We analyse how conservation efforts may involve trade-offs with biological, economic, social and political factors.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify and describe the key environmental issues facing humankind and outline the role that humans play in environmental degradation and species extinction;
  2. Evaluate and compare the conservation techniques that can be used to restore habitats and ecosystem function;
  3. Appraise the special problems involved in attempting to conserve endangered species;
  4. Integrate complex political, economic and social issues to formulate effective conservation outcomes;
  5. Present and communicate conservation issues to the general public and other stakeholders in written and oral formats.

Assessment

  • Pre-class quizzes: 25%
  • Post-class quizzes: 30%
  • Within semester assignments: 45%

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) comprising:

  • One 3.5 hour workshop
  • 1.5 - 2 hours of online activities
  • self directed study

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO2181 - Evolution of plant diversity

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Martin Burd

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Martin Burd

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and either BIO1022 or BIO1042; or BMS1011 and BMS1021; or permission

Synopsis

This unit examines the diversity of plant life, how plants evolved and how they live and grow. Topics cover evolutionary theory, the interpretation and use of phylogenetic trees in biodiversity research, plant form and function, and plant physiology. The unit provides an overview of the characteristics of algae, bryophytes, ferns, gymnosperms and angiosperms. As we move through this diverse range of plants we discuss their evolutionary relationships and the adaptive significance of their key features, including the evolution of physiological and anatomical adaptations to different biomes.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the evolutionary (i.e. phylogenetic) relationships among major plant lineages;
  2. Describe the major structural innovations of each group and how they function;
  3. Describe key physiological processes in plants and how they have evolved;
  4. Describe the influence of evolutionary history and of the environment on biogeographic patterns of species occurrence, from community to continental scales;
  5. Demonstrate a basic ability to use the command-line programming platform R to display phylogenetic trees and the use of phylogenetic information to analyse the evolution of traits and the formation of plant communities;
  6. Demonstrate a basic ability to identify species of the Australian flora with the aid of taxonomic keys.

Assessment

Mid semester examination (2 hours): 25%

Final examination (2 hours): 25%

Practical assessment: 25%

Plant identification project: 25%

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures
  • One 3-hour practical per week (or equivalent)

This unit may involve informal and formal excursions (unfunded).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO2231 - Animal diversity

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Carla Sgro

Coordinator(s)

Professor Carla Sgro

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and either BIO1022 or BIO1042; or BMS1011 and BMS1021; or permission

Synopsis

Examines the diversity of animals and organises them in a systematic way using their evolutionary history. We examine a range of representatives from different animal phyla, starting with the structurally simple and progressing to mammals, in the context of emerging and changing patterns in their body plans. These are related to changes in the ecology and diversification within the phyla. Concepts and theories developed during the theory part of the course are developed further in the practical classes. During these interactive sessions use of live material is made for observation and the characters used to group animals into higher taxonomic groups are demonstrated and discussed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the origin of animals and how they differ from other living organisms;
  2. Explain the relationship between animal diversity and evolutionary derived changes in animal body plans;
  3. Identify major animal phyla;
  4. Demonstrate skills in library and field research, data and information gathering, collation and organisation suitable for the preparation of a scientific report;
  5. Demonstrate basic laboratory techniques associated with examining and handling zoological specimens.

Assessment

Final theory exam (2 hours): 35%

Final practical exam (2 hours): 25%

Continuous assessment (mini quizzes): 10%

Practical assignments: 20%

Research project: 10%

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures
  • One 3-hour practical (or equivalent)

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO2242 - Animal structure and function

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Alistair Evans

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Alistair Evans

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO2231 or permission

Synopsis

We examine how the form and function of animals enables them to meet their need to survive and reproduce. To do this, animals acquire, process and use energy to cope with challenges in the internal and external environments through a wide variety of physiological, morphological, reproductive and behavioural adaptations. In order to understand unifying principles, we examine the amazing variety of different solutions to common problems that animals encounter. Concepts and theories in lectures are expanded and developed in interactive practical classes where animal, digital sensor and model examples are used.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the relationships between functional anatomy, physiology and behaviour of animals that allow them to survive and reproduce;
  2. Explain the function of major biological systems in animals and their adaptations to different environments;
  3. Contrast the varying life history strategies of animals;
  4. Identify morphological features of animals and relate these features to their function;
  5. Demonstrate skills in research, data and information gathering, collation and organisation suitable for the preparation of a scientific report.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Final theory exam (2 hours): 35%

Final practical exam (2 hours): 25%

Research project: 13%

Mini quizzes and reports: 27%

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures
  • One 3-hour practical (or equivalent

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO2810 - Tropical ecology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Yek Sze Huei

Coordinator(s)

Dr Yek Sze Huei

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO1011 or BIO1022

Prohibitions

BIO2011

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to ecological processes in terrestrial and aquatic tropical ecosystems. Students will gain an understanding of how populations of animals and plants survive and interact in tropical environments. The unit covers fundamental ecological theories and concepts such as biodiversity, population growth, predation, competition, succession, mutualism, nutrient cycling and disturbance. Consideration will be given to how many of these processes operate differently between tropical and temperate climates. Students will learn how ecological theory can be applied in the management and conservation of tropical environments. The practical component comprises group field projects in tropical rainforests.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of the diversity of tropical ecosystems and how they function;
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of ecological applications and processes relating to a range of aquatic and terrestrial tropical environments;
  3. Undertake sampling programs to collect physico-chemical data and to identify and survey the flora and fauna of tropical habitats;
  4. Manage, analyse and critically evaluate scientific data collected in the field;
  5. Communicate findings effectively in the form of written scientific reports;
  6. Work collaboratively and effectively in teams in tropical environments.

Assessment

Two field trip reports: 50%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

  • Two hours of lectures per week and the equivalent of three hours laboratory/field work per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO3011 - Research methods in biology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Matthew Hall

Coordinator(s)

Dr Matthew Hall

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

12 points from level two BIO, BTH, ENV or GEN units and either SCI1020 or STA1010 or STA2010 or permission.

Synopsis

Biological data is inherently variable. It is essential therefore that modern biologists be able to assemble and analyse these data to make important scientific advances. This unit will provide students with the framework to understand biological information, to test hypotheses, and to design robust experiments in biology. The ability to critique the methods used by scientific studies, make inferences from quantitative data, and optimize experimental approaches will benefit students taking a wide range of research and project-based units. Focus will be placed on interpreting and evaluating studies from the scientific literature and communicating biological findings to a range of audiences. This unit is a prerequisite unit for Honours in Biology and Genetics (BIO4100 and BIO4200).

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Construct, test, and evaluate scientific hypotheses in biology;
  2. Design and optimize experiments for answering biological questions;
  3. Choose and justify an appropriate analysis for a biological dataset and research question;
  4. Critically evaluate biological findings and make inferences from analyses presented in the literature;
  5. Effectively communicate the outcomes of biological programs and experiments to a range of audiences.

Assessment

Theory examination (2 hours): 50%

Continuous assessment: 50%

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures
  • The equivalent of 3 hours laboratory/tutorials per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO3021 - Marine biology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Dustin Marshall

Coordinator(s)

Professor Dustin Marshall

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

12 points from level two BIO units including BIO2181 or BIO2231

Synopsis

This unit investigates the organisms and the processes that drive marine ecosystems. We deal with the trophic structure of marine ecosystems, including primary and secondary production, microbial loops, food webs and their importance for marine fisheries. The implications of the characteristic life cycles of marine organisms to their geographical distribution are also considered. These topics are placed in the context of specific marine ecosystems including coastal habitats, coral reefs, open oceans, the deep sea and polar ecosystems. The practical component comprises a field trip (fee payable) either to Heron Island in December or the Queenscliff Marine Station in February where students work in small groups on specific aspects of marine biology.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the diversity and ecological importance of marine life;
  2. Explain the fundamental physiochemical and physiological processes underlying the productivity of marine environments;
  3. Explain the ecological dynamics of marine ecosystems;
  4. Discuss the impact of human activity on the sustainability of marine ecosystems;
  5. Demonstrate advanced scientific skills in project design, data collection, analysis and writing.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Practical work/field work/project work: 40%

Mini quizzes: 10%

Attendance at one of the two field trips offered for this unit is a mandatory hurdle for this unit.

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures, equivalent of 3 hours laboratory/field work per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO3052 - Animal behaviour

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Bob Wong

Coordinator(s)

Professor Bob Wong

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO2231 and either BIO2242 or BIO2022; or ENV2712 and BIO2752

Synopsis

This unit deals with several key areas of animal behaviour. We investigate animal communication systems, with particular emphasis on how signals are produced, transmitted and received, their information content and how they are sometimes used in social manipulation. We then go on to explore the way in which behaviour develops during the animal's early life and the various influences that shape this development before moving on to examine the genetic regulation of behaviour, how behaviour evolves and how we can use comparative methods to study this process. The rest of the unit is then devoted to behavioural ecology which deals with the role of behaviour in the animal's interactions with its environment and the ways in which the environment shapes adaptive behaviour on an evolutionary time scale. Topics covered in this area include foraging and anti-predator behaviour, social organisation, mating systems and parental care.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the mechanisms underlying animal behaviour;
  2. Explain how behaviour develops and why it is adaptive;
  3. Evaluate the ways in which the environment shapes adaptive behaviour;
  4. Design, conduct and analyse the results of an extended research project;
  5. Communicate findings to a scientific and a general audience in individual and group settings.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Project outline: 5%

Project report: 35%

Group poster presentation: 10%

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and 3 hours practical work per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO3070 - Trends in ecology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Christopher Johnstone

Coordinator(s)

Dr Christopher Johnstone

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO2011 and BIO2022, or by permission from the unit coordinator

Synopsis

This unit will investigate what's hot in the science of ecology and how we got there by following the history of ecological ideas and the people behind them through to the big questions that remain unanswered in ecology today. The ecological dimensions of space and time will be a common theme running through the unit as we explore the ecology of fitness, interaction networks and the four 'M's - metacommunity ecology, metasystems, metabolic ecology and macroecology. Underpinning all of this will be the recognition of the interplay between ecology and evolution that is blurring the distinction between the two disciplines. Each topic and its core concepts will be covered in lectures and the relevance of these topics to the changing world and to conservation will be discussed. Material presented in lectures will be supported by practical and tutorial sessions. Together we will read and interpret 'hot off the press' ecology research papers, debate controversial topics in the field, delve into live data and design experiments to answer unsolved problems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain and describe current topics in ecology and their core concepts;
  2. Discuss the development of ecological ideas and current questions in the field;
  3. Gather, analyse, interpret and discuss primary data and research publications in the topics covered;
  4. Design experiments and develop hypotheses to test contextually-relevant research questions;
  5. Present and debate unanswered questions and controversial ideas in the field;
  6. Work effectively in individual and peer or team contexts.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Continuous assessment: 50%

Note that the continuous assessment will include online quizzes, analysis of data, design of experiments, presentations and structured debates during tutorial sessions, as well as the evaluation and discussion of publications during tutorials.

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures
  • One 3-hour practical or tutorial per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO3082 - Global change biology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Chris Greening

Coordinator(s)

Dr Chris Greening

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

12 points from level two BIO or GEN units or by permission

Synopsis

This unit studies how human-induced environmental changes, such as climate change, affects organisms and ecosystems. We explore how environmental stresses affect the physiology, behaviour, and ecological interactions of different organisms. In turn, the implications of these changes for biodiversity and human society are also examined. The unit covers a range of organisms (i.e. plants, vertebrates, invertebrates, microorganisms) and biomes (e.g. grasslands, oceans, coral reefs, Antarctica). Throughout the course, we also consider intervention strategies that can increase the sustainability of human development and reduce its impacts on biota.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Summarise the main anthropogenic pressures on biota, including climate change, land use change, pollution, and invasive species.
  2. Explain how plants and animals respond to environmental stresses, including by modulating: gene expression, metabolism, morphology, and behaviour.
  3. Assess how environmental change affects biodiversity, food security, and other ecosystem services.
  4. Predict how ongoing environmental changes will affect the ecological distributions and interactions of animals, plants, and microorganisms.
  5. Propose and evaluate strategies to prevent or mitigate environmental change and its impacts on biota.
  6. Demonstrate critical analytical approaches to scientific research and writing scientific reports.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Practical work: 50%

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures and the equivalent of three hours of laboratory work per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO3091 - Biology of Australian vegetation

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Joslin Moore

Coordinator(s)

Dr Joslin Moore

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO2011 or BIO2181 or by permission

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the factors influencing the distribution, composition and structure of plant communities from around the world, and the characteristics of the component plant species that enable them to survive in diverse environments. Methods of quantifying community parameters and physiological responses are covered in the practical course. Case studies will focus on Australian species. There is a four-day field excursion during the Easter break (fee payable).

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the broad characteristics of the Earth's major vegetation types, and functional and structural differences between plants adapted to different environments;
  2. Explain the fundamental physiological and ecological processes that influence vegetation types and their component species;
  3. Integrate and explain various environmental interactions and their impact on plant growth and development;
  4. Demonstrate strong competence in methodological approaches used in the plant sciences, including the collection, interpretation, analysis and synthesis of biological data;
  5. Effectively communicate the results of practical and project work in a range of modes and for a variety of audiences;
  6. Work effectively, responsibly and safely in individual and peer or team contexts.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Practical report: 35%

Essay: 15%

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures, equivalent of 3 hours laboratory or field work per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO3111 - Applied ecology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Carly Cook

Coordinator(s)

Dr Carly Cook

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO2040 and BIO2011, or by permission

Synopsis

This subject explores and evaluates the many ways in which ecological knowledge and concepts can be used to achieve positive outcomes in areas of conservation and natural resource management. It examines the many dimensions of environmental challenges and the tools and approaches for effectively managing natural systems. The unit will focus on a range of issues that are of current importance in both academic research areas and relevant policy areas for Australia and globally. The practical component will consist of three projects that directly relate to lecture content, with an emphasis on developing skills that will be relevant for careers in natural resource management.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the links between natural resource management and the ecological theory on which it is based;
  2. Apply the principles of environmental management at local, regional, national and global scales;
  3. Employ tools to assist in making robust management decisions and assess their strengths and weaknesses;
  4. Evaluate the need to cater for genetic variation and evolutionary potential;
  5. Assess the social, economic, ethical and political considerations of resource management, and how they impact decisions.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 45%

Three practical reports (10%, 15% and 20%): 45%

Five quizzes (2% each): 10%

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures and 3 hours laboratory work per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO3132 - Biology of Australian vertebrates

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Anne Peters

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Anne Peters

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO2242 and an additional 6 points from level two BIO units, or ENV2712 and BIO2752.

Synopsis

The diversity and biology of Australian vertebrates will be investigated in relation to biogeographical history and ecology of the region. The course examines the biology of Australian vertebrates as examples of the physiological, behavioural and nutritional adaptations that animals around the world develop in response to environmental challenges. Specific topics will include; life history strategies of birds and mammals with particular emphasis on marsupials, clutch size in birds and the relationship to latitude, cooperative breeding in birds, physiological adaptations to temperate and arid conditions, and feeding adaptations in relation to the evolution of dietary resources.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the historical factors that have influenced the evolution of the Australian vertebrate fauna.
  2. Explain the significance of physiological, behavioural, reproductive and nutritional adaptations in vertebrates in relation to their ecology.
  3. Describe the diversity and distribution of major vertebrate taxa in Australia.
  4. Demonstrate competence in techniques for investigating the functional biology of organisms.
  5. Communicate scientific findings in oral and written forms.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Written reports: 40%

Oral presentation 10%

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures and the equivalent of 3 hours of practical and/or field work per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO3800 - Tropical environmental management

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Holly Barclay

Coordinator(s)

Dr Holly Barclay

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO2011, BIO2810 or BIO2800

Prohibitions

ENV3737, ENV3011, ATS3546

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to environmental management issues in Southeast Asia, with a necessary emphasis on the philosophies, procedures, processes and examples from Malaysia. Students will gain an understanding of the need for effective environmental management, and how local ethics and legislation drive this process. The unit covers fundamental environmental management concepts such as environmental impact assessment, auditing, and monitoring, as well as environmental standards, and valuation methodologies. This theoretical content will then be elaborated and enhanced by introducing students to key environmental issues in tropical Southeast Asia, which will be supported by examples and detailed case studies. Students will engage in interactive tutorial activities that are designed to expand on the content delivered in the lectures. The practical component of the unit comprises a group project, based on a field trip to a local site that is relevant to the key environmental issues introduced in the unit.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply knowledge and skills gained in this unit towards effective environmental management and sustainable resource management;
  2. Apply knowledge and understanding of the philosophical, ethical and legal need for effective environmental management;
  3. Undertake sampling and survey activities to identify potential environmental impacts and minimise them;
  4. Collect, collate, manage and analyse environmental data;
  5. Report the results of environmental analyses in a variety of relevant media;
  6. Contribute to the environmental decision making process in Southeast Asia;
  7. Work collaboratively and effectively in teams in tropical environments.

Assessment

Two written assignments (15% each):30%

Major project report and presentation: 25%

Examination (2 hours): 45%

Workload requirements

  • Two hours of lectures
  • One 1-hour tutorial per week
  • One full-day field trip

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO3810 - Tropical aquatic biology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Foo Su Chern

Coordinator(s)

Dr Foo Su Chern

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO2011 or BIO2810

Notes

Due to the physical nature of this unit, students need to have the ability to swim at least 400m non-stop.

Synopsis

This unit examines the biology of tropical aquatic ecosystems. It focuses on South East Asia, (the Malaysian region in particular) but will also encompass aquatic environments in other parts of the tropics. The ecology and diversity of communities in coral reefs, oceans, sandy and rocky shores, estuaries, lakes, rivers and swamps is examined. The students will gain an understanding of the physical and chemical factors that affect these environments. Conservation and management issues such as the impacts of tourism, pollution, fisheries, wetland drainage and river regulation are studied.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of the diversity and ecology of freshwater and marine environments in the tropics with particular reference to the Malaysian region;
  2. Demonstrate understanding of the conservation and management issues relating to aquatic ecosystems;
  3. Design and analyse sampling programs to examine the flora and fauna of aquatic habitats and to assess changes;
  4. Demonstrate the ability to identify aquatic animals and plants from tropical Malaysian ecosystems;
  5. Demonstrate advanced scientific report writing skills;
  6. Make effective oral and visual presentations;
  7. Work collaboratively and effectively in the field in tropical environments.

Assessment

Mini-review: 10%

Field trip assessment/report: 40%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures
  • One 3-hour practical session or equivalent (field trips) per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO3820 - Tropical terrestrial biology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Yek Sze Huei

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Richard Reina (Clayton)
Dr Yek Sze Huei (Malaysia)

Quota applies

Due to Field Course logistics, this unit has a quota of 30 Clayton students and 30 Malaysia students and enrolment is on a first-in basis. After the quota has been reached, Clayton students may request a place on the waiting list by contacting Bruce Weir (Bruce.Weir@monash.edu), while Malaysia students should contact the Course Management Office in the School of Science.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO2011 or BIO2810 plus six points of ENV or level two BIO

Synopsis

This unit covers all major aspects of tropical ecology, explaining why the world's tropics are so rich and diverse in species, what factors contribute to this richness and how the interactions between plants and animals result in such complex relationships. We discuss biodiversity in the tropics, the variety of tropical ecosystems such as rainforests, savannas, dry forests, montane tropics and peat swamps. The importance of climate, nutrient cycling, disturbance, and forest dynamics on the ecology of tropical plants and animals is a major theme. Conservation and management issues such as conflicting land-use requirements, logging and fire are also investigated in the unit.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the diversity, structure and function of a range of tropical ecosystems;
  2. Explain conservation and management issues affecting tropical ecosystems;
  3. Integrate and discuss the importance of climate, nutrient cycling, disturbance and forest dynamics on the ecology of tropical plants and animals;
  4. Design, analyse and undertake sampling programs to examine the flora and fauna of tropical habitats;
  5. Demonstrate advanced scientific report writing skills;
  6. Make effective oral and visual presentations;
  7. Work collaboratively and effectively in teams.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Essay: 20%

Mid-semester exam: 20%

Field trip project: 30%

Examination (2 hours): 30%

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures
  • One 1-hour tutorial per week (or equivalent)
  • One 5-day field trip, excluding travel days

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO3990 - Biology in action research project

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Matt McGee

Coordinator(s)

Dr Matt McGee

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must have their proposed project and supervisor approved by the unit coordinator prior to enrolment. In addition students must have at least a distinction average across 24 points of level 2 BIO/GEN units.

Prohibitions

SCI3740, SCI3990

Synopsis

An individual research project in a discipline relating to a major area of study, conducted under supervision. Includes critical literature review, experimental design and data analysis. Student must maintain regular contact with supervisor(s) and subject coordinator.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Comprehend the fundamental process and requirements of scientific research;
  2. Review and critically evaluate the scientific literature within a relevant discipline;
  3. Demonstrate skills in experimental design, data collection and statistical analysis;
  4. Interpret experimental results, and place the results in the broader context of the research discipline;
  5. Communicate scientific findings and their implications, via presentations and written reports.

Assessment

Oral presentation: 10%

Poster presentation: 15%

Written reports: 65%

Supervisor's assessment of project planning, conduct and development: 10%

Workload requirements

  • Approximately 12 hours per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO4100 - Biology research project

36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Chris Greening

Coordinator(s)

Dr Chris Greening

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in science in the discipline of Ecology and conservation biology, Environmental science, Genetics, Plant sciences or Zoology

Co-requisites

BIO4200

Synopsis

Students undertake a major research project. Under the supervision of an academic in the School of Biological Sciences, students immerse themselves in the literature surrounding their chosen field of research, design novel research projects that will lead to new understanding in the field, and then set about testing these questions. Students will experience working in a lab group environment, working side-by-side with PhD students and professional researchers. Students present the results of their research projects via an oral presentation and written thesis.

Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either First or Second Semester (July). Further information is available from the course coordinators and at a meeting held with prospective students during Second Semester of third year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Gather, analyse and critically evaluate data and information from scientific research;
  2. Demonstrate skills in experimental design and in specialised techniques for laboratory and/or fieldwork in biological sciences;
  3. Demonstrate skills in writing reports of scientific experiments and in searching the scientific literature;
  4. Communicate scientific information effectively and professionally using a variety of modes;
  5. Statistically analyse and present biological data;
  6. Demonstrate the ability to work effectively and responsibly using the scientific method.

Assessment

Written literature review: 7%

Research project with written report on the results: 66%

Seminar based on research project 7%

Supervisor's assessment of project planning, conduct and development: 20%

Workload requirements

This unit requires the equivalent of 36 hours per week of work, over the two main semesters. The students will largely undertake work associated with this unit independently, under supervision Scheduled activities will include a combination of literature searching and reading, lab and / or field work, data analysis and interpretation, and preparation of written and oral reports.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO4180 - Tropical environmental biology research project

36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Coordinator(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Postgraduate Diploma in science in the discipline of Tropical environmental biology

Co-requisites

BIO4280

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project. Students will carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about research projects will be available from the course coordinator towards the end of the preceding semester.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have demonstrated a high level of understanding of the theoretical and practical aspects in the research area of tropical environmental biology, and will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature in the discipline;
  2. Understand, discuss and actively participate in the design, development and implementation of a research project;
  3. Demonstrate skills in experimental design and in specialised techniques for laboratory and/or fieldwork in tropical biology;
  4. Synthesise and present in a format suitable for the discipline, experimental results and statistical data analysis associated with the research project;
  5. Present the scientific research findings orally to an appropriate expert audience;
  6. Integrate the research findings from the project into the larger context of research in that particular field, primarily through completion of the required thesis;
  7. Demonstrate the capability to learn new technical skills in the laboratory and/or the field and use these proficiently and safely.

Assessment

Oral presentation: 7%

Thesis: 93%

Workload requirements

Students are required to present and attend Honours proposals and final presentations. Students must attend a two-day Honours induction program during orientation week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO4200 - Advanced coursework in biology

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Christopher Johnstone

Coordinator(s)

Dr Christopher Johnstone

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in science in the discipline of Ecology and conservation biology, Environmental science, Genetics, Plant sciences or Zoology

Co-requisites

BIO4100

Synopsis

Students undertake advanced coursework in their chosen area of Biology (including Genetics) to develop skills in research design, data analysis and presentation, and critical analysis. Students also develop professional skills that are relevant within and outside of academia. Coursework comprises workshops, seminars and research colloquia which is supported through independent learning activities and mentoring from research supervisors. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or Second Semester (July). Further information is available from the course coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester (July) of level 3.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Design experiments, and identify common flaws in experimental design that arise in biological research.
  2. Analyse and display data in a manner that is appropriate for specialist scientific talks and publications.
  3. Critically evaluate the scientific content of peer-reviewed manuscripts to demonstrate skills in critical analysis of research.
  4. Summarise, in writing, the content of scientific seminars, articulating the general scope of research addressed, the methodology, and the larger implications of the research.
  5. Reflect upon the development of professional skills gained through the unit.

Assessment

Experimental data analysis and presentation project: 35%

Participation in journal discussion meetings and written critique of a primary research paper: 35%

Seminar series project: 20%

A short written report based on the professional skills module: 10%

Workload requirements

This unit requires the equivalent of 12 hours per week of work.

The students will largely undertake work associated with this unit independently. This work will be supplemented by scheduled activities that will include a combination of face-to-face classes, purpose developed online modules, research colloquia, seminars and meeting the students honours supervisors.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BIO4280 - Honours coursework in tropical environmental biology

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Coordinator(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Postgraduate Diploma in science in the discipline of Tropical environmental biology

Co-requisites

BIO4180

Synopsis

This unit provides advanced instruction in quantitative methods, thesis writing and current topics to students enrolled in the honours program in biology. Students will gain an understanding of advanced experimental design, data analysis and scientific writing that will assist them in completing their honours thesis. Further classes and coursework relating to current topics in biology will assist students in critical analysis of journal articles, providing further support for their academic development in research science.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of experimental design and sampling methods that are relevant to their research project;
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of the impacts of resource limitation on experimental design and implementation;
  3. Critically analyse articles from the scientific literature and use this ability to enhance the quality of their own written work;
  4. Express themselves clearly and effectively to a scientific audience;
  5. Write and manage assessment tasks expeditiously and competently.

Assessment

Essay: 50%

Statistics coursework: 30%

Examination: 20%

Workload requirements

  • One to three hours of lectures and/or tutorials per week over 12 weeks

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMH4100 - Biomedicine research project

36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

To be advised

Coordinator(s)

To be advised

Unit guides

Offered

Alfred Hospital

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Monash Medical Centre

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours in the discipline of Anatomy and developmental biology, Biochemistry, Human pathology, Immunology, Microbiology, Pharmacology or Physiology

Co-requisites

BMH4200

Prohibitions

BCH4100, BMS4100, DEV4100, IMB4100, MIC4100, PHA4100, PHY4100

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project of a publishable standard. Candidates may commence the Honours year at the beginning of either the first or second semester. Students will research literature relevant to their topic, carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about the research projects is available from the course coordinator and at information sessions held during the second semester of third year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature that underpins the area of the research project;
  2. Undertake a supervised research project and contribute to project design and management;
  3. Apply appropriate laboratory techniques, research methodologies and data analysis methods to collect, interpret and report research findings;
  4. Effectively present research and findings orally showing a firm grasp of the area;
  5. Analyse research undertaken in the context of the discipline area and report findings in an extended written report.

Assessment

Assessment will be the submission of a research thesis and thesis review and the presentation of a seminar(s) about the research project and findings.

Workload requirements

To be advised by Honours coordinator

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMH4110 - Biomedicine research project part-time A

18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

To be advised

Coordinator(s)

To be advised

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours in the discipline of anatomy and developmental biology, biochemistry, human pathology, immunology, microbiology, pharmacology or physiology

Co-requisites

BMH4210

Prohibitions

BCH4110, BMS4100, DEV4110, IMB4110, MIC4110, PHA4110, PHY4110

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project of a publishable standard. Candidates may commence the Honours year at the beginning of either the first or second semester. Students will research literature relevant to their topic, carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about the research projects is available from the course coordinator and at information sessions held during the second semester of third year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature that underpins the area of the research project;
  2. Undertake a supervised research project and contribute to project design and management;
  3. Apply appropriate laboratory techniques, research methodologies and data analysis methods to collect, interpret and report research findings;
  4. Effectively present research and findings orally showing a firm grasp of the area;
  5. Analyse research undertaken in the context of the discipline area and report findings in an extended written report.

Assessment

Assessment will be the submission of a research thesis and thesis review and the presentation of a seminar(s) about the research project and findings.

Workload requirements

To be advised by Honours coordinator

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMH4120 - Biomedicine research project part-time B

18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

To be advised

Coordinator(s)

To be advised

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours in the discipline of Anatomy and developmental biology, Biochemistry, Human pathology, Immunology, Microbiology, Pharmacology or Physiology

Co-requisites

BMH4220

Prohibitions

BCH4120, BMS4100, DEV4120, IMB4120, MIC4120, PHA4120, PHY4120

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project of a publishable standard. Candidates may commence the Honours year at the beginning of either the first or second semester. Students will research literature relevant to their topic, carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about the research projects is available from the course coordinator and at information sessions held during the second semester of third year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature that underpins the area of the research project;
  2. Undertake a supervised research project and contribute to project design and management;
  3. Apply appropriate laboratory techniques, research methodologies and data analysis methods to collect, interpret and report research findings;
  4. Effectively present research and findings orally showing a firm grasp of the area;
  5. Analyse research undertaken in the context of the discipline area and report findings in an extended written report.

Assessment

Assessment will be the submission of a research thesis and thesis review and the presentation of a seminar(s) about the research project and findings.

Workload requirements

To be advised by Honours coordinator

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMH4200 - Advanced studies in biomedicine

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

To be advised

Coordinator(s)

To be advised

Unit guides

Offered

Alfred Hospital

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours in the discipline of Anatomy and developmental biology, Biochemistry, Human pathology, Immunology, Microbiology, Pharmacology or Physiology

Co-requisites

BMH4100

Prohibitions

BCH4200, BMS4200, DEV4200, IMB4200, MIC4200, PHA4200, PHY4200

Synopsis

BMH4200 year aims to develop analytic abilities and critical thinking skills as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of Biomedical Science. Students will choose to undertake one of the five modules within BMH4200 that relates to the discipline area of their research project. Each module within the unit BMH4200 will include common coursework activities and a common assessment regime. Students will attend a lecture/seminar series and will undertake technical training on data analysis and interpretation relating to the discipline area. Students will critique a journal article, which is distinct from their research topic in BMH4100, in written or oral format.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review scientific literature in the discipline area of research;
  2. Apply knowledge of current methodologies and concepts to appraise scientific literature in the discipline area;
  3. Apply analytical and data analysis techniques relevant to the discipline area of research;
  4. Effectively communicate concepts in the discipline area of research both in writing and orally.

Assessment

Advanced discipline theory work: 40%

Advanced technical training: 60%

Workload requirements

To be advised by Honours coordinator

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMH4210 - Advanced studies in biomedicine part-time A

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

To be advised

Coordinator(s)

To be advised

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours in the discipline of anatomy and developmental biology, biochemistry, human pathology, immunology, microbiology, pharmacology or physiology

Co-requisites

BMH4110

Prohibitions

BCH4210, BMS4200, DEV4210, IMB4210, MIC4210, PHA4210, PHY4210

Synopsis

BMH4210 year aims to develop analytic abilities and critical thinking skills as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of Biomedical Science. Students will choose to undertake one of the five modules within BMH4210 that relates to the discipline area of their research project. Each module within the unit BMH4210 will include common coursework activities and a common assessment regime. Students will attend a lecture/seminar series and will undertake technical training on data analysis and interpretation relating to the discipline area. Students will critique a journal article, which is distinct from their research topic in BMH4110, in written or oral format.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review scientific literature in the discipline area of research;
  2. Apply knowledge of current methodologies and concepts to appraise scientific literature in the discipline area;
  3. Apply analytical and data analysis techniques relevant to the discipline area of research;
  4. Effectively communicate concepts in the discipline area of research both in writing and orally.

Assessment

Advanced discipline theory work: 40%

Advanced technical training: 60%

Workload requirements

To be advised by Honours coordinator

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMH4220 - Advanced studies in biomedicine part-time B

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

To be advised

Coordinator(s)

To be advised

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours in the discipline of anatomy and developmental biology, biochemistry, human pathology, immunology, microbiology, pharmacology or physiology

Co-requisites

BMH4120

Prohibitions

BCH4220, BMS4200, DEV4220, IMB4220, MIC4220, PHA4220, PHY4220

Synopsis

BMH4220 year aims to develop analytic abilities and critical thinking skills as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of Biomedical Science. Students will choose to undertake one of the five modules within BMH4220 that relates to the discipline area of their research project. Each module within the unit BMH4220 will include common coursework activities and a common assessment regime. Students will attend a lecture/seminar series and will undertake technical training on data analysis and interpretation relating to the discipline area. Students will critique a journal article, which is distinct from their research topic in BMH4120, in written or oral format.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review scientific literature in the discipline area of research;
  2. Apply knowledge of current methodologies and concepts to appraise scientific literature in the discipline area;
  3. Apply analytical and data analysis techniques relevant to the discipline area of research;
  4. Effectively communicate concepts in the discipline area of research both in writing and orally.

Assessment

Advanced discipline theory work: 40%

Advanced technical training: 60%

Workload requirements

To be advised by Honours coordinator

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BTH1802 - Fundamentals of biotechnology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Kumaran Narayanan

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Kumaran Narayanan

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

BTH1011

Synopsis

This unit will cover classical and modern biotechnology, including recent developments in molecular biology and its applications in such diverse areas as agriculture, forestry, food, medicine and marine sciences. This includes an introduction to bio-prospecting and pharmaceuticals; genomics, proteomics and bioinformatics; environmental and industrial biotechnology and the current issues and concerns surrounding biotechnology. Related topics such as human genome project, risk assessment, biosafety and genetically modified organisms and crops, cloning, patents, ethics intellectual property rights and the regulatory framework for biotechnology in various countries will be discussed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of the fundamental techniques and the basic principles of molecular biology and recombinant DNA technology that are required for biotechnology;
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of the applications and impact of biotechnology in the areas of agriculture, medicine, and industry;
  3. Assess and manage occupational health and safety issues related to biotechnology activities in the laboratory and in environmental and industrial settings;
  4. Demonstrate an understanding of the basic concepts of biotechnology business, intellectual property rights, and the regulatory framework governing the biotechnology industry;
  5. Apply knowledge of the fundamental ethical and regulatory issues surrounding the biotechnology field;
  6. Communicate biotechnology findings effectively in the form of oral and written scientific reports.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Quizzes: 15%

Tutorial activities: 15%

Web pages: 20%

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour online tutorials per week

See also Unit timetable information


BTH2732 - Recombinant DNA technology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Adeline Ting

Coordinator(s)

Dr Tan Hock Siew

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO1722, BIO1011 or BIO1022

Prohibitions

BMS2062, MOL2022

Synopsis

In order to carry out any DNA manipulation a large variety of enzymes and specialised techniques are used. This unit will provide the opportunity to gain an understanding of the nature and use of the "tools of the trade" applied routinely by molecular biologists. This includes the management of biological databases. A wide variety of applications will be explored, ranging from human disease situations to genetic modification of crop species.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss basic principles of recombinant DNA technology;
  2. Select and apply practical techniques to achieve a range of experimental outcomes in molecular biology;
  3. Give examples of the applications of recombinant DNA technology in medical and industrial settings;
  4. Describe the use of biological databases for data storage;
  5. Demonstrate skill in data mining;
  6. Present, analyse and interpret experimental data.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 Hours): 60%

Project: 20%

Tutorial exercises: 20%

Workload requirements

Three hours of lectures and two hours of practical/tutorial per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BTH2741 - Biochemistry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Michelle Yap

Coordinator(s)

Dr Michelle Yap

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

CHM1011 or CHM1051, plus one of BIO1011, BIO1022 or BIO1722

Prohibitions

BCH2011

Synopsis

The unit begins with an introduction to the cellular environment, considering the interactions that stabilise biological macromolecules and the maintenance of constant pH within cells and organisms. Next, we will study the structure and function of proteins and the techniques for their isolation and purification. The composition of biological membranes and the structure of nucleic acids and their packaging within cells is considered. This is followed by a study of the mechanisms of synthesis, modification and degradation of nucleic acids and proteins. The mechanisms that control these processes are emphasised.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the buffering mechanisms that operate in biological systems;
  2. Recognise the role of non-covalent interactions in the maintenance of tertiary and quaternary conformation of biological macromolecules;
  3. Explain the connection between protein structure and function;
  4. Discuss strategies for the isolation and purification of proteins from biological samples;
  5. Discuss the principles of storage and transmission of genetic information and describe control mechanisms which operate at the level of gene expression;
  6. Use spectrophotometric methods to assay biological molecules in solution;
  7. Analyse and interpret laboratory data and present in an appropriate format.

Assessment

Assignment work: 20%

Practical work: 30%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures per week, 36 hours of laboratory per semester.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BTH2752 - Cellular metabolism

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Tan Ji Wei

Coordinator(s)

Dr Tan Ji Wei

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

CHM1011 or CHM1051, plus one of BIO1011, BIO1022 or BIO1722

Prohibitions

BCH2022

Synopsis

The unit begins with a general overview of metabolism and bioenergetics. This is followed by a comprehensive survey of cellular metabolism including the generation of energy from major dietary components: carbohydrate, protein and lipid; the biosynthesis of carbohydrates, lipids and nucleotides; and amino acid metabolism. A study of photosynthesis illustrates the linkage between electron transport systems and biosynthesis. The integration and control of cellular biochemistry and the role of hormones in metabolic regulation is emphasised.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the mechanisms involved in the storage and processing of metabolic fuels;
  2. Discuss mechanisms for control of metabolic reaction sequences;
  3. Describe the specialised metabolic role of various tissues;
  4. Explain how metabolic processes are integrated and regulated;
  5. Demonstrate advanced laboratory skills;
  6. Collect, interpret and present experimental data in an accessible and appropriate format.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Assignment work: 20%

Practical work: 30%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

Three hours of lectures per week and 36 hours laboratory classes per semester

See also Unit timetable information


BTH2820 - Crop science

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Adeline Ting Su Yien

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Adeline Ting Su Yien

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO1011 or BIO1022

Synopsis

This unit introduces traditional and modern practices involved in crop production. It includes environmental, genetic, physiological and cultural factors influencing crop growth and yield, and emphasises the growth, development and yield of several important tropical crop species and their management for sustainable production. Practical sessions are designed to enhance students' understanding of plant growth, post-harvest requirements, as well as soil and environmental factors affecting plant growth.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate the ability to identify plant species of agricultural importance;
  2. Demonstrate good understanding of the principles involved in crop production and methods for crop improvement;
  3. Apply specialised knowledge on important factors affecting crop growth and yield to achieve sustainable production of important tropical crops;
  4. Analyse, interpret and present scientific data effectively.

Fieldwork

Assessment

Project reports: 30%

Laboratory reports: 10%

Examination (2 hours): 60%

Workload requirements

  • Three hours of lectures per week
  • Three hours laboratory practical per week for eight weeks

See also Unit timetable information


BTH2830 - Fundamentals of microbiology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Lee Sui Mae

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Lee Sui Mae

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Six points of level one biology

Prohibitions

MIC2011

Synopsis

The overall theme of this unit is to introduce students to microorganisms. They will discover the diversity of microorganisms from viruses to bacteria to eukaryotes. They will learn their ecological role, their importance to the medical and food industry and how to identify, cultivate and control them. They will also gain an understanding of how microorganisms evolve and gain antibiotic resistance. The practical classes will introduce basic concepts such as aseptic techniques, staining and microscopy, isolation and enumeration of bacteria as well as control of microorganisms. Furthermore, students will be given the opportunity to explore the tropical environment and sample the air, water and soil samples as well as local food outlets. Thus they will develop a better understanding of the diversity of the microbial world. This unit will be the foundation to other third-year level microbiology units such as food, environmental and medical microbiology.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Explain and describe the cell structure and function of viruses, prokaryotes and eukaryotes and how they differ from one another.
  2. Cite examples and describe the role of microorganisms in the fields of medicine, food science and in the environment.
  3. Explain how infections can spread and antibiotic resistance can be acquired, and be able to cite examples of important regional pathogens.
  4. List and describe requirements for growth and replication of these microorganisms as well as methods for controlling bacterial and viral growth.
  5. Perform aseptic techniques and be able to isolate and identify microorganisms using light/phase microscopy and a variety of media and staining procedures.
  6. Collect, interpret, and present microbiological data via written practical reports.

Assessment

Practical reports: 20%

Practical quizzes: 5%

Lab demonstrator's assessment: 5%

Mid-semester test: 10%

Examination (2 hours): 60%

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BTH3722 - Medical microbiology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Sunil K. Lal

Coordinator(s)

Professor Sunil K. Lal

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BTH2830 or MIC2011

Prohibitions

MIC3041

Synopsis

BTH3722 focuses on infectious diseases of the organ systems, summarising the aetiology, pathogenesis and laboratory identification of important pathogens. The epidemiology of infectious disease and strategies for disease control are highlighted. The mode of action of antimicrobial drugs, their role in treating infectious disease and the problems of drug resistance are discussed. Techniques for laboratory diagnosis of infectious disease, and safe handling of pathogens, are emphasised.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain how microbes cause disease, with particular emphasis on bacterial and viral pathogenicity;
  2. Discuss the epidemiology of infectious disease;
  3. Discuss the role of chemotherapy and the importance of drug resistance in the treatment of infectious disease;
  4. Describe the role of microorganisms in selected infectious diseases associated with the different organ systems;
  5. Discuss relevant diagnostic techniques used in clinical microbiology laboratories;
  6. Describe and perform techniques used in diagnostic serology;
  7. Demonstrate competence in laboratory procedures for handling and processing microbiological specimens.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 60%

Mid-semester test: 10%

Laboratory work (comprising performance: 10%, one full report: 5%, diagnostic lab worksheets and discussion: 7.5%, and project worksheets and discussion: 7.5%): 30%

Workload requirements

Three hours of lectures and an average of three hours of laboratory classes per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BTH3732 - Environmental microbiology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Adeline Ting Su Yien

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Adeline Ting Su Yien

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BTH2830 or MIC2011

Synopsis

This unit begins by examining the fundamental principles of microbial ecology and the basic methods used in this area. It then considers the role of microorganisms in biogeochemical nutrient cycles. Some important natural habitats for microorganisms such as air, fresh water and salt water are considered with the main discussion centred on soil. The roles of particular soil microorganisms within their microenvironments are explained with special attention being given to microorganisms involved in transformations of carbon and nitrogen. The role of microorganisms in composting, the management of pollution and as agents of bioremediation is discussed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss principles of microbial ecology, recognising the role of microorganisms as a mixed flora;
  2. Diagram the role of microorganisms in biogeochemical nutrient cycles;
  3. Discuss the role of different microorganisms in air, water environments, and soils, predicting the effects of changes in environmental parameters;
  4. Describe how microorganisms can cause pollution and the use of microorganisms as indicators of pollution;
  5. Discuss the role of microorganisms in sewage treatment and composting;
  6. Explain how microorganisms can be exploited in bioremediation;
  7. Demonstrate the use of molecular and traditional methods for detection and identification of microorganisms.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 60%

Laboratory reports: 30%

Assignment: 10%

Workload requirements

Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BTH3741 - Medical cell biology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Lee Wai Leng

Coordinator(s)

Dr Lee Wai Leng

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BTH2741 or BCH2011

Prohibitions

BCH3021, BCH3042

Synopsis

The unit examines the pathways by which cells receive external information and process this into specific biochemical responses. We begin with a survey of different mechanisms of cellular signalling and their roles in 'normal' cellular activities and overall homeostasis. A diverse set of cellular processes is studied and the normal control mechanisms highlighted. This is followed by investigation of the dysfunction of signalling mechanisms in several disease states. Topics covered are: the cell cycle, apoptosis, haematopoiesis, atherosclerosis and HIV/AIDS. The aim is to demonstrate to students that dysfunction or inappropriate cellular signalling plays a key role in the pathogenesis of many common disease. Methods of clinical diagnosis are introduced and incorporated into the laboratory work, which is designed to illustrate concepts of the theory.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe a range of cellular signalling mechanisms;
  2. Explain endocrine control of cellular processes;
  3. Discuss the dysfunction of cell signalling mechanisms in several common disease states;
  4. Discuss the role of biochemical and spectroscopic techniques in the diagnosis of disease;
  5. Plan and execute complex biochemical laboratory procedures and interpret data acquired;
  6. Demonstrate basic competence in the safe handling of hazardous biological materials.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Major assignment (5000 words): 20%

Practical work: 30%

Workload requirements

Three hours of lectures per week and 40 hours laboratory work per semester

See also Unit timetable information


BTH3752 - Molecular biology and biotechnology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Song Beng Kah

Coordinator(s)

Dr Song Beng Kah

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BTH2732

Prohibitions

BCH3031, BTH3757

Synopsis

This unit focuses on recombinant DNA methodology and genomics, which underpin commercial developments in the rapidly expanding biotechnology industry. Advanced techniques for gene manipulation in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, methods for genome mapping and sequencing, and techniques for investigating gene and protein function, including mutagenesis, RNA interference and expression profiling, will be considered. Industrial and research applications of these technologies, such as genetic manipulation of plants and animals, gene therapy, virus detection and typing, recombinant vaccine production and personalized medicine will be explored.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the molecular basis of a wide range of techniques for gene manipulation and genomic and proteomic analysis;
  2. Apply their knowledge to the pursuit of current scientific problems in industry, medicine, and research;
  3. Critically evaluate a variety of approaches to a particular scientific or industrial problem;
  4. Demonstrate proficiency in a wide range of techniques for gene manipulation and in the interpretation of data acquired by these techniques;
  5. Demonstrate advanced scientific writing skills.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Two written assignments: 20%

Lab notebook and lab performance: 10%

Report: 30%

Workload requirements

3 hours lectures per week and 36 hours practical work per semester.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BTH3820 - Plant biotechnology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Sadequr Rahman

Coordinator(s)

Professor Sadequr Rahman

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

GEN2041

Synopsis

This unit introduces the role of plant breeding and its significance in plant biotechnology, plant genomes and organisation, the regulation of gene expression, plant cell and tissue culture methodologies, gene transformation techniques, the application of transgenic technology for crop improvement (including the production of transgenic plants resistant to abiotic and biotic stresses and crops with prolonged shelf life and enhanced nutritional value) and the use of transgenic plants as bioreactors for the production of novel proteins in medicine and industry.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of current issues and technologies in plant biotechnology;
  2. Demonstrate clear understanding of the techniques involved in plant tissue culture;
  3. Design constructs to alter the expression of specific genes;
  4. Demonstrate understanding of the various strategies involved in the creation of existing plant transgenic crops;
  5. Appreciate the potential role of genetic manipulation to produce novel plant products of potential economic importance;
  6. Exhibit skills in analysis, interpretation and presentation of scientific data.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Practical reports (including assignments): 40%

Mid-semester test: 20%

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Workload requirements

Three hours of lectures and three hours of practical per week (most weeks)

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BTH3960 - Interdisciplinary advanced practical in pharmacology and chemistry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Katya Pas

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Lisa Martin
Dr Elizabeth Davis

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

CHM2911 and CHM2922 with a grade point average of at least 70; PHA3011 and PHA3021 with a grade point average of at least 70; and at least 12 points of level three chemistry.

Co-requisites

At least 18 points of level three chemistry (including the prerequisite 12 points) and PHA3042

Prohibitions

Course convenor approval is required to take either CHM3990 or PHA3990 with BTH3960

Synopsis

This unit allows students to develop laboratory research skills in the interdisciplinary field of pharmacological chemistry. Students will undertake a laboratory project involving both chemistry and pharmacology and will spend time in both chemistry and pharmacology laboratories.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Design and conduct experiments;
  2. Identify, use and critically evaluate research literature;
  3. Conduct interdisciplinary projects composed of chemistry and pharmacology;
  4. Implement safe working practices with chemicals, radio-isotopes, and biological materials;
  5. Make oral presentations and write reports covering both chemistry and pharmacology.

Assessment

Written reports: 80%

Oral reports: 20%

Workload requirements

Six hours of supervised laboratory work and six hours of self-directed study

See also Unit timetable information


BTH4100 - Biotechnology research project

36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Coordinator(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Postgraduate Diploma in the discipline of Biotechnology

Co-requisites

BTH4200 or BTH4280

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either the first or second semester. Students will carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about research projects will be available from the course coordinator towards the end of the preceding semester.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature that underpins the selected area of biotechnology research;
  2. Undertake a supervised research project in an area of biotechnology and contribute to project design and management;
  3. Apply appropriate laboratory techniques, research methodologies and data analysis methods to collect, interpret and report the findings;
  4. Effectively present the research and findings orally showing a firm grasp of the area;
  5. Analyse the research in the context of the discipline area and report the findings in an extended written report.

Assessment

Assessment will include a written thesis and oral defence. Final assessment methods will be advised by the unit coordinator prior to commencement.

Workload requirements

Full year

See also Unit timetable information


BTH4200 - The practice of biotechnology

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

To be advised

Coordinator(s)

To be advised

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels one to three of the Bachelor of Biotechnology

Synopsis

The unit aims to develop students graduate attributes relevant to a post-graduation career in biotechnology and associated areas. These will be learned in an interdisciplinary biotechnology context of the development of scientific knowledge and its commercialisation. From their previous studies, students will have knowledge of scientific invention and technological innovation. The unit will allow them deeper exploration of an aspect or aspects of this process. Students will also consider what scientific knowledge is and how it is challenged. The unit will require both team and individual work.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review scientific literature in an applied area of biotechnology;
  2. Research, analyse and report on the translation of basic research towards a commercial product;
  3. Recognise the breadth of analytical and data analysis techniques and their applicability to biotechnology research;
  4. Apply analytical and data analysis techniques relevant to the biotechnology industry;
  5. Effectively communicate concepts in biotechnology both in writing and orally.

Assessment

Written report (6000 words): 30%

Written report (2000 words): 10%

Essay (4000 words): 20%

Two oral presentations: 20%

Continuous assessment of group work (supervisor, peer and self-assessed): 20%

Workload requirements

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Postgraduate Diploma in the discipline of Biotechnology

See also Unit timetable information


BTH4280 - Honours coursework in biotechnology

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Coordinator(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Postgraduate Diploma in the discipline of Biotechnology

Co-requisites

BTH4100

Synopsis

This unit provides advanced instruction in quantitative methods, thesis writing and current topics to students enrolled in the honours program in biotechnology. Students will gain an understanding of advanced experimental design, data analysis and scientific writing that will assist them in completing their honours thesis. Further classes and coursework relating to current topics in biotechnology will assist students in critical analysis of journal articles, providing further support for their academic development in research science.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of experimental design and sampling methods that are relevant to their research project;
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of the impacts of resource limitation on experimental design and implementation;
  3. Critically analyse articles from the scientific literature and use this ability to enhance the quality of their own written work;
  4. Express themselves clearly and effectively to a scientific audience;
  5. Write and manage assessment tasks expeditiously and competently.

Assessment

Essay: 50%

Statistics coursework: 30%

Examination: 20%

Workload requirements

One to three hours of lectures and/or tutorials per week over 12 weeks

See also Unit timetable information


CHM1011 - Chemistry 1

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Sara Kyne

Coordinator(s)

Dr Sara Kyne

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

CHM1031, CHM1051, ENG1070

Synopsis

CHM1011 has been designed such that some previous understanding of chemistry is presumed, but is also underpinned by a support structure for those who are relatively new to the subject. The curriculum focuses on general and physical chemistry principles which in turn complements the synthetic chemistry topics discussed in the subsequent unit, CHM1022. On completion of CHM1011, students will have gained an understanding of atomic structure, how atoms and molecules interact with each other and how this affects their bonding, reactivity, 3D structure and physical properties. A number of important topics such as stoichiometry, intermolecular forces, thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibria, and electrochemistry will be developed in order to prepare students for a deeper exploration of chemistry. The concepts developed within the workshops and tutorials are complemented through a laboratory program where students will have the opportunity to develop analytical techniques and design their own experiments to solve a range of chemical problems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the features of atomic structure and the construction of the periodic table of elements;
  2. Interpret relationships between electronic structure and bonding;
  3. Explore a wide range of molecular structures and investigate aspects of stereochemistry such as isomerism and chirality;
  4. Distinguish between ideal gases and real gases;
  5. Recognise factors which give rise to polarity and its relationship to intermolecular bonding;
  6. Define the first and second laws of thermodynamics and apply enthalpy and entropy;
  7. Discuss factors which give rise to chemical kinetics;
  8. Apply acid-base chemistry in the understanding of dynamic equilibria;
  9. Discuss the basic principles of redox reactions and electrochemistry;
  10. Foster the acquisition of practical skills by exploiting an inquiry-based approach to the chemistry laboratory experience;
  11. Communicate chemistry, and discuss the social and environmental responsibility of chemists in the global community.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 55% (Hurdle)

Laboratory work: 30% (Hurdle)

Online assessment: 10%

Tutorials: 5%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve a minimum score of 50% in the laboratory practical component and a minimum of 30% for the end-of-semester exam.

Supplementary assessment is not available for the lab practical component.

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour workshops
  • One hour of directed independent study
  • One 1-hour tutorial
  • One 3-hour laboratory per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM1022 - Chemistry 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Sara Kyne

Coordinator(s)

Dr Sara Kyne

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

CHM1042, CHM1052

Synopsis

Within CHM1022, students will explore the behaviour of chemicals in a number of interesting case studies incorporating a range of significant biological and synthetic molecules such as carbohydrates, proteins and polymers and pharmaceutically important drugs. Along the way, students will discuss the formation of inorganic coordination compounds and investigate their role in colour and magnetism, and metals in biological systems. The concepts developed within the workshops and tutorials are complemented through a laboratory program where students will have the opportunity to develop analytical techniques and design their own experiments to solve a range of chemical problems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a basic understanding of chemical nomenclature;
  2. Describe the classification, bonding, structure, properties and reactions of a wide range of organic compounds according to the functional groups they contain;
  3. Describe the nature of biological and synthetic macromolecules such as proteins, carbohydrates, and polymers;
  4. Discuss the properties of transition elements;
  5. Describe a wide range of coordination compounds and their structures, reactions and applications in both synthetic materials and biological systems;
  6. Describe how spectroscopy can be used to investigate molecular structure;
  7. Foster practical skills by exploiting an inquiry-based approach to the chemistry laboratory experience;
  8. Communicate chemistry, and discuss the social and environmental responsibility of chemists in the global community.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 55% (Hurdle)

Laboratory work: 30% (Hurdle)

Online assessment: 10%

Tutorials: 5%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve a minimum score of 50% in the laboratory practical component and a minimum of 30% for the end-of-semester exam.

Supplementary assessment is not available for the lab practical component.

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour workshops
  • One hour of directed independent study
  • One 1-hour tutorial
  • One 3-hour laboratory per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Biochemistry

Chemistry

Materials science

Physiology


CHM1051 - Chemistry 1 advanced

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Sara Kyne

Coordinator(s)

Dr Cheow Yuen Lin (Clayton)
Dr Sara Kyne (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • October intake 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

VCE Units 3 and 4 Chemistry (Study Score >=37), or an ATAR >=90

Prohibitions

CHM1011, CHM1031

Synopsis

CHM1051 has been designed for students who have demonstrated a strong aptitude for chemistry during secondary studies, eg. a VCE Chemistry Study Score >=37. On completion of this unit, students will have gained an understanding of atomic structure, how atoms and molecules interact with each other and how this affects their bonding, reactivity, 3D structure and physical properties. A number of important topics such as stoichiometry, intermolecular forces, thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibria, and electrochemistry will be developed in order to prepare students for a deeper exploration of chemistry. The concepts developed within the lectures and workshops are complemented through an extended laboratory program where students will have the opportunity to develop analytical techniques and design their own experiments to solve a range of chemical problems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Employ quantum mechanics to describe features of atomic structure and the construction of the periodic table of elements;
  2. Interpret the relationships between electronic structure and bonding exploring a wide range of molecular structures;
  3. Investigate aspects of stereochemistry such as isomerism and chirality;
  4. Distinguish differences between ideal gases and real gases;
  5. Recognise factors which give rise to polarity and studying how this affects intermolecular bonding;
  6. Define the first and second laws of thermodynamics and apply enthalpy and entropy;
  7. Discuss factors which give rise to chemical kinetics;
  8. Apply acid-base chemistry in the understanding of dynamic equilibria;
  9. Discuss the basic principles of redox reactions and electrochemistry;
  10. Foster the acquisition of practical skills by exploiting an inquiry-based approach to the chemistry laboratory experience;
  11. Formulate hypotheses and design chemical experiments to synthesise and collect unique data using a range of sophisticated apparatus and technologies;
  12. Apply recognised methods for interpreting chemical data;
  13. Communicate chemistry, and discuss the social and environmental responsibility of chemists in the global community.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 55% (Hurdle)

Laboratory work: 35% (Hurdle)

Online assessment: 10%

Hurdle requirements: To pass this unit a student must achieve a minimum score of 50% in the laboratory practical component and a minimum of 30% for the end-of-semester exam.

Supplementary assessment is not available for the lab practical component.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour workshops, one hour of directed independent study and one 4-hour laboratory class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM1052 - Chemistry 2 advanced

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Sara Kyne

Coordinator(s)

Dr Sara Kyne (Clayton)
Dr Irene Ling (Malaysia, Semester 1)
Dr Pushpamalar Janarthanan (Malaysia, Semester 2)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

VCE Units 3 and 4 Chemistry (Study Score >= 37), an ATAR >= 90, or a high distinction grade in CHM1011

Prohibitions

CHM1022, CHM1042

Synopsis

CHM1052 has been designed for students who have demonstrated a strong aptitude for chemistry during secondary studies, eg. a VCE Chemistry Study Score >=37. In this unit, students will exploit their understanding of general and physical chemistry discussed in CHM1051 to explore the behaviour of chemicals in a number of interesting case studies incorporating a range of significant biological and synthetic molecules such as carbohydrates, proteins and polymers and pharmaceutically important drugs. Along the way, students will discuss the formation of inorganic coordination compounds and investigate their role in colour and magnetism, and metals in biological systems. The concepts developed within the lectures are complemented through an extended laboratory program where students will have the opportunity to develop analytical techniques and design their own experiments to solve a range of chemical problems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a basic understanding of chemical nomenclature;
  2. Describe the classification, bonding, structure, properties and reactions of a wide range of organic compounds according to the functional groups they contain;
  3. Describe the nature of biological and synthetic macromolecules such as proteins, carbohydrates and polymers;
  4. Discuss the properties of transition elements;
  5. Describe a wide range of coordination compounds and their structures, reactions and applications in both synthetic materials and biological systems;
  6. Foster the acquisition of practical skills by exploiting an inquiry-based approach to the chemistry laboratory experience;
  7. Formulate hypotheses and design chemical experiments to synthesise and collect unique data using a range of sophisticated apparatus and technologies;
  8. Apply recognised methods for interpreting chemical data;
  9. Communicate chemistry, and discuss the social and environmental responsibility of chemists in the global community.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 55% (Hurdle)

Laboratory work: 35% (Hurdle)

Online assessment: 10%

Hurdle requirements: To pass this unit a student must achieve a minimum score of 50% in the laboratory practical component and a minimum of 30% for the end-of-semester exam.

Supplementary assessment is not available for the lab practical component.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour workshops, one hour of directed independent study and one 4-hour laboratory class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM2911 - Inorganic and organic chemistry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Allison Funston

Coordinator(s)

Professor Camerson Jones (Clayton)
Dr Pushpamalar Janarthanan (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

CHM1011 or CHM1051, plus CHM1022 or CHM1052. You should contact the second year coordinator if you do not have these prerequisite units.

Synopsis

Basic principles and key aspects of molecular design, synthesis, structure and reactivity of carbon based molecules, organo-transition metal chemistry and metal complexes with examples taken from important biological, industrial and environmental processes. It will cover aspects of reactive intermediates; carbocations; molecular rearrangements; nucleophilic substitution; elimination reactions; free radicals; aromatic and heterocyclic chemistry; pericyclic reactions; carbonyl compounds; key principles of coordination chemistry including geometry, properties, bonding and stability in transition metal complexes; metal coordination environments in nature; principles of organometallic chemistry and catalysis.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the tools used by chemists to design, prepare and study novel carbon based molecules and metal complexes;
  2. Apply the general principles of transition metal chemistry to industrial and environmental processes;
  3. Formulate the syntheses of a number of compounds using organic or inorganic chemistry processes;
  4. Appreciate and utilise a number of organic and inorganic reactions, including processes involving metal ions;
  5. Use common synthetic procedures and modern analytical and spectroscopic methods for the synthesis and analysis of chemical compounds;
  6. Demonstrate safe laboratory practices and apply OHSE principles;
  7. Communicate their chemistry in oral and written form and analyse how the material taught links to the social and environmental responsibility of chemists in the global community.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

Practical work: 30% (Hurdle)

Online assessment: 10%

Tutorials: 10%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit you must achieve a minimum score of 50% in the laboratory practical component and a minimum of 30% for the end-of-semester exam.

Supplementary assessment is not available for the lab practical component.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour workshops, one hour directed independent study, one tutorial and the equivalent of 3 hours laboratory activity per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM2922 - Spectroscopy and analytical chemistry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alison Funston

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Jie Zhang (Clayton)
Associate Professor Lim Yau Yan (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

CHM1011 or CHM1051, plus CHM1022 or CHM1052. Students without these should consult the second year coordinator.

Prohibitions

CHM2741

Synopsis

This unit covers the theory and instrumentation behind common physical and analytical instrumental techniques such as infrared, Raman, UV/Vis absorption and fluorescence and atomic spectroscopies, mass spectrometry, chromatography and electroanalytical chemistry. A knowledge of the physical chemistry of gases and liquids is an important precursor to the understanding of chromatographic and electroanalytical chemistry. The application of these techniques in forensic analysis is examined using examples such as the detection of accelerants at arson scenes, drug detection in sport and identification of micro samples at crime scenes. Practical exercises will provide problem solving in physical and forensic analytical chemistry. A "Moot Court" team exercise and guest lecturers are an integral part of the subject.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Comprehend concepts in instrumental analysis, including accuracy and precision, sensitivity, selectivity, detection limit and dynamic range;
  2. Describe the principles and applications of spectroscopic techniques such as infra-red, Raman, UV/Visible absorption and fluorescence, and atomic mass spectrometry;
  3. Demonstrate knowledge of electrochemical techniques for chemical analysis;
  4. Distinguish the need for, and uses of, separation techniques such as gas and liquid chromatography;
  5. Evaluate a range of instrumental methods and how different instruments operate;
  6. Compare and contrast a number of case studies illustrating the many and varied uses of chemical instrumentation for solving analytical and forensic problems;
  7. Use database searching and retrieval for compound identification;
  8. Demonstrate expertise in the manipulation of chemicals, the use of chemical analysis techniques, risk assessment and the use of modern information technologies and data analysis;
  9. Work in small groups and be competent in the written and oral presentation of scientific data, including in the context of a Moot-court scenario.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 40% (Hurdle)

Mid semester test (1 hour): 20%

Computer test/Assignments: 10%

Laboratory reports: 30% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve a minimum score of 50% in the laboratory practical component and a minimum of 30% for the end-of-semester exam.

Supplementary assessment is not available for the lab practical component.

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour workshops, one tutorial, one hour directed independent study and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM2942 - Biological chemistry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alison Funston

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Lisa Martin

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of CHM1022 or CHM1052; and

One of BIO1022 or BMS1021.

Synopsis

CHM2942 has been designed for students from chemical and biological backgrounds who have a strong, common interest in the chemistry of living systems. In this unit students will be able to apply their knowledge by examining chemical processes in a biological context: the relationship between stereochemistry and biological activity; transition states of enzyme catalysed reactions; molecular mechanisms underlying glycoside bond formation and breakage; describe the chemical reactivity of organic and inorganic molecules and the reactions occurring at different functional groups; develop a basic understanding of bioconjugate chemistry and its applications; classical and contemporary bioinorganic chemistry of metals; metal coordination chemistry; molecular mechanisms for redox potentials within living systems; metalloproteins and co-enzymes; transport and storage of naturally occurring and toxic metals; role of metals in medicine; applications of modern bio-spectroscopic and bio-imaging techniques; visualisation and monitoring of chemical processes occurring in living tissues; processing bio-imaging and bio-spectroscopic data.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Add to their understanding of the chemical reactivity of organic molecules and the relationship between stereochemistry and biological activity;
  2. Understand the concept of a transition state in enzyme-catalyzed reactions and the difference between inverting and retaining mechanisms in carbohydrate processing enzymes;
  3. Apply the concept of protective groups in organic chemistry for the synthesis of carbohydrates and glycoconjugates;
  4. Understand and describe the physical and chemical behaviour of metal ions in aqueous solution, particularly in relation to formation, stability and ligand lability;
  5. Understand the role of metals in biology, and the development and application of metal-based therapeutics and diagnostics;
  6. Apply an understanding of the use of spectroscopic techniques for determining the structure and function of biomolecules;
  7. Understand the different types of bio-imaging techniques and the methods used to process bioimaging data.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

Mid-semester test (45 mins): 20%

Laboratory work: 30% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve a minimum score of 50% in the laboratory practical component and a minimum of 30% for the end-of-semester exam.

Supplementary assessment is not available for the lab practical component.

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour workshops per week
  • One-hour workshop/tutorial every fortnight
  • One-hour directed independent study; and
  • Four hours of laboratory activity for 10 weeks

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM2951 - Environmental chemistry - water

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alison Funston

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Mike Grace

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

6 points level one Chemistry

Synopsis

A fundamental understanding of the principles underlying aquatic chemistry and their application in the study of aquatic processes. Includes: equilibria, activity and solubility; acid-base and carbonate equilibria, coordination chemistry and complexation, trace metal speciation, aquatic colloid and surface chemistry, estuarine processes and lake biogeochemistry, physico-chemical features of estuaries, rivers and lakes, light and heat in aquatic systems, major ions in natural waters, redox equilibria, dissolved gases, biogeochemical cycling of nutrients and contaminants, eutrophication. The practical component covers common major analytical techniques and two field excursions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the physical and chemical characteristics of aquatic systems;
  2. Understand the fundamental physico-chemical processes operating in aquatic systems;
  3. Discuss, using appropriate local and international examples, current water pollution issues;
  4. Demonstrate proficiency in use of a range of water quality monitoring techniques;
  5. Access relevant data for comparative purposes using modern information technologies;
  6. Prepare, explain and undertake appropriate OHS Risk Assessments associated with laboratory and fieldwork activities;
  7. Prepare laboratory and field trip reports, using appropriate statistical analysis, incorporation of relevant lecture material and additional information from reputable sources.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

Laboratory work: 25% (Hurdle)

Assignments: 15%

Online tests: 10%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve a minimum score of 50% in the laboratory practical component and a minimum of 30% for the end-of-semester exam.

Supplementary assessment is not available for the lab practical component.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour workshops, one hour directed independent study and the equivalent of 4-hours laboratory or field trip per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM2962 - Food chemistry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alison Funston

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Chris Thompson (Clayton)
Associate Professor Siow Lee Fong (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

CHM1022 or CHM1052

Prohibitions

BND1022

Synopsis

A detailed account of the chemistry of food substances will be provided. The components present in larger amounts (carbohydrates, fats, proteins, minerals and water), and those occurring in smaller quantities (colours, flavours, vitamins, preservatives, trace metals, both natural and synthetic toxins, and additives) will be discussed. Chemicals used in food production (fertilizers, pesticides, insecticides, fungicides, herbicides) and the chemistry of food processing, storage and cooking are also discussed. Methods used in food analysis are considered. The chemistry of the digestion of food and the energy provided by food during consumption are included.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explore the chemical structure and functionality for the macronutrient categories of carbohydrates, lipids, and protein in food.
  2. Identify the important role of micronutrients (vitamins and minerals) and water activity in food.
  3. Formulate the links between food types and dietary energy content.
  4. Investigate the analytical techniques used for verifying food content and quality.
  5. Inspect the chemical changes that occur during the processing, storage and cooking of food.
  6. Design experiments through an inquiry-oriented, food chemistry focused laboratory program.
  7. Communicate via written and visual presentations the findings from a multistage laboratory program.
  8. Debate the benefits and potential drawbacks of genetic modification, organic agriculture, and the use herbicides and pesticides in global food production.

Assessment

Laboratory-based assessment: 25% (Hurdle)

Science communication assignments: 25%

Online assessment: 25%

Workshop activities: 25%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve a minimum score of 50% in the laboratory practical component.

Supplementary assessment is not available for the lab practical component.

Workload requirements

  • Equivalent to two-hours supported independent study per week
  • One one-hour workshop per week
  • 36 hours of laboratory work and presentation time per semester

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM2990 - Introductory chemical research project

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alison Funston

Coordinator(s)

Professor Alan Chaffee

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

A distinction average over CHM1051 and CHM1052 or; high distinction average over CHM1011 and CHM1022 or; special permission from the unit coordinator.

Co-requisites

CHM2911 and CHM2922. (Note that students enrolling in the Semester One offering must at least be enrolled in CHM2922 for the same academic year.)

Synopsis

This course allows students to undertake an introductory research project as part of their second year of study in Chemistry within the BSc Adv (Hons) or BSc (Science Scholar) degrees and students undertaking CHM1051 and CHM1052 with a minimum of a distinction grade for both units. The project will be carried out within the School of Chemistry teaching and research laboratories. Allied with the practical work will be tutorial materials and discussion on formal matters relating to OH&S, database searching, data analysis and presentation and report presentation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an ability to locate, synthesize and critically evaluate relevant scientific literature associated with the research project;
  2. Prepare, explain and undertake appropriate OHS Risk Assessments associated with laboratory (and if relevant, fieldwork) activities;
  3. Demonstrate the ability to work efficiently and safely within a research laboratory environment;
  4. Access relevant data for comparative purposes using modern information technologies;
  5. Synthesise and present in a format suitable for the discipline, experimental results and data analysis associated with the research project;
  6. Present scientific research findings to an appropriate expert audience;
  7. Integrate the research findings from the project into the larger context of research in that particular field, primarily through completion of the required report;
  8. Demonstrate the capability to learn new technical skills within the research project ambit and use these proficiently and safely.

Assessment

Laboratory work: 20%

Reflective assessment: 10%

Project report: 60% + Poster/oral presentation: 10%

Workload requirements

  • Six hours per week of laboratory work plus additional private study time

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM3180 - Materials chemistry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Philip Wai Hong Chan

Coordinator(s)

Professor Stuart Batten

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Six points of level one chemistry and six points of level two chemistry. Students without this should consult the third year coordinator.

Prohibitions

CHM2180

Synopsis

The unit describes the structure, properties and synthesis of biomaterials, macromolecules, and 'smart' inorganic materials, which are designed to carry out a range of sensing or active functions. Includes: biopolymers and biomineralisation in plants and animals; mimicry of biological systems; properties of everyday materials such as polypropylene and polyurethane and the link between their properties, structure and synthesis; properties of inorganic and metal-organic solids such as conductivity, magnetism, and porosity; theory and use of X-ray crystallography for determining solid-state structures. Principles of controlled radical polymerisation such as RAFT that is widely used in industry to synthesize polymers of certain molecular weights are introduced. In addition, ionic liquids as 'new generation' liquid materials are introduced. The unit also offers an opportunity to learn about a fast emerging field of alternative resources of energy such as solar cells, advanced batteries and fuel cells.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the link between polymer structure and physical properties;
  2. Understand the chemistry of ionic liquids;
  3. Demonstrate the connection between properties of conducting, magnetic and porous materials and their inorganic structure;
  4. Demonstrate a basic understanding of the theory of X-ray crystallography;
  5. Carry out organic and inorganic material synthesis in a laboratory environment;
  6. Apply characterisation techniques to both organic and inorganic materials;
  7. Demonstrate skills in the use of modern information technologies and data analysis, and in the written and oral presentation of scientific data.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

Assignments: 10%

Laboratory reports: 40% (Hurdle)

To pass this unit a student must achieve a minimum score of 50% in the laboratory practical component and a minimum of 30% for the end-of-semester exam.

Supplementary assessment is not available for the lab practical component.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour workshops, one hour directed independent study and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM3911 - Advanced physical chemistry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Philip Wai Hong Chan

Coordinator(s)

Dr Boon Mian Teo

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

CHM2922. Students without this should consult the third year coordinator.

Synopsis

Physical chemistry provides insight into the fundamental reason that chemical systems and materials behave the way they do. This unit gives students an advanced understanding of the properties and characteristics of solids, liquids and gases from a fundamental level - utilising computation of individual atoms and bonds - right through to applied systems such as colloids and surfactants, relevant to minerals, food and formulation. The course follows a natural progression from atomic and molecular properties at a single atom or bond level through key thermodynamics to the properties of chemical systems, such as viscosity, phase behaviour and the interactions between solids and liquids. The final section deals with surfaces and colloids - key to understanding important chemical systems in Australian science and industry, due to their ubiquity in minerals processing, food and dairy industries, energy and oil, pharmaceuticals, water and waste processing.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Comprehend the basic concepts of computational chemistry and become proficient in the "hands-on" use of specific computational chemistry software.
  2. Develop assessment skills of reliability and accuracy of computational chemistry methods for a chemical problem at hand.
  3. Become proficient in the applications of the four laws of thermodynamics.
  4. Learn about the connections between kinetics and thermodynamics of chemical reactions.
  5. Understand how chemical rate analysis is performed, and analyse the kinetics of advanced chemical processes.
  6. Apply key concepts related to the fundamental physical chemistry of solids, liquids and gases.
  7. Develop an understanding of phase diagrams and phase behaviour, and how this is related to the interactions between atoms/molecules.
  8. Rationalise the key processes that occur at - and differences between - interfaces between solids, liquids and gases.
  9. Understand the wetting of solid surfaces, how this controls colloidal systems, and how kinetics of adsorption can be analysed.
  10. Explore colloidal systems involving solid particles, liquid droplets and gas bubbles.
  11. Rationalise the molecular basis for surfactant behaviour and the uses of surfactant-based systems including liquid crystals.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 40% (Hurdle)

Mid-semester test, assignments and computer testing: 30%

Laboratory work and short laboratory reports and pro forma reports: 30% (Hurdle)

To pass this unit a student must achieve a minimum score of 50% in the laboratory practical component and a minimum of 30% for the end-of-semester exam.

Supplementary assessment is not available for the lab practical component.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour workshops, one hour directed independent study and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM3922 - Advanced organic chemistry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Philip Wai Hong Chan

Coordinator(s)

Professor David Lupton (Clayton)
Dr Yeong Keng Yoon (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

CHM2911. Students without this should consult the third year coordinator.

Synopsis

A description of the advanced tools and methodologies that are used in the determination of reaction mechanisms will be provided. This is supported by a discussion of the theoretical basis of the design of synthetic pathways for target e.g. bioactive molecules. The knowledge gained will be used to elucidate the reaction mechanisms of common organic reactions and metal-mediated reactions towards identifying scope in organic chemistry. The development of chemical methods that allow realisation of the concept of a sustainable future will also be discussed. Advanced NMR spectroscopy will also be introduced as a useful tool to elucidating structure.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify and operate standard chemical laboratory apparatus to undertake and analyse routine organic transformations;
  2. Identify and design strategies that exploit conjugate addition reactions;
  3. Understand the rationale behind the design of strategies to assemble complex aromatic materials;
  4. Identify and describe common pericyclic reactions;
  5. Identify and understand routine transition metal catalysed and organocatalytic chemical reactions.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 47% (Hurdle)

Mid-semester test (1 hour): 23%

Laboratory work and short laboratory reports: 30% (Hurdle)

To pass this unit a student must achieve a minimum score of 50% in the laboratory practical component and a minimum of 30% for the end-of-semester exam.

Supplementary assessment is not available for the lab practical component.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour workshops, one hour directed independent study and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM3930 - Medicinal chemistry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Philip Wai Hong Chan

Coordinator(s)

Professor Andrea Robinson (Clayton)
Dr Yeong Keng Yoon (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

CHM2911 or CHM2942 or CHM2762. Students who have not completed and passed one of these units should consult the third year coordinator.

Synopsis

This unit focuses on several major classes of biologically and clinically important therapeutic agents. Students will study the traditional use, isolation, structural characterisation, synthesis and clinical evaluation of drugs and also be exposed to newer crystallographic, computational, combinatorial and screening methodology used in drug design and development. The subject will consist of three interrelated sections: a) drug discovery and development, b) molecular recognition, and c) chemistry and the synthesis of biological polymers. Where appropriate, guest speakers from industry and government agencies will contribute to the subject.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand traditional and modern methods used for drug discovery;
  2. Understand how molecules interact at the molecular level and how this relates to the activity of drugs;
  3. Demonstrate how crystallography and computational methods are used for drug development;
  4. Demonstrate a knowledge of reaction mechanisms and how they can aid in understanding the mode of action of a drug;
  5. Demonstrate practical skills through the practice of chemical synthesis in a laboratory;
  6. Demonstrate the capacity to work in small research groups, to solve problems and communicate science in both written and oral forms.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 40% (Hurdle)

Mid-semester test (40 mins): 20%

Seminar/assignments: 10%

Laboratory work and short laboratory reports: 30% (Hurdle)

To pass this unit a student must achieve a minimum score of 50% in the laboratory practical component and a minimum of 30% for the end-of-semester exam.

Supplementary assessment is not available for the lab practical component.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour workshops, one hour directed independent study and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM3941 - Advanced inorganic chemistry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Philip Wai Hong Chan

Coordinator(s)

Professor Phillip Andrews

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

CHM2911. Students without this should consult the third year coordinator.

Synopsis

A general description of the synthetic methods and characterization techniques that are used to prepare coordination complexes and organometallic compounds will be provided together with the tools and methodologies used in the determination of reaction mechanisms and, in particular, metal centred/mediated reactions. Techniques commonly used to study the structure and properties of inorganic complexes will be introduced through the practical classes and a problem based approach.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Derive the structural chemistry of transition metal complexes using various analytical techniques;
  2. Apply knowledge of chemical kinetics and thermodynamics to the stability of transition metal complexes;
  3. Describe and undertake the synthesis and characterisation of main group organometallic complexes;
  4. Understand and demonstrate the relationship between reactivity, selectivity and structure in main group organometallic complexes;
  5. Apply main group organometallic complexes in the asymmetric synthesis of bioactive molecules.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

One mid-semester examination: 20%

Laboratory work and short laboratory reports and proforma reports: 30% (Hurdle)

To pass this unit a student must achieve a minimum score of 50% in the laboratory practical component and a minimum of 30% for the end-of-semester exam.

Supplementary assessment is not available for the lab practical component.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour workshops, one hour directed independent study and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM3952 - Advanced analytical chemistry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Philip Wai Hong Chan

Coordinator(s)

Professor Bayden Wood

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

CHM2922. Students without this should consult the third year coordinator.

Synopsis

Advances in analytical science will involve the development and exploitation of advanced mass spectrometric, molecular spectroscopic and separation techniques. This unit concentrates on these approaches, and provides examples of how they can be applied in areas such as forensic and environmental science, genomics and forensic imaging. The remainder of the unit covers the use of spectroscopic, radiometric, separation and particle characterization techniques in automated monitoring and process analysis in a variety of industrial, clinical and environmental applications. Aspects of instrumentation, data processing and chemometrics will be emphasised in each analytical technique discussed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Operate analytical instruments competently and reliably;
  2. Understand the range of operational factors that lead to optimised performance of analytical instruments;
  3. Assimilate theoretical principles and practical aspects of analytical chemistry;
  4. Understand the range of application areas that analytical chemistry and analytical instrumentation are applied to;
  5. Appreciate the processes and limitations of different sampling methods.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 40% (Hurdle)

Mid-semester examination (50 mins): 20%

Assignments and computer testing: 10%

Laboratory work and laboratory reports: 30% (Hurdle)

To pass this unit a student must achieve a minimum score of 50% in the laboratory practical component and a minimum of 30% for the end-of-semester exam.

Supplementary assessment is not available for the lab practical component.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour workshops, one hour directed independent study and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM3960 - Environmental chemistry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Philip Wai Hong Chan

Coordinator(s)

Professor Perran Cook

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

6 points of level one chemistry and 6 points of level two chemistry. Students without this should consult the third year coordinator.

Prohibitions

Permission by the unit coordinator is required for students in S6002 who are undertaking the Environmental Security (Science) specialisation.

Synopsis

The three major components of the environment, air, soil and water, are considered. Environmental issues related to energy are outlined. Soils: natural, constituents, properties; chemical processes; organic matter; fertility; acidity; salinity; remediation. Water: major components; nutrient pollution including consequences and tracing methods; water treatment including sewage treatment, drinking water treatment and artificial wetlands. Air and energy: importance to society; fossil fuel use; combating atmospheric problems associated with fossil fuel use; alternative fuels, including biofuels; CO2 emissions reduction, carbon capture and sequestration.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the major components and processes in the atmosphere, soils and water;
  2. Show awareness of a range of environmental problems;
  3. Understand the major options for overcoming environmental problems confronting our planet;
  4. Assess environmental problems and design appropriate monitoring programs;
  5. Use modern analytical instrumentation;
  6. Solve problems in environmental chemistry;
  7. Work in small groups and communicate effectively through the written and oral presentation of scientific data.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

Laboratory work field trips and short laboratory reports and proforma reports: 30% (Hurdle)

Assignments: 20%

To pass this unit a student must achieve a minimum score of 50% in the laboratory practical component and a minimum of 30% for the end-of-semester exam.

Supplementary assessment is not available for the lab practical component.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour workshops, one hour directed independent study and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM3972 - Sustainable chemistry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Philip Wai Hong Chan

Coordinator(s)

Professor Tanja Junkers

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Six points of level one chemistry and six points of level two chemistry. Students without this should consult the level three co-ordinator.

Synopsis

The development of chemical tools that allow realisation of the concept of a sustainable future - meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs - is the basis for the course of sustainable chemistry. This will be dealt with in three interconnected streams: Introduction to green chemistry, Sustainable technologies and Green energy technologies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the historical and modern context of the birth and expansion of 'Green chemistry';
  2. Explore the social and environmental responsibility of chemists in the global community;
  3. Investigate the principles of green chemistry and green metrics such as atom economy and e-factors to recognise green chemistry criteria in the practice of chemistry;
  4. Identify reagents, reaction mechanisms and technologies that should be and realistically could be targeted for replacement by green alternatives;
  5. Research examples of successful and recent sustainable chemistry technologies which enable environmental benefits through process changes and product substitution;
  6. Debate the significance of energy in the global economy and associated energy related societal controversies;
  7. Explore chemical processes involved in new technologies for the transport, storage and conversion of energy;
  8. Construct strategies for improving energy efficiency and striving towards sustainability in energy consumption;
  9. Practice technical skills for synthesising chemicals, interpreting chemical data, and collecting unique data using a range of sophisticated apparatus and technologies;
  10. Develop methods and skills for communicating sustainable chemistry to a broad audience.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Continuous/laboratory assessment: 35% (Hurdle)

Group assessment: 15%

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve a minimum score of 50% in the laboratory practical component and a minimum of 30% for the end-of-semester exam.

Supplementary assessment is not available for the lab practical component.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour workshops per week for 12 weeks and one 4-hour laboratory class every week for 10 weeks and one hour directed independent study

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM3980 - Chemistry study abroad

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Philip Wai Hong Chan

Coordinator(s)

Assoc Professor Ekaterina Pas

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must have achieved a 65 average over three level-two or level-three chemistry units or; special permission from the unit coordinator.

Co-requisites

If not already taken, students are required to complete 18 points of level three chemistry units. These units can be completed prior to or within the calendar year of the CHM3980 enrolment (or across two years if applicable).

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to carry out a research project overseas as part of their final year of study in chemistry. The project may be carried out within a university or industry research laboratory by arrangement and approval of the Head of School. Allied with the practical work will be online tutorial materials and support on formal matters relating to OH&S, database searching, data analysis and presentation and report presentation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of modern laboratory practices and procedures;
  2. Practice an in depth understanding of one or several aspects of modern practical chemistry;
  3. Demonstrate safe laboratory practices and apply OHSE principles;
  4. Use chemical databases to aid in the design of a project strategy;
  5. Analyse data associated with a project and relate this to overall project goals;
  6. Present their data and conclusions to the broader chemistry community in both oral and written formats;
  7. Analyse how their project links to the social and environmental responsibility of chemists in the global community.
  8. Reflect on professional and technical skills development.

Assessment

Laboratory work: 20%

Reflective assessment: 10%

Project report: 60%

Oral presentation: 10%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM3990 - Chemistry project

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Philip Wai Hong Chan

Coordinator(s)

Professor Alan Chaffee

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must have achieved a 65 average over three level-two

or level-three chemistry units or; special permission from the unit coordinator.

Co-requisites

If not already taken, students are required to complete 18 points of level three chemistry units. These units can be completed prior to or within the calendar year of the CHM3990 enrolment (or across two years if applicable).

Synopsis

This course allows students to devote themselves to a substantial laboratory project as part of their final year of study in Chemistry. The project may be carried out within the School of Chemistry teaching and research laboratories or in an industrial laboratory by arrangement and approval of the Head of School. Allied with the practical work will be tutorial materials and discussion on formal matters relating to OH&S, database searching, data analysis and presentation and report presentation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of modern laboratory practices and procedures;
  2. Practice an in depth understanding of one or several aspects of modern practical chemistry;
  3. Demonstrate safe laboratory practices and apply OHSE principles;
  4. Use chemical databases to aid in the design of a project strategy;
  5. Analyse data associated with a project and relate this to overall project goals;
  6. Present their data and conclusions to the broader chemistry community in both oral and written formats;
  7. Analyse how their project links to the social and environmental responsibility of chemists in the global community.

Assessment

Laboratory work: 20% + Reflective assessment: 10% + Project report: 60% + Oral presentation: 10%

Workload requirements

72 hours of laboratory work per semester plus additional private study time

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM4100 - Chemistry research project

36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Mike Grace

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Mike Grace

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of chemistry

Co-requisites

CHM4201

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project in a specialised area of chemistry. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or second semester. Further information is available from the course coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature in their discipline;
  2. Understand, discuss and actively participate in the design, development and implementation of a research project;
  3. Execute, analyse and evaluate a set of laboratory-based exercises, showing an improved ability to work with minimal supervision and to implement their own ideas;
  4. Demonstrate proficiency in computer-based literature searching word processing and other computer programs commonly used in their chosen chemistry discipline;
  5. Experience then discuss the breadth and diversity of the chemical sciences, specifically through, but not limited to, attendance at seminars;
  6. Demonstrate proficiency in safe work practices for a chemical laboratory, including the use of MSDS and the performance of risk assessments;
  7. Synthesise and present in a format suitable for the discipline, experimental results and data analysis associated with the research project;
  8. Present orally the scientific research findings to an appropriate expert audience;
  9. Integrate the research findings from the project into the larger context of research in that particular field, primarily through completion of the required thesis;
  10. Demonstrate the capability to learn new technical skills within the research project ambit and use these proficiently and safely.

Assessment

Research Project with a written report in thesis form and oral defence and 2 x 15 minute oral presentations on the students research during the Honours year: 100%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM4110 - Chemistry research project part-time A

18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Mike Grace

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Mike Grace

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of chemistry

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project in a specialised area of chemistry. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or second semester. Further information is available from the course coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Assessment

Research project with a written report in thesis form and oral defence and 2 x 15 minute oral presentations on the students research during the Honours year: 100%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM4120 - Chemistry research project part-time B

18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Mike Grace

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Mike Grace

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of chemistry

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project in a specialised area of chemistry. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or second semester. Further information is available from the course coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Assessment

Research project with a written report in thesis form and oral defence and 2 x 15 minute oral presentation on the students research during the Honours year: 100%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM4180 - Medicinal chemistry research project

36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Coordinator(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Postgraduate Diploma in the discipline of Medicinal chemistry

Co-requisites

CHM4280

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either the first or second semester. Students will carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about research projects will be available from the course coordinator towards the end of the preceding semester.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature in their discipline;
  2. Understand, discuss and actively participate in the design, development and implementation of a research project;
  3. Execute, analyse and evaluate a set of laboratory-based exercises, showing an improved ability to work with minimal supervision and to implement their own ideas;
  4. Demonstrate proficiency in computer-based literature searching word processing and other computer programs commonly used in their chosen chemistry discipline;
  5. Experience then discuss the breadth and diversity of the chemical sciences, specifically through, but not limited to, attendance at seminars;
  6. Demonstrate proficiency in safe work practices for a chemical laboratory, including the use of MSDS and the performance of risk assessments;
  7. Synthesise and present in a format suitable for the discipline, experimental results and data analysis associated with the research project;
  8. Present orally the scientific research findings to an appropriate expert audience;
  9. Integrate the research findings from the project into the larger context of research in that particular field, primarily through completion of the required thesis;
  10. Demonstrate the capability to learn new technical skills within the research project ambit and use these proficiently and safely.

Assessment

Thesis: 93%

Final presentation: 7% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must complete the proposal presentation.

Workload requirements

30 hours of self-guided and supervised study and research per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Medicinal chemistry


CHM4201 - Chemistry honours coursework

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Professor Michael Grace

Coordinator(s)

Assoc Professor Michael Grace

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of Chemistry

Co-requisites

CHM4100

Synopsis

All students will undertake a Professional Studies topic and one core topic defined by the School, as well as three elective topics from specialised areas of chemistry, such as pericyclic reactions, separation science, advanced organic synthesis, main group inorganic chemistry, supramolecular chemistry, computational chemistry and electron microscopy. Each topic will require students to attend 8 lecture equivalents making a total of 48 lecture equivalents for the unit. Further information is available from the course coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Develop a realistic experimental plan, including a timeline, for the research project undertaken in CHM4100;
  2. Appreciate and outline the key principles in Intellectual Property as it relates to the discipline and the CHM4100 research project;
  3. Use and critically evaluate the extant OHS software;
  4. Efficiently and competently use appropriate bibliographic software (eg. EndNote);
  5. Explain the operation of, and where relevant and appropriate, competently use, the equipment discussed in the workshops component of this course;
  6. Demonstrate an appropriate high level of understanding of the material presented in the selected lecture modules - this understanding is demonstrated through the relevant assessment tasks.

Assessment

Combination of examination and/or assignment (depending on the topic): 100%

Please consult the course coordinator about the assessment of individual topics.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM4211 - Chemistry honours coursework part-time A

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Professor Michael Grace

Coordinator(s)

Assoc Professor Michael Grace

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of chemistry

Synopsis

All students will undertake a Professional Studies topic and one core topic defined by the School, as well as three elective topics from specialised areas of chemistry, such as pericyclic reactions, separation science, advanced organic synthesis, main group inorganic chemistry, supramolecular chemistry, computational chemistry and electron microscopy. Each topic will require students to attend 8 lecture equivalents making a total of 48 lecture equivalents for the unit. Further information is available from the course coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Assessment

Combination of examination and/or assignment (depending on the topic): 100% + Please consult the course coordinator about the assessment of individual topics.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM4221 - Chemistry honours coursework part-time B

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Professor Michael Grace

Coordinator(s)

Assoc Professor Michael Grace

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of chemistry

Synopsis

All students will undertake a Professional Studies topic and one core topic defined by the School, as well as three elective topics from specialised areas of chemistry, such as pericyclic reactions, separation science, advanced organic synthesis, main group inorganic chemistry, supramolecular chemistry, computational chemistry and electron microscopy. Each topic will require students to attend 8 lecture equivalents making a total of 48 lecture equivalents for the unit. Further information is available from the course coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Assessment

Combination of examination and/or assignment (depending on the topic): 100% + Please consult the course coordinator about the assessment of individual topics.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


CHM4280 - Honours coursework in medicinal chemistry

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Coordinator(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Postgraduate Diploma in the discipline of Medicinal chemistry

Co-requisites

CHM4180

Synopsis

This unit provides advanced instruction in quantitative methods, thesis writing and current topics to students enrolled in the honours program in medicinal chemistry. Students will gain an understanding of advanced experimental design, data analysis and scientific writing that will assist them in completing their honours thesis. Further classes and coursework relating to current topics in medicinal chemistry will assist students in critical analysis of journal articles, providing further support for their academic development in research science.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Develop a realistic experimental plan, including a timeline, for the research project undertaken in CHM4180;
  2. Appreciate and outline the key principles in Intellectual Property as it relates to the discipline and the CHM4180 research project;
  3. Efficiently and competently use appropriate bibliographic software (eg. EndNote);
  4. Explain the operation of, and where relevant and appropriate, competently use, the equipment discussed in the workshops component of this course;
  5. Demonstrate an appropriate high level of understanding of the material presented in the selected lecture modules - this understanding is demonstrated through the relevant assessment tasks.

Assessment

Essay: 50%

Statistics coursework: 30%

Oral presentation: 20%

Workload requirements

One to three hours of lectures and/or tutorials per week over 12 weeks

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Medicinal chemistry


DEV2011 - Early human development from cells to tissues

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Helen Abud

Coordinator(s)

Dr Julia Young
Dr Sonja McKeown

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of BIO1011, BIO1022, BMS1021 or equivalent

Synopsis

Introduces the structure and function of eukaryotic cells including the diversity of cell structure and function. The concept that the many specialized cell types in the adult human body are derived from a single fertilized egg is emphasized, laying the foundations for future studies of stem cells and embryogenesis. The four primary tissues (epithelium, connective tissue, muscle tissue, nervous tissue) are described and students learn how these tissues develop in the growing embryo. Topics covered include early human development, gametogenesis, fertilization, blastocyst formation and implantation, formation of stem cell lineages, germ layers and early derivatives.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the diverse structures of eukaryotic cells;
  2. Explain how cells and extracellular matrix are arranged in primary tissues;
  3. Outline the key features and stages of early human and animal development;
  4. Identify specialised cell types, primary tissues and the cellular processes that produce diverse tissues;
  5. Explain the origin of major tissue types and how stem cells contribute to tissue renewal;
  6. Outline strategies to experimentally analyse gene and tissue function;
  7. Demonstrate an ability to research published scientific literature and effectively communicate their findings either orally or in writing.

Assessment

Practical reports: 30%

Mid-semester tests: 20%

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Three lectures and one 2-hour practical class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


DEV2022 - Human anatomy and development: Tissues and body systems

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Jane Black

Coordinator(s)

Dr Chantal Hoppe
Dr Kim Catania

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

DEV2011 or equivalent

Synopsis

This unit provides students with basic knowledge of the structure of the human body. It describes how tissues are combined to form organs, and how organs and organ systems are organized to form adult body structure. The microscopic and macroscopic structure of the human body and some major body systems are covered. The general body plan is described and how the body plan is established during embryogenesis is discussed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the basic anatomical structure of the human body and some of the major body systems;
  2. Describe the microscopic structure of the human body and how the primary tissue types combine to form a complete organism;
  3. Explain how the general body plan is established in the embryo, and the processes of organogenesis and how major congenital abnormalities arise;
  4. Demonstrate practical laboratory skills in anatomy & developmental biology;
  5. Collaborate effectively as a pair or in a group to complete academic tasks;
  6. Discuss and critically analyse anatomical and developmental biology studies.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Practical and laboratory assessments: 25%

Mid-semester tests: 25%

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

A total of 12 hours per week including 6 hours of directed learning (such as lectures, practicals and tutorials) and 6 hours of private study

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


DEV3011 - Fundamentals of developmental processes

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Helen Abud

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Craig Smith

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

DEV2011 and DEV2022; or BMS1062, BMS2011, BMS2021 and BMS2031. (Note that students in course 3543 Bachelor of Biotechnology are exempt from this rule and only need to have passed DEV2022 to enrol.)

Synopsis

This unit begins with an introduction to the concepts and experimental systems in developmental biology. How gene expression is regulated during development and thereby leads to the development of differentiated cells and tissues is considered. Communication between cells during development is described, as well as the key concepts of induction and competence. Some of the key early developmental processes and experimental strategies for studying developmental biology are covered. Finally, patterning and development of the body plan are described.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the molecular and cellular mechanisms that regulate animal development;
  2. Outline the strategies used to study mechanisms of development;
  3. Compare and contrast different developmental model systems;
  4. Demonstrate practical laboratory skills integral to the study of developmental biology including obtaining, documenting and interpreting data;
  5. Discuss and critically analyse developmental biology research papers;
  6. Collaborate effectively as a pair or in a group to complete academic tasks;
  7. Demonstrate effective communication by oral, visual and written means.

Assessment

Mid-semester MCQ test: 10%

Seminars: 25%

Practical reports: 15%

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and a 3 hour practical or equivalent per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


DEV3022 - Developmental and anatomical basis of human health and disease

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor John Bertram

Coordinator(s)

Dr Sonja McKeown

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

DEV3011

Synopsis

This unit considers the anatomy and development of the major organs and organ systems of the body. The classical morphogenetic steps/stages in organ development are described, as well as the most up to date knowledge of the molecular/genetic and foetal/maternal environmental regulation of these morphogenetic processes. Organ systems covered include musculoskeletal, cardiovascular, central nervous, respiratory, gastrointestinal, renal and reproductive. Students will learn how abnormalities in genetic and/or environmental regulation of development lead to birth defects as well as chronic diseases in adulthood.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the basic anatomy and development of the major organs and organ systems;
  2. Analyse the genetic and environmental regulation of organogenesis in the major organ systems;
  3. Explain how errors or perturbations in genetic and/or environmental regulation of development can lead to birth defects and outline how suboptimal development can result in or predispose to adult chronic disease;
  4. Relate the relative contributions of endoderm, mesoderm and ectoderm in the formation of the tissues and organs of the adult body;
  5. Demonstrate familiarity with experimental strategies and techniques used to identify and study organogenesis and the regulation of organogenesis;

  6. Demonstrate an ability to interpret, discuss and present studies in anatomy and developmental biology research.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Seminars: 30%

Practical reports: 20%

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Two lectures and one three-hour practical class per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


DEV3032 - Stem cells and the foundations of life

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Helen Abud

Coordinator(s)

Dr Julia Young

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

DEV2011 and DEV2022, or BMS1062, BMS2011, BMS2021 and BMS2031. (Note that students in course 3543 Bachelor of Biotechnology are exempt from this rule and only need to have passed DEV2022 to enrol.)

Synopsis

This unit begins with an introduction to embryonic stem cell biology and pluripotency. This will be followed by the characteristics and basic biology of newborn and adult stem cells. Subsequently inducible pluripotent stem cells will be introduced. The characteristics, anatomical location and clinical relevance of stem cells in specific tissues are then described, including haematopoiesis, kidney, gut, prostate, limb regeneration and immune, nervous and reproductive systems / mechanisms of fertility and infertility. Students also conduct a research project in stem cells and developmental biology. Two moderated classroom discussions on commercialisation, recent technological advances, and/or regulatory and ethical issues of stem cell research and clinical treatments are also included.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the basic biology of embryonic and induced pluripotential stem cells;
  2. Describe the basic biology of newborn, adult and tissue-specific stem cells and the status of research into their characterisation and their role in health and disease;
  3. Explain current and potential future applications of stem cell therapies for the regeneration of diseased organs and how stem cells can be combined with factors and materials and nanotechnology to engineer replacement tissues;
  4. Demonstrate practical laboratory skills and interpretation of scientific data in contemporary reproductive biology and/or stem cell research;
  5. Outline the controversies surrounding the commercialisation and ethics of stem cell research and advances and requirements for clinical treatments;
  6. Demonstrate critical and independent thinking in the synthesis of a research report and scientific presentation.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Mini-poster presentation on the laboratory placement research project: 20%

Mid-semester exam: 10%

Written report on one of the issues covered by the moderated discussions: 10%

Examination (2 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Two lectures per week. 15 hours research placement in a stem cell research laboratory (over 7 weeks): Two 3-hour moderated class discussions, one 3-hour wet practical class.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


DEV3990 - Action in anatomy and developmental biology research project

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Jane Black

Coordinator(s)

Professor John Bertram

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

12 points of study in the discipline area at 2nd year level and a grade point average of at least 70 over 24 points in the discipline area at 2nd year level and by permission of the Unit Convenor or the Head of Department.

Notes

Additional information including application process is available from:

https://sites.google.com/monash.edu/researchinactionunits/start-here

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in Developmental Biology. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of the semester from the Department of Anatomy and Developmental Biology. Students will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Undertake a research project with regard to ethical and safety regulations;
  2. Demonstrate technical skills in experimental methods and the ability to collect, analyse and interpret data using methods relevant to the discipline of Anatomy and Developmental biology;
  3. Communicate appropriately and effectively with supervisors, laboratory staff and students;
  4. Maintain accurate and up-to-date records of experimental procedures, results and outcomes;
  5. Identify relevant published scientific literature and critically analyse and evaluate the content in the context of the discipline Anatomy and Developmental biology;
  6. Construct written reports.

Assessment

Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes 10% and final 15 minutes 10%): 20%

Written report (preliminary 1000 words): 10%

Written report (final 5000 words): 50% (Hurdle)

Assessment of laboratory work: 20%

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

12 hours per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE1011 - Earth, atmosphere and environment 1

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Marion Anderson

Coordinator(s)

Ms Marion Anderson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

ENV1011, ESC1011

Synopsis

This unit is a core unit for further studies in Geology, Atmospheric Science, Climate Studies, Earth Science, Environmental Earth Science and Geographical Science.

The Earth is a constantly changing complex system involving many physical, chemical, and biological processes. This unit is an introduction to the science used to understand the Earth system, how it changes over time, and its future. We will look at the Earth's place in the Universe and Solar System, the formation and structure of the Earth, and its changing environment. Fieldwork, practical exercises, simple models, and state of the art satellite data will be used to read the planet's history, and model and predict its future. We will also study the processes that drive change within our planet and its environmental systems: from the formation of the Earth's core to its crust; to the systems driving and sustaining the planet's living surface; to the forces and processes involved in the formation of mountains and oceans; and our changing atmosphere and climate.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the formation and history of the Earth System and the Universe as we currently understand it, as well as how our understanding of these has changed over time.
  2. Describe the physical, chemical and biological processes involved in the formation and evolution of a planet, and the formation of, and changes to, the Earth's crust, oceans and atmosphere over time.
  3. Understand and outline the energy, water and biogeochemical cycles that drive movement, feedback, and environmental change in the Earth - from its atmosphere to its core.
  4. Describe how scientists collect and record data, and model future trends in the Earth's climate and surface processes.

Assessment

Continuous assessment (prac quizzes/reports and field trip): 50%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour practical per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE1022 - Earth, atmosphere and environment 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Marion Anderson

Coordinator(s)

Ms Marion Anderson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

ATS1301, ENV1022, ESC1022

Synopsis

This unit is a core unit for further studies in Geology, Atmospheric science, Climate studies, Earth science, Environmental earth science and Geographical science.

We live on a constantly changing planet. This unit looks at the forces and processes that have shaped the planet over time, and the fossils and other biological, chemical and physical factors that provide evidence that these changes. Earthquakes, volcanoes, tsunamis, tornadoes, cyclones and other high impact events shape the very nature of life on Earth. We look at the science that we use to understand and model these hazards, and our attempts to predict and minimize the adverse effects of these processes and events. We will study the natural resources that are required to maintain our society - minerals, energy, water, soils and food - their origin, use, and limits, and sustainable management. At the completion of this unit, students will have a clear understanding of society's impact on the biosphere, hydrosphere, lithosphere and atmosphere.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the processes that have shaped and changed the Earth's surface over time.
  2. Identify, and describe the formation of, different rocks and minerals that comprise the Earth's crust.
  3. Describe the evidence for plate tectonics, the forces which drive it, and the resulting natural hazards, as well as the science used to monitor their occurrence, and mitigate their outcomes.
  4. Describe and understand the origin of key weather and climate hazards.
  5. Identify the key mineral and ecosystem resources required for life to exist on Earth, the impact of humans on the environment, and the sustainable management of these resources.
  6. Understand the science involved in modelling future environments, based on our past and present understanding of Earth's surface processes.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Continual assessment (prac quizzes/reports): 40%

Field trip: 10%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour practical per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE2011 - Environmental problem solving and visualisation

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dietmar Dommenget

Coordinator(s)

Dr Dietmar Dommenget

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of ESC1011, ESC1022, ATS1301, EAE1011 or EAE1022

Synopsis

Environmental problem solving and visualisation will provide the students with the ability to solve a wide-ranging set of common problems in environmental and climate science. Through practical problem solving it will introduce methods and techniques used in environmental and climate science to collect and analyse data, to build quantitative models and to visualise key results. The unit will discuss a number of environmental and climate science problem-based topics involving observing and modelling the earth. Simple techniques and methods from the fields of mathematics, physics and information technology will be introduced successively in the context of real-world problems and will enable students to apply these necessary skills in the higher level units in the Earth science major streams of Earth's physical environment and Earth's climate.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Understand the basic methods for data analysis and scientific modelling of environmental and climate science.
  2. Make statistical analysis of environmental and climate data sets with numerical methods and visualise their results using common tools, such as GIS or MATLAB.
  3. Analyse simple models in terms of sensitivities, quantitative and qualitative relationships.
  4. Build simple quantitative models based theoretical knowledge or statistical data analysis.
  5. Communicate clearly the key concepts covered in the unit, both verbally and in written form.

Assessment

Practicals, quizzes, assignments or presentations: 40%

Mid-term tests: 10%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (approximately 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer-directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE2111 - Introduction to climate science

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Shayne McGregor

Coordinator(s)

Dr Shayne McGregor

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of EAE1022, ESC1011, ESC1022, ATS1301

Prohibitions

ATS2776 and ATS2779

Synopsis

From the humid tropics to the polar deserts, Earth's diverse array of climates are the result of complex physical, chemical and biological processes and their interactions. This unit provides an introduction to the Earth's climate system and its operation. Students will gain an appreciation of the climate of the Earth's surface, subsurface and upper atmosphere, and how these vary in space and time. Key processes that regulate the climate on the global, regional and micro-scale will be introduced. The natural operation of these processes and their operation with human influence will be examined. Students will be exposed to the techniques and instrumentation used to measure and monitor the atmosphere and the real-world

applications for climate monitoring will be described. Practical experience in meteorological measurement will be gained through laboratory classes and a weekend field experience.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Define the concept of 'climate' and key processes that regulate the climate on the global, regional and micro-scales;
  2. Describe how various elements of the climate system are measured and observed, including the instruments employed, how they operate, and application to real-world climate problems;
  3. Describe how the climate varies on a number of time and space scales. Explain some of the key physical mechanisms and their interactions that cause these variations, and appreciate their complexity;
  4. Know some of the modifications made by humans that can influence the climate and the associated processes by which this occurs;
  5. Communicate complex concepts in climate science to scientific and non-scientific audiences.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Practical reports: 25%

Major assignment: 20%

Field trip and group presentation: 15%

Workload requirements

  • Three hours of lectures
  • One 2-hour practical per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE2122 - Introduction to atmospheric physics and dynamics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ailie Gallant

Coordinator(s)

Dr Ailie Gallant
Dr Bethan White

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of EAE2011 or MTH1030, MTH1035 OR ENG1005

Prohibitions

ATM2030

Synopsis

This unit examines atmospheric thermodynamics and dynamics, including cloud processes, the dynamics and prediction of severe storms (including tornadoes and tropical cyclones), the structure and evolution of extra-tropical cyclones and their associated fronts, and the techniques used in forecasting the day-to-day weather.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the basic thermodynamics of the atmosphere and the forces acting upon it, and explain how these forces lead to atmospheric motions;
  2. Identify and describe the main processes leading to the formation of clouds;
  3. Distinguish and classify different cloud types;
  4. Apply conceptual knowledge of the atmosphere to real-life weather systems, including severe storms, tornadoes and tropical cyclones, and use appropriate techniques for forecasting day-to-day weather;
  5. Integrate key concepts of atmospheric physics and dynamics to analyse and solve quantitative meteorological problems
  6. Interpret quantitative meteorological information using appropriate mathematical, statistical, and graphical tools.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Assignments and practicals: 30%

Tests: 20%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

  • Three hours of lectures
  • One 2-hour tutorial per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE2322 - Environmental earth science

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Vanessa Wong

Coordinator(s)

Dr Vanessa Wong

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of ATS1301, ESC1011 or EAE1022

Prohibitions

ATS2774, ESC2122, GES2170

Synopsis

Soils, water and vegetation are intimately related components of the natural environment which are critical to the development, maintenance and functioning of ecosystems. The unit will introduce students to concepts and processes in the

biotic and abiotic components of natural ecosystems and how humans influence these processes. This unit will provide students with an understanding how biotic and abiotic processes shape natural and managed ecosystems. The interaction between soils, water and vegetation, and their role in ecosystem functioning will be explored. The unit will also examine the broader-scale issues such as human and climatic influences on land and vegetation management and conservation, and their interactions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify the biotic and abiotic processes which support the development of Earth's biosphere and lead to the formation of soils and sediments, and how they interact to influence water quality and vegetation;
  2. demonstrate practical, hands-on experience in field description and laboratory analysis of vegetation, water quality sediments and soils;
  3. identify key soil- and sediment-forming materials and processes;
  4. explain the role of plants, vegetation and microorganisms in ecosystem functioning;
  5. analyse interactions between Australia's unique soils, water and vegetation and to apply this knowledge to the future conservation and management of these resources.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

In semester continuous assessment: 50%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (approximately 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities such as workshops, lectures and laboratories, and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer-directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

One 2-day field trip on a weekend during semester

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE2511 - Deep earth processes

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Roberto Weinberg

Coordinator(s)

Professor Roberto Weinberg

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must have passed one of EAE1011, EAE1022, ESC1011, ESC1022 or ENG1002

Prohibitions

ESC2122

Synopsis

This unit provides an integrated understanding of processes that build and modify the Earth's crust. This unit uses the broad framework of plate tectonics to define the nature of all major geological environments and processes. The unit deals with where and how mountain belts form, how continents split apart, an introduction to describing structures and their significance, and the origin and evolution of magmatic and metamorphic rocks. These topics are essential for understanding geological processes and therefore the origin of continents and oceans and their hazards and resources.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Interpret geological processes in the context of global tectonic settings and to demonstrate a broad, integrated overview of crustal processes on planet Earth;
  2. Analyse igneous, metamorphic rocks and their deformation (structures);
  3. Interpret tectonic environments from igneous, metamorphosed and deformed rocks;
  4. Reconstruct the link between the variety of rock types and plate tectonics. How mountain-building and continental rifting processes drive processes that give rise to this variety.

Assessment

Assessed practical work: 35%

Field trip assessment: 15%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

  • Three hours of lectures
  • One 3-hour practical per week
  • One 1-day field-trip

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE2522 - Sediments and basins

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Jeffrey D. Stilwell

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Jeffrey D. Stilwell
Dr James Driscoll

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of EAE1011, EAE1022, ESC1011, ESC1022 or ENG1002

Prohibitions

ESC2111

Synopsis

Geologists study our Earth by digging through millions (and even billions) of years into the 'deep time' past. Older interpretations have been integrated with bold, new insights into a grand scenario of a dynamic planet 'on the move'. Continents break apart and reassemble; ocean floors open up and deepen into grand basins; volcanoes blow their tops; and even huge mountains systems rise up from originally quiet seas, a seemingly perpetual pageant of dynamic geologic processes. By studying and surveying global basins and their diverse infill of sediments and associated fossils, we can piece together the grand geologic puzzle through the ages. Fossil remains assist greatly in reconstructing ancient global continental connections, environments and climate, punctuated by global catastrophes to arrive at a picture of the evolution of life through time. This 'big picture science' is accomplished by diverse disciplines, including tectonics, sedimentology, stratigraphy, paleontology, geophysics, and field work, the latter of which is a significant skills set for the geologist. Ultimately, we endeavour to reconstruct our great earth jigsaw through the ages and in the modern age use the rock record of basins for global energy needs (i.e., water, oil, gas, and coal). In doing so, we enrich humanity by peering into unfamiliar and previously unknown ancient environments around the globe and by supplying important resources.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate global tectonic settings in the formation of basins and demonstrate a broad, integrated overview of crustal processes on planet Earth, including volcanologic impacts;
  2. Comprehend and assess stratigraphic principles and the diverse sedimentologic, terrestrial and marine archive and how geologists date rocks in basins;
  3. Understand basin evolution from tectonic processes as evidenced by geophysical techniques and evaluate/interpret the volcanological, sedimentological and palaeontological record of basins;
  4. Apply geological principles to basins for the purposes of assessing the prospectivity of crucial resources, including water, oil, gas, and coal by using real life, industry problems and solutions;
  5. Reconstruct past Earth environments using the rock and fossil record and be able to apply this knowledge during on-site field trip(s).

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Assessed practical work: 45%

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Field trip: 15%

Workload requirements

  • Three hours of lecture per week
  • One 3-hour practical per week
  • One 2-day field trip

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE2532 - Field geology and geological mapping

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Sandy Cruden

Coordinator(s)

Professor Sandy Cruden

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

EAE2511

Co-requisites

One of EAE2522, EAE2322

Prohibitions

ESC2132

Synopsis

The goal of this unit is to provide students with they key skills required to collect and analyse structural, lithological and stratigraphic data in the field, including how to construct and analyse geological maps. Relevant theoretical and practical background will be covered in blended learning workshops on-campus prior to leaving for the field. A seven-day intensive mapping camp in the Buchan area of eastern Victoria is a major component of the course.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply the basic principles of geological mapping in a variety of settings;
  2. Measurement and document structural, lithological and stratigraphic data in the field and use this data to analyse the geological evolution of a region;
  3. Construct accurate geological maps and cross-sections based on acquired field data;
  4. Analyse and interpret geological maps;
  5. Demonstrate their comprehension of the origin of field-based geological information presented in the literature;
  6. Synthesize large amounts of geological data and express the findings both orally and as a written scientific report;
  7. Practice safe behaviour in the field.

Assessment

On-campus practical assessment: 15%

Field exercises and cross sections: 55%

Field report: 10%

Oral exam: 15%

Participation mark: 5%

Workload requirements

  • Week 1-9: one 3-hour workshop per week
  • Mid-semester break: 7 days field work (56 hours) plus two travel days
  • Week 10-11: one 3-hour workshop per week to follow up on field work activities
  • Five hours of independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3000 - Earth, atmosphere and environment research project

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Roberto Weinberg

Coordinator(s)

Professor Roberto Weinberg

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

A distinction (70%) average in 12 points of third year EAE, ESC, ATM or ATS units managed by the School of Earth, Environment and Atmosphere. Approval from the unit co-ordinator is also required.

Synopsis

This unit allows you to devote yourself to a major research project during third year. The project may involve field and/or laboratory work and will introduce you to current research in Earth, Atmospheric, or Environmental sciences. The project will develop independent study, problem solving, data generation, data analysis, and report writing. The experience gained in the unit will serve as training for postgraduate or professional research.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Generate, manipulate, and interpret data relevant to Earth, Atmospheric, or Environmental Sciences;
  2. Conduct independent research, including defining research questions and developing research methodology;
  3. Understand the broader scientific and social aspects of research in their chosen field;
  4. Present the outcomes of a research project both orally and in written form.

Assessment

Literature review: 25%

Project report: 75%

Workload requirements

The project requires a workload commitment of 144 hours over the semester. This will typically comprise a combination of fieldwork, laboratory work, data analysis, background research, and report writing.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Atmospheric sciences

Earth science

Geographical science


EAE3010 - Earth, atmosphere and environment: Special topics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Dietmar Dommenget

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Dietmar Dommenget

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

12 points at level two in EAE, PHS or MTH units

Prohibitions

ESC3340

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity to study a special topic in the curriculum of the EAE-school for students in year 3. This unit is designed for students that cannot follow the EAE curriculum for outside reasons but need a special arrangement. This special arrangement needs to be determined and agreed between the third-year co-ordinator and student(s) in writing at the beginning of the project.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate outcomes formulated related to the Special Topic determined and agreed upon between the third-year coordinator and student(s) in writing at the beginning of the project.

Assessment

Combination of written exam(s), assessed practical(s), report(s), and/or oral presentation(s): 100%

The details of the assessment will be determined and agreed between third-year co-ordinator and student(s) in writing at the beginning of the project.

Workload requirements

Equivalent course work or independent study to 6 points of 3rd year.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3012 - Geographical information systems and remote sensing

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Xuan Zhu

Coordinator(s)

Dr Xuan Zhu

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

12 points of any second year units from ESC, EAE, BIO, ENV2022, ATS2547, ATS2548, ATS2628 or ATS2778

Prohibitions

ATS2259, ATS3259, ATS3552, AZA2259, AZA3259Not offered in 2019, ESC3259 and ESC3552

Synopsis

This unit introduces basic principles, methods, techniques and applications of GIS and remote sensing. It covers basics of GIS and remote sensing, spatial data collection and management, spatial data manipulation, spatial data analysis and modelling, remote sensing image processing and interpretation and spatial data visualisation. Case studies and hands-on practice allow students to gain experience in the use of GIS and remote sensing technologies. It equips students with fundamental knowledge and skills in constructing, collecting, managing, analysing, integrating and communicating spatial data and information, which are essential for scientific investigations in environmental science, earth science, geography and other scientific studies that have a spatial dimension.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the key concepts and principles of GIS and remote sensing;
  2. Develop an ability to collect, handle and use digital spatial data for mapping, analysis and modelling;
  3. Identify sources of spatial data and assess the nature and quality of spatial data;
  4. Demonstrate basic problem solving skills with GIS and remote sensing;
  5. Demonstrate a high level of skills in the use of GIS software (ArcGIS);
  6. Develop their own applications of GIS and remote sensing.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Assessed practicals: 45%

Project: 15%

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Workload requirements

  • One 1-hour interactive workshop per week
  • One 3-hour practical per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3022 - Hydrogeology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian Cartwright

Coordinator(s)

Professor Ian Cartwright

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

6 points of second year EAE, ESC, or ATS units managed by the School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Prohibitions

ESC3190 and;

Permission by the unit coordinator is required for students in S6002 who are undertaking the Environmental Security (Science) specialisation.

Synopsis

Groundwater is a critical resource and an essential component of the natural environment. This unit addresses groundwater flow and the hydrological cycle, groundwater chemistry and the origins of solutes in water, use of isotopic tracers to understand hydrological processes, the interaction between groundwater and surface water, groundwater as a resource, and contamination of groundwater. These topics are essential for understanding and managing groundwater and surface water resources and for environmental management.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the physical movement of water within the hydrological cycle;
  2. Determine the origins of solutes in water and how solute chemistry informs our understanding of hydrological processes;
  3. Discuss concepts of groundwater residence times and how these impact on the sustainable management of water resources;
  4. Explain the role of groundwater in maintaining river flows and sustaining ecosystems;
  5. Indicate the main threats to groundwater, including pollution, pumping, and climate or land use change and also be able to identify management and mitigation strategies.
  6. Interpret and integrate hydrological data.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Assessed practical work: 35%

Individual or group presentations/group work: 15%

Field trip assessment: 10%

Workload requirements

  • One 2-hour workshop and
  • One 3-hour workshop per week
  • One 1-day field trip on a weekend during the semester

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3051 - Palaeoclimatology: Discovering Earth's past climate

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ben Henley

Coordinator(s)

Dr Ben Henley

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of ATS2776, ATS2779 or 6 points from EAE2 or ESC2 units

Synopsis

Palaeoclimatology is the study of changes to Earth's climate across the vast timescales of the entire history of our planet. This unit will examine the evolution of Earth's climate from the formation of our planet to the present. It will feature the history and context of humankind and how past changes relate to anthropogenic climate change. The unit will provide a foundation in key climate proxy records and the methods used to reconstruct the climate of the past. It will examine the physical processes causing past changes in climate. The unit will emphasise the cultivation of scientific creativity through flexible learning, active participation, workshops and practicals. The unit includes, where possible, a site visit to an ice-core laboratory, guest seminars from leading researchers in the field and the exploration of the latest data and technology in practicals and assessments.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Describe the history of the Earth's climate system from the formation of Earth (4 billion years ago) to the present.
  2. Illustrate physical, chemical and biological proxies of climate and know the techniques used to extract past climate information from these proxies.
  3. Interpret past climate changes from reconstructions developed from palaeoclimate proxies. Appreciate and quantify the uncertainties in these reconstructions.
  4. Discuss how climate has changed in the past and what have been the physical, chemical and biological processes causing these changes.
  5. Use simple climate models to explain past climate changes.
  6. Communicate clearly the key concepts of the unit across a range of styles and technologies using spoken, diagrammatic and written forms.

Assessment

Examination(2 hours): 40%

Continuous assessment (practicals, assignments and quizzes): 60%

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (approximately 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor-directed, peer-directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3111 - Climate dynamics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dietmar Dommenget

Coordinator(s)

Dr Dietmar Dommenget

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of EAE2011, MTH1030, MTH1035 or ENG1005

Prohibitions

ATM2020, ATM3022

Synopsis

The unit provides the opportunity for students to understand the weather and climate of the atmosphere and ocean's. Topics discussed include: the characteristics of the atmosphere, radiation and the global energy balance, the greenhouse effect and climate change, the global wind distribution, Hadley circulation, mid-latitude westerlies, global heat balance, geostrophic wind, thermal wind, the ocean's circulation and causes and characteristics of climate variability from seasons to ice ages.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the basic physical theory of the earth's energy balance and large-scale climate dynamics and how it can be constructed from basic principles using mathematical analysis and numerical modelling.
  2. Demonstrate knowledge and skills in using mathematical models and applications in atmospheric science and oceanography.
  3. Demonstrate high-level knowledge and skills of the important techniques, terminology and processes of the large-scale physical climate, climate change and variability.
  4. Develop, apply, integrate and generate knowledge to analyse and solve problems in physical climate dynamics.
  5. Discuss the importance of the physical climate dynamics to climate change and variability.
  6. Collect, organise, analyse and interpret quantitative information meaningfully, using mathematical and/or statistical tools as appropriate to physical climate dynamics, including numerical programming.
  7. Explain climate dynamics concepts, processes and results to diverse audiences.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 60%

Assignments, quizzes, tests and support-class activities: 40%

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (approximately 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer-directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3121 - Physical meteorology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Steven Siems

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Steven Siems

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

EAE2122 or ATM2030

Co-requisites

One of ENG2005, MTH2010 or MTH2015

Prohibitions

ATM3040

Synopsis

Physical meteorology examines the major physical forces that affect the behaviour of the atmosphere, specifically radiative transfer and precipitation. The radiative transfer section focuses on the scattering, absorption and emission of radiant energy within the atmosphere and how this knowledge is exploited by remote satellite and ground-based instrumentation. The cloud microphysics section focuses on the development of precipitation, as well as the interaction between clouds and aerosols.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the physical theory of precipitation and radiation in the atmosphere and apply these principles to weather radar and satellite imagery using mathematical models;
  2. Demonstrate skills in using mathematical techniques to understand the physics of the atmosphere;
  3. Demonstrate high-level knowledge of the important techniques and terminology in physical meteorology;
  4. Demonstrate competence in information technology, data handling, and laboratory skills;
  5. Analyse and solve problems in physical meteorology;
  6. Explain physical meteorology concepts, processes and results to diverse audiences.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 60%

Laboratory work, assignment and tests: 40%

Workload requirements

  • Three 1-hour lectures per week
  • One 2-hour laboratory/support class per week
  • Private study/research time

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3132 - Future climates: Projections, impacts and adaptation

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Julie Arblaster

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Julie Arblaster

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of ATM2030, ATS2020Not offered in 2019, ATS2776, EAE2011, EAE2111, EAE2122, EAE2322, EAE2511 ESC2122

Permission by the unit coordinator is required for students in S6002 who are undertaking the Environmental Security (Science) specialisation.

Prohibitions

ATS2779, ATS3558

Synopsis

In this unit physical science of climate change processes will be briefly reviewed, followed by a focus on future climate, including discussions of climate models, projections, and impact scenarios. The unit will then discuss observed climate trends, including extremes, and associated impacts on the biophysical environment now and in the future (with a particular emphasis on urban environments). The second part of the unit provides a brief overview of the international policy frameworks for dealing with climate change and global and local mitigation responses. Finally, recognising that some degree of climate change is inevitable, the unit discusses climate change adaptation across various sectors, with a focus on urban climate adaptation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the basic physics of climate change, the key leverage points for earth's climate, both natural and anthropogenic.
  2. Discuss global carbon cycle, the critical roles of the oceans and biosphere, and the overriding impact of human perturbation on the natural controls on atmospheric CO2.
  3. Recognise the roles of climate change and natural variability in current climate trends.
  4. Explain the operation of climate models, their strengths, weaknesses and uncertainties, and the development of projections.
  5. Describe the fundamental approaches to climate change mitigation along with a basic understanding of international policy on climate change including successes and failures.
  6. Explain how both mitigation and adaptation are required to deal adequately with climate change.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Continuous assessment (practical reports, assignments and presentations): 40%

One mid-term test: 10%

Workload requirements

Three hours of lectures and one 2-hour practical per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3142 - Tropical meteorology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Michael Reeder

Coordinator(s)

Professor Michael Reeder

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of ATM2030, ENG2005, EAE2122, MTH2010, MTH2015

Synopsis

Tropical weather is very different from that in the mid and higher latitudes. For example, compared with the mid and higher latitudes, temperature and pressure gradients are (mostly) very weak in the tropics. This unit describes the key properties of the tropical atmosphere and explains the science underpinning tropical climate and weather. The governing equations of motion are introduced and the approximations relevant to the tropics described and justified. The most important of these approximations, and the fundamental reason for the differences between the tropics and the mid and higher latitudes, is that the effect of the earth's rotation (as expressed through the Coriolis force) is small in the tropics. Another important distinction between the tropics and elsewhere is that the atmosphere is more strongly coupled to the ocean. The approximated equations of motion will be used to explain the Hadley circulation, equatorial waves and the El Nino - Southern Oscillation, and these explanations compared in detail with observation. Unlike the midlatitudes, moist convection is essential in understanding the weather and climate of the tropics. For this reason emphasis will be placed on the parts played by convection and radiation in driving the large-scale circulation and in producing locally important weather. The unit concludes with an examination of tropical cyclones, perhaps the most destructive weather system on the planet.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe in detail the key structural features of the tropical weather and climate;
  2. Reproduce the governing equations and the approximations relevant to the tropical atmosphere;
  3. Utilise the approximate equations to explain how the key features of the tropical weather and climate work;
  4. Explain why the weather and climate of the tropics is so different to the that at higher latitudes;
  5. Recognise the central importance of diabatic processes to the weather and climate of the tropics, and be able to explain how these diabatic processes drive tropical weather and climate;
  6. Communicate clearly the key concepts covered in the unit, both verbally and in written form.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 60%

Assignments: 20%

Group presentation: 10%

Tests: 10%

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial/practical per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3152 - Dynamical meteorology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Michael Reeder

Coordinator(s)

Professor Michael Reeder

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MTH2010, MTH2015, or ENG2005

Recommended: EAE2122 or ATM2030

Prohibitions

ATM3050

Synopsis

The motion of a density-stratified fluid in a rotating frame of reference; important parameters and their magnitudes; 'homogeneous flows' in the atmosphere and ocean; shallow-water and Rossby-wave motion; western boundary currents; gradient-wind balance and vortex motion; dynamics of stratified fluids, including stability, blocking, internal gravity waves and thermal-wind balance.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the physical theory of the motion of the atmosphere and how it can be constructed from basic principles using mathematical analysis;
  2. Demonstrate skills in using mathematical techniques to understand the dynamics of the atmosphere;
  3. Demonstrate high-level knowledge of the important techniques and terminology in dynamical meteorology;
  4. Apply knowledge to analyse and solve problems in dynamical meteorology.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 60%

Assignments: 30%

In-semester tests and support-class activities: 10%

Workload requirements

  • Three 1-hour lectures per week
  • One 2-hour laboratory/support class per week
  • Private study/research time

See also Unit timetable information


EAE3311 - Physical environments

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ruth Reef
Associate Professor David Dunkerley (Associate)

Coordinator(s)

Dr Ruth Reef
Associate Professor David Dunkerley (Associate)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

ATS2774 or EAE2322 or one level 2 EAE or ESC unit

Synopsis

This unit examines the land surface features of the earth, and their geomorphic development. It explores the rates of continental denudation, and the geological, climatic, biogeographic, and geomorphic processes that influence denudation. The variations in geomorphic processes and denudation rates across climatic and biogeographic zones of the earth's surface will be explored. Particular attention will be paid to key geomorphic processes, such as riverine (fluvial geomorphic) processes, that are both critical to continental denudation and simultaneously pose significant management challenges for human societies.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the processes that underlie continental denudation, and some of the ways in which denudation rates are estimated.
  2. Discuss the ways in which past climates and biogeographic conditions may leave an imprint on the surface features of the continents.
  3. Discuss how weathering and denudation vary among climates (arid to wet tropical) and through time.
  4. Demonstrate a knowledge of fluvial geomorphic processes and their variation among physiographic and climatic environments of the continents.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Laboratory class reports: 20%

Major essay or research project: 40%

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour practical class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3321 - Soils and land management

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Vanessa Wong

Coordinator(s)

Dr Vanessa Wong

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of ATS2774, EAE2322, ESC2122 or by permission of the unit coordinator.

Permission by the unit coordinator is required for students in S6002 who are undertaking the Environmental Security (Science) specialisation.

Prohibitions

ATS3788, ESC3788

Synopsis

Soils are critical for food and water security, effective nutrient cycling for terrestrial ecosystems and sustaining human life. Sustainable land management of the soil resource is one of the important contemporary challenges facing society and identified in the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals. This unit will engage students in the sustainable management of soil resources which are critical for agricultural production, support terrestrial ecosystems and provide a range of ecosystem services. Students will be presented with a number of soil and land management issues, and explore alternative land uses and sustainable land management techniques.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Exhibit a high level of skill in field description, identification and analysis of soils and regolith.
  2. Assess the current explanations for landscape management problems through critical evaluation of the literature and field and laboratory data.
  3. Discuss the processes that lead to soil and regolith formation.
  4. Discuss the key threats to the soil resource and identify management and remediation strategies.
  5. Describe soil and land management issues in the context of both longer-term environmental change and current environmental change.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 40% (Hurdle)

In-semester continuous assessment: 60%

Passing the final exam with a grade of greater than or equal to 50% is a hurdle requirement for this unit. Failing the final exam will result in the student attaining a final grade of 48% or their actual grade if that is lower.

Workload requirements

  • The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (approx. 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.
  • One 2-day field trip on a weekend during semester

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3331 - Catchment hydrology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor David Dunkerley

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor David Dunkerley

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

6 points of level 2 EAE, ESC, Human geography, or Geographical science units

Prohibitions

ATS2545, ATS3545, ESC3545 and;

Permission by the unit coordinator is required for students in S6002 who are undertaking the Environmental Security (Science) specialisation.

Synopsis

Water is one of the critical resources that supports human settlement and food production. This unit introduces the hydrological processes that distribute water through catchment areas and explores the way in which many human activities, such as the growth of urban areas, deforestation, and the use and control of fire, may disturb these processes. A series of laboratory classes introduce students to some of the technical aspects of hydrologic processes, such as nature and measurement of infiltration through soils, and the behaviour of groundwater and surface runoff.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the importance of hydrological processes in water catchments to human activity, and the vulnerability of hydrological processes to manipulation by human activity.
  2. Describe how rising human appropriation of fresh water globally poses challenges for security of water and food supply
  3. Describe how hydrological processes vary among climates (arid to wet tropical) and through time, as regional and global climates undergo change.
  4. Describe key hydrological processes as explored in practical classes, including canopy interception, infiltration, seepage, and overland flow.
  5. Carry out laboratory experiments dealing with key hydrological processes.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Laboratory class reports: 20%

Research project: 40%

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3342 - Environmental cycles on our living planet

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andrew Frierdich

Coordinator(s)

Dr Andrew Frierdich

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of ATS2774, EAE2322, ESC2122 or by permission of unit coordinator

Prohibitions

ESC3190 and;

Permission by the unit coordinator is required for students in S6002 who are undertaking the Environmental Security (Science) specialisation.

Synopsis

The biochemical cycling of elemental nutrients controls earth's climate, the health of ecosystems and the sustainability of human societies. This unit explores how environmental cycling of the elements (1) shapes the nature of earth's surface (2) sustains our living planet and (3) may be managed to solve environmental and industrial challenges. Topics including earth's major nutrient cycles, anthropogenic cycling of commodity elements, and the influence of mineral-microbe interactions on environmental cycles will be covered in detail and applied to pressing, real world problems in contaminant mitigation and sustainable stewardship of natural systems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, student should be able to:

  1. Understand the processes that underpin earth's major nutrient (ie. C, N, P and S) cycles.
  2. Comprehend the importance of metal cycling in the earth system.
  3. Understand the roles of microorganisms and minerals in environmental cycles.
  4. Understand how anthropogenic influence on environment cycles can either cause pollution or be used to remediate it.
  5. Use geochemical tracer methods to identify sources and sinks for elements in natural and contaminated systems.
  6. Analyse and interpret geochemical datasets from natural and contaminated environments.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Assessed practical exercises: 40%

Field trip assessment: 10%

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: Passing the exam with a grade of greater than or equal to 50% is a hurdle requirement for this unit.

Workload requirements

  • 2 hours of lectures and 3 hour practical per week
  • 1 day field trip

See also Unit timetable information


EAE3511 - Deformation of the crust

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Roberto Weinberg

Coordinator(s)

Professor Roberto Weinberg

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of EAE2511, EAE2522, ESC2111, ESC2122

Prohibitions

ESC3201

Synopsis

Geology is essentially a forensic science, and every geologist needs to know the vital clues to look for in rocks in order to work out how the earth evolved. The unit will:

  1. Focus on case studies from modern and ancient mountain belts
  2. Teach the basic skills necessary to unravel the history of deformation in zones of the Earth's crust affected by tectonism
  3. Show how these observations can be linked and used to infer the large scale evolution of the earth.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify and classify small to large scale structures and interpret their significance.
  2. Apply concepts of geometric and kinematic structural analysis.
  3. Identify deformational behaviour of major rock forming minerals at different conditions.
  4. Develop a sound understanding of analysis and documentation of three-dimensional structures in the field.
  5. Combine scientific data to understand the relationship between tectonic settings and deformation.

Assessment

Closed book theory examination (2 hours): 45% (Hurdle)

Open book practical examination (2 hours): 25%

Practical/field exercises: 30%

Hurdle requirement: Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive an aggregate mark of 48% unless their aggregate mark is lower.

Workload requirements

Two hours of lectures and three hours of practical work per week, plus three field trips

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3521 - Earth petrology, lisotope geology and geochronology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Oliver Nebel

Coordinator(s)

Dr Oliver Nebel

Not offered in 2019

Prerequisites

EAE2511 or ESC2122

Prohibitions

ESC3211, ESC3212, ESC3421

Synopsis

This unit investigates the igneous and metamorphic petrology and geochemistry of the Earth's mantle and crust, and provides an introduction to the geology of meteorites and planets via these principles. Igneous petrology and geochemistry deals with the formation, migration, fractionation and emplacement of magmas in various settings in the Earth, asteroids and planets. Metamorphic petrology deals with the formation of metamorphic rocks, and the use of these rocks in investigating the tectonic evolution of the Earth's crust, and of the interior of asteroids.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify the various types of igneous and metamorphic rocks in hand specimen and in natural field outcrops;
  2. Evaluate the distinctive geochemical and petrographic features of igneous and metamorphic rocks, including meteorites;
  3. Evaluate and constrain the geochemical sources and evolution of magmas within the silicate earth and other planets, and identify their dominant controlling processes;
  4. Understand the processes that lead to the formation of metamorphic rocks in the Earth's crust, and within asteroids;
  5. Understand how isotopes are used in geosciences and apply them in interpreting magmatic and metamorphic processes;
  6. Understand the links between plate tectonics, magma genesis and regional metamorphism, and apply that understanding to interpret the evolution of different tectonic domains.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

Practical component: 50%

Hurdle requirement: Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 48% unless their aggregate mark is lower

Workload requirements

  • One 2-hour workshop and
  • One 3-hour workshop per week and
  • One 2-day field excursion

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3532 - Physics of the solid earth

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Fabio Capitanio

Coordinator(s)

Dr Fabio Capitanio

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

12 points at level two in EAE, ESC, ENG, PHS or MTH units

Prohibitions

ESC3332

Synopsis

This unit covers the planetary scale structure and dynamics of the Earth, and the fundamental processes which create 'geology' as a natural consequence of Earth evolution. The unit will provide an understanding of the subtle interplay between Earth structure, planetary cooling, geomagnetism, mantle convection, plate tectonics, continental drift, heat flow, earthquakes, melt generation etc, and the diverse measurements/ models needed to gain this understanding including seismicity, seismic tomography, gravity, changing sea level, post-glacial rebound etc. It will concentrate on an integrated, quantitative, model-based approach to the geosciences.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe how the cooling of the earth leads to internal convection.
  2. Describe how a mobile surface and horizontal stresses arise from convective motion.
  3. Visualise plate tectonics as an emergent phenomenon.
  4. Describe the basic principles of plate tectonic reconstruction.
  5. Describe how plate tectonics influences the rotation of the Earth and can change the global climate.
  6. Identify from surface observations how the tectonic stresses are balanced in different geological settings.
  7. Interpret maps of global gravity, stress, earthquake distribution, topography / bathymetry and the underlying mantle structure through seismic tomography.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Practicals: 20%

Assignment: 20%

Examination (2 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 48% unless their aggregate mark is lower

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3540 - Geology in the field

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Betts

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Peter Betts

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Winter semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

ESC3201 or EAE3511

In order to enrol in this unit students will need to apply via the Science Student Services officeScience Student Services office (http://www.monash.edu/science/current/undergraduate/help).

Prohibitions

ESC3180

Synopsis

A three-week field camp during the mid-year vacation, the unit aims to teach the skills of geological mapping in a classic field location of Australian geology. The emphasis will be on observing, recording, and interpreting geologic phenomena in the field. Students will draw on a theoretical background of lectures and laboratory studies in first, second and third-year geology to analyse real rocks in the real world. Students will use their observations and interpretations to construct geological maps and cross-sections and determine the geological history of a complex poly-deformed terrane.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Observe and interpret the distribution of lithologies and structures in the field.
  2. Describe the basic concepts of field mapping techniques.
  3. Produce a geological map and cross-sections from field observations.
  4. Determine the relationship between structure and metamorphic assemblages.
  5. Visualise complex three dimensional geometries.
  6. Unravel the geological history of one of the most complexly deformed terranes on the planet.
  7. Determine overprinting relationships from field geology.
  8. Communicate results in a written report.
  9. Work in a team environment and communicate of results with peers.

Assessment

Geological map 60%

Geological cross section: 10%

Elective or alternative assessment: 15%

Rock test: 10%

Field performance: 5%

Workload requirements

16-21 days over the mid-year vacation

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3552 - Evolution of life through geological time

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Jeffrey Stilwell

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Jeffrey Stilwell

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

EAE2522, ESC2111

Prohibitions

ESC2032, ESC3232

Synopsis

This unit investigates and explores the evolutionary patterns of life on planet Earth throughout 3.8 billion years of 'deep time' geologic history from its simple beginnings to advanced, multicellular life in the fossil record. How palaeontology developed as a discipline is presented as an overview of the global impacts of the discipline on science and the major players from its earliest origins in Medieval Europe to much later 19th Century researchers in Australia with associated discoveries of megafauna, dinosaurs, early fish, metazoans, and other major finds, that persist with active research to the present day. Significant milestones in the history of life covered include the early origin of life, metazoan origins in the late Precambrian, Cambrian 'explosion' of organisms with hard parts (both invertebrate and vertebrate), evolution and mass extinctions and their outcomes, biodiversity patterns through time, biologic effects from extraterrestrial impacts, biotic outcomes from volcanism, changing climate and geography (impact of developing aridity on biota, 'Snowball Earth' metazoan origins), the coevolution of plants and animals, the influences of the plant biosphere with the global environment, and the origin of major animal groups (e.g., molluscs, echinoderms, fish, marsupials). Emphasis on strengths/weaknesses of interpretive methods and how complex science can be presented to a wide audience is also explored. Palaeontology has developed from a more descriptive science of documenting ancient organic remains and their affinities to become also a significant applied field in the quest for global economic resources, such as petroleum (oil and gas), coal and even gold (e.g., graptolite fossils used to date rocks in the Lachlan Fold Belt and associated goldfields of Victoria). Furthermore, the fossil record has been shown to have remarkable explanatory power for global and regional environmental and ecological changes across a deep time perspective. As such, lectures and practical's will integrate fossil and many other types of geologic data sets to reinforce how palaeontology endeavours have become 'big picture' science. A field trip to study richly fossiliferous rocks aims to synthesise knowledge of the fossil record gained from the unit in a practical way to arrive at high level interpretations of ancient biotic communities and their geologic and biologic contexts.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recount some detail of the course of life on earth from 3.8 billion years to present.
  2. Interpret the effect that tectonic plate movement and the waxing and waning of continents and ocean basins have had on the biosphere, climate and environments through time.
  3. Summarise the background to the formation of the modern biosphere of Australasia - that modern environments and climate in Australia are very atypical, and how this has impact on the future predictions of climatic and environmental change.
  4. Appraise how the fossil record can be used in the dating of rock sequences.
  5. Elucidate how the biosphere interacts significantly with the physical environment;
  6. Outline the history of research in palaeontology on the Australian continent.
  7. Illustrate how to present a research paper at a scientific meeting in both the written form and in the form of an oral presentation, how to interpret scientific research to a public audience and also how to deal with the media.

  8. Apply palaeontological and geological field knowledge to read ancient ecosystems and their relationship to earth's environmental evolution.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Essay (2000 words): 10%

Oral Presentation: 10%

Field trip report: 15%

Examination (2 hour): 30%

Laboratory work: 35%

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures per week
  • Eleven 3-hour practical sessions throughout the semester
  • One field trip (normally in the mid-semester break)

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3562 - Ore deposit geology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andrew Tomkins

Coordinator(s)

Dr Andrew Tomkins

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Two of EAE2511, EAE2522, ESC2111 or ESC2122

Prohibitions

ESC3162

Synopsis

This subject is an introduction to classification, distribution and characteristics of metalliferous ore deposits. An understanding of ore deposit genesis is developed via an Earth Systems approach. The tectonic settings of ore deposits are considered within the context of the plate tectonic paradigm, and global metallogenic events throughout Earth's history. This includes a brief introduction to the minerals industry, including mining and exploration practices. Practical classes will examine sample sets from around the world and focus on developing and understanding of ore deposit genesis, and on developing skills suitable for the minerals industry. Fieldwork consists of an excursion to examine the ore deposits of Victoria.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recognise and describe different styles of mineralisation and associated alteration in rock specimens and thin sections.
  2. Describe the characteristic mineralogical, structural and host-rock features of a range of important mineral deposit types.
  3. Explain the current hypotheses for genesis of a range of mineral deposit types.
  4. Combine scientific data to form a hypothesis that can be used in mineral exploration for a range of ore deposit types.
  5. Combine scientific data to design and evaluate strategies to efficiently and economically extract ores from known mineral deposits.
  6. Work as a geologist in the minerals industry.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

Practical Examination: 10%

Laboratory work/assignments/field excursions: 40%

Hurdle requirement: Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 48%, unless their aggregate mark is lower in which case that mark will be recorded

Workload requirements

  • One 2-hour workshop and
  • One 3-hour workshop per week and
  • One 1-day field excursion

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3581 - Geochemistry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Joel Brugger

Coordinator(s)

Professor Joel Brugger

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of EAE2322, EAE2511, ESC2122

Prohibitions

ESC3900

Synopsis

Geochemistry concerns itself with the distribution and mobility of elements within the earth and its atmosphere. Over the past decades it has evolved from a descriptive science to one being increasingly concerned with the (molecular-level) mechanisms behind the observations. This unit provides an overview of the fundamental chemical principles that control geochemical processes, and shows how this knowledge can be used to understand, predict, and manage applied geochemical problems, including mineral exploration and geometallurgy; radioactive waste disposal; applied mineralogy and environmental remediation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Apply fundamental chemical principles to understand the distribution and mobility of elements in Earth systems.
  2. Discuss the key physical and chemical parameters that control element mobility in a given geochemical system.
  3. Understand the different analytical tools that can be used to study geochemical systems and the information they deliver.
  4. Develop an understanding of key geochemical questions.
  5. Apply the knowledge to understand and predict the evolution of natural and engineered geochemical systems.

Assessment

Assessed practical exercises: 60%

Field trip assessment: 10%

Examination (2 hours): 30%

Workload requirements

  • 2 hours of lectures per week
  • One 3-hour practical per week
  • One 1-day field trip

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3591 - Applied geophysics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Robin Armit
Professor Peter Betts (Associate)

Coordinator(s)

Dr Robin Armit
Professor Peter Betts (Associate)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of ESC2111, ESC2122, EAE2511 or EAE2522

Prohibitions

ESC3311

Synopsis

This unit will give a broad introduction to geophysical methods for students interested in the application of physics and mathematics for mineral exploration and general earth studies. Methods for gathering, processing and interpreting gravity, magnetic, seismic, electromagnetic and radiometric data are presented in order to provide geological constraints for mineral exploration and regional mapping. This unit includes an introduction to regional synthesis and structural geology.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the physical principles relating to observations of gravity, magnetics, electromagnetic, seismic and radiometric data.
  2. Discuss the fundamental parameters and the limitations of the equipment available for fieldwork.
  3. Use basic methods of data processing.
  4. Employ data display and analysis tools.
  5. Use qualitative and quantitative methods of interpretation.
  6. Generate geological syntheses using case histories.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Practical: 50%

Workload requirements

One 2-hour workshop and one 3-hour workshop per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE3900 - Landscape, environment and sustainability in Italy

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Nigel Tapper

Coordinator(s)

Professor Nigel Tapper

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Prerequisites

6 points of level 2 EAE or Human geography

Other students interested in studying this unit will need permission from the unit coordinator.

Prohibitions

ATS3281

Synopsis

This field-based unit is taught on location in the National Park/World Heritage Area of Cinque Terre on the Italian Riviera. Identified by UNESCO as an environment and cultural landscape worth preserving, the region is under immense pressure due to climate change, rural depopulation, abandonment of agricultural lands, landscape instability, and burgeoning tourism. Problems of integrating tourism and agricultural objectives, while minimising negative environmental and cultural impacts, will be explored and possible solutions for regional sustainability proposed. The unit provides unique opportunities for interaction with staff of the National Park and various local and national authorities.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand the range of complex environmental, social and economic interrelationships that shape a particular region and to be able to differentiate a cultural landscape from a natural landscape;
  2. Understand the criteria and processes that lead to the designation of a World Heritage Area and to be able to identify, describe and interpret problems of sustainability in the context of a region of truly global significance;
  3. Have gained practical experience in problem formulation and solution using field-based techniques of survey and analysis, along with appropriate presentation skills.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Comprising a presentation: 25%

Field studies journal: 25%

Research report: 50%

Workload requirements

10 day intensive, involving lectures/seminars, tutorials and field work

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE4000 - Atmospheric science research project A

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Michael Reeder

Coordinator(s)

Professor Michael Reeder

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Synopsis

Student will do a research project in weather, climate or ocean science. The main relevant areas of research are: aerosols (including cloud seeding), boundary layers, climate change, clouds, convection, ENSO, general circulation, synoptic-dynamical meteorology, mesoscale meteorology, numerical modelling, tropical meteorology, and bushfires and fire weather. A full list of project will be made available to students before enrolling in the MSC program. The research project may be theoretical, computational or observation-based. Each student will work under the supervision of at least one of the academic members of staff. The project will involve a literature review, original research, a written thesis and an oral report on the work. In most cases, the project will continue into the second year of the MSc.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand, synthesise and summarise the existing literature.
  2. Identify gaps in our knowledge in their chosen area of research.
  3. Develop a research plan
  4. Commence original research in the chosen area.
  5. Present their preliminary findings in a brief written thesis and oral presentation.

Assessment

This is unit is the first half of a two-semester research project.

Progress will be assessed through a written progress report (50%) and an oral presentation (50%).

Workload requirements

A total of 24 hours per week comprising:

  • attendance at a 1-hour seminar
  • a 1-hour consultation with the supervisor
  • 10 hours per week of reading and summarising the literature (averaged over the semester)
  • 1 hour per week developing the research plan (averaged over the semester)
  • 10 hours per week of research (averaged over the semester)
  • 1 hour per week writing the progress report (averaged over the semester)
  • 1 hour per week preparing the oral report (averaged over the semester).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Atmospheric Science


EAE4001 - Atmospheric science research project B

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Michael Reeder

Coordinator(s)

Professor Michael Reeder

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Satisfactory completion of EAE4000

Synopsis

Students will do a research project in weather, climate or ocean science. The main relevant areas of research are aerosols (including cloud seeding), boundary layers, climate change, clouds, convection, ENSO, general circulation, synoptic-dynamical meteorology, mesoscale meteorology, numerical modeling, tropical meteorology, and bushfires and fire weather. A full list of projects will be made available to students before enrolling in the MSC program. The research project may be theoretical, computational or observation-based. Each student will work under the supervision of at least one of the academic members of staff. The project will involve a literature review, original research, a written thesis and an oral report on the work. In most cases, the project will continue into the second year of the MSc.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand, synthesise and summarise the existing literature.
  2. Identify gaps in our knowledge in their chosen area of research.
  3. Advance our knowledge in the chosen area through original research.
  4. Present their findings in a written thesis and oral presentation.

Assessment

This unit is the second half of a two-semester research project.

Literature review: 20%

Oral presentation: 10%

Thesis: 70%

Workload requirements

A total of 24 hours per week comprising:

  • Attendance at a 1-hour seminar
  • A 1-hour consultation with the supervisor
  • 17 hours per week of research (averaged over the semester)
  • 4 hours per week writing the thesis (averaged over the semester)
  • 1 hour per week preparing the oral report (averaged over the semester).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Atmospheric Science


EAE4010 - Earth science research project A

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Sandy Cruden

Coordinator(s)

Professor Alex Cruden

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Synopsis

Students undertake a project, involving original research in one of the School's research themes, which encompass a diverse range of modern Earth Science topics, including: geochemistry, geochronology, geophysics, remote sensing, Geographic Information Systems, spatial data science, soil science, petrology, palaeontology, geodynamics, structural geology, tectonics, biogeography, physical geography, climate science, paleoclimate, hydrogeology, hydrology, ore deposits geology. A full list of projects will be made available to students prior to commencing their MSc program.

The research project may be experimental, computational, theoretical or field based in nature, or it may involve a combination of these research paradigms. Each student will be assigned an academic supervisor (or supervisors), who will oversee the research project and provide mentoring. Students will be required to undertake a comprehensive literature review and report their preliminary results via a seminar. The major outcomes of the project will be communicated in the form of a thesis. Students will also be required to defend their research outcomes via an oral examination. For most students their project will be continued into the second year of the MSc program; hence EAE4000 will lay the foundations for a substantial ongoing research project in the second year of the degree.

As part of their research training, students will be affiliated with one of the School's research groups (aligned with their research project) and will be required to attend weekly group meetings, seminars and colloquia. Opportunities will also be provided to students to receive training in specialist areas associated with their research project, e.g., analytical methods, technical computing, visualisation of data, specific experimental techniques, field techniques, etc.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpin the chosen area of research in Earth Science.
  2. Synthesise and interpret the knowledge gained in the study of the underpinning research literature. This leads to the ability to identify a niche topic or topics within this existing body of literature, which represents a gap in current knowledge. This problem should be suitable for original research.
  3. Advance our understanding of an existing problem or problems in the chosen area for original research.
  4. Present the preliminary findings in a written report also present key results in oral form as a preliminary seminar.

Assessment

This is unit is the first half of a two-semester research project.

Progress will be assessed through a written progress report which includes a literature review (50%) and an oral presentation (50%).

Workload requirements

24 hours per week

Attendance at weekly group meetings (.5 hours per week)

Attendance at seminars and colloquia (.5 hours per week)

At least .5 hours per week of consultation with the supervisor

Specialist training (approximately .5 hours per week)

Preparation of literature review (approximately 1 hour per week averaged over the semester)

Preparation for the seminar (approximately .5 hours per week averaged over the semester)

Preparation of Progress report (approximately 1.5 hours per week averaged over the semester)

19 hours of independent research per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Earth Science


EAE4011 - Earth science research project B

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Sandy Cruden

Coordinator(s)

Professor Alexander Cruden

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Satisfactory completion of EAE4010

Synopsis

Students undertake a project, involving original research in one of the School's research themes, which encompass a diverse range of modern Earth Science topics, including: geochemistry, geochronology, geophysics, remote sensing, Geographic Information Systems, spatial data science, soil science, petrology, palaeontology, geodynamics, structural geology, tectonics, biogeography, physical geography, climate science, paleoclimate, hydrogeology, hydrology, ore deposits geology. A full list of projects will be made available to students prior to commencing their MSc program.

The research project may be experimental, computational, theoretical or field based in nature, or it may involve a combination of these research paradigms. Each student will be assigned an academic supervisor (or supervisors), who will oversee the research project and provide mentoring. Students will be required to undertake a comprehensive literature review and report their preliminary results via a seminar. The major outcomes of the project will be communicated in the form of a thesis. Students will also be required to defend their research outcomes via an oral examination. For most students their project will be continued into the second year of the MSc program; hence EAE4000 will lay the foundations for a substantial ongoing research project in the second year of the degree.

As part of their research training, students will be affiliated with one of the School's research groups (aligned with their research project) and will be required to attend weekly group meetings, seminars and colloquia. Opportunities will also be provided to students to receive training in specialist areas associated with their research project, e.g., analytical methods, technical computing, visualisation of data, specific experimental techniques, field techniques, etc.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpin the chosen area of research in Earth Science.
  2. Synthesise and interpret the knowledge gained in the study of the underpinning research literature. This leads to the ability to identify a niche topic or topics within this existing body of literature, which represents a gap in current knowledge. This problem should be suitable for original research.
  3. Advance our understanding of an existing problem or problems in the chosen area for original research.
  4. Present the results of the original research in written form as a thesis, and also present key thesis results in oral form as a preliminary seminar.
  5. Defend the results of the original research in an oral exam.

Assessment

This unit is the second half of a two-semester research project.

Literature review: 20%

Oral presentation: 10%

Thesis: 70%

Workload requirements

24 hours per week

  • Attendance at weekly group meetings (half hour per week)
  • Attendance at seminars and colloquia (half hour per week)
  • At least half hour per week of consultation with the supervisor
  • Specialist training (approximately half hour per week)
  • Preparation of literature review (approximately 1 hour per week averaged over the semester)
  • Preparation for the seminar (approximately half hour per week averaged over the semester)
  • Preparation of Progress report (approximately 1.5 hours per week averaged over the semester)
  • 19 hours of independent research per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Earth Science


EAE4021 - Advanced dynamical meteorology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Michael Reeder

Coordinator(s)

Professor Michael Reeder

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Prohibitions

EAE5021

Synopsis

Dynamical meteorology concerns itself with the causes of atmospheric motion. The unit begins with a scale analysis of the equations of motion for mid latitude weather systems, which leads to the most important theoretical development modern meteorology - the quasi-geostrophic theory. This theory and its generalisation are used to explain Rossby waves and their interaction with the mean state, the development of extratropical cyclones, the causes of vertical motion, and the structure and evolution of cold fronts. The theory for gravity waves is developed also.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the dynamical principles governing the fluid flow in a rotating frame of reference;
  2. Apply these principles to explain the dynamics of many common mid latitude weather systems;
  3. Demonstrate a high level of knowledge of the important mathematical techniques used to solve problems in mid latitude dynamics;
  4. Read, understand and critically analyse the scientific literature on mid latitude dynamics.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Assignments: 30%

Research paper review: 30%

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Workload requirements

A total of 12 hours per week comprising:

  • three 1-hour lectures;
  • three hours per week on assignments, reports and preparation of a talk;
  • six hours of independent study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Atmospheric Science


EAE4025 - Ocean circulation and dynamics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Shayne McGregor

Coordinator(s)

Dr Shayne McGregor

Not offered in 2019

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Prohibitions

EAE5025Not offered in 2019

Notes

This unit will be offered every second year from Semester 2, 2020

Synopsis

Physical oceanography is the study of the ocean, its motion and the underlying physical processes. This unit will begin with a brief foray into descriptive physical oceanography, where details of the mean circulation and physical structure of the ocean will be presented along with the oceanographic past and present instruments and observing platforms. The unit will then cover aspects of dynamical physical oceanography particularly relevant for tropical and subtropical oceans, including the introduction of the equations of motion, Ekman layer theory and wind-driven circulation, geostrophic circulation, western boundary currents and internal waves. The unit will then finish by introducing interactions at the air-sea interface and how the related coupled ocean-atmosphere dynamics can lead to climatically relevant modes of climate variability, like the El Nino-southern oscillation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify the mean circulation of the tropical to subtropical ocean and detail the underlying dynamical principles responsible for this circulation.
  2. Appraise how the ocean adjusts to perturbations, and utilise these dynamical principles to explain observed variations.
  3. Demonstrate a high level of knowledge of the important numerical techniques used to solve problems in physical oceanography.
  4. Critically analyse the scientific literature on ocean dynamics.

Assessment

Assignments: 30%

Research paper review: 30%

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Workload requirements

A total of 12 hours per week comprising:

  • Two 1-hour lectures
  • One 1-hour lectorial
  • Three hours per week on assignments, reports and preparation of a talk
  • 6 hours of independent study

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Atmospheric Science


EAE4060 - Advanced field geology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Laurent Ailleres

Coordinator(s)

Dr Laurent Ailleres
Dr Robin Armit

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Trimester 2 2019 (On-campus block of classes)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Prohibitions

EAE5060

Notes

The unit is offered in a non-standard teaching period.

Synopsis

The unit aims to teach the skills of geological mapping in two classic field locations of Australian geology, in Broken Hill (poly-deformed and high-grade metamorphic terrane) and Bermagui (poly-deformed, highly complex terrane). In both field camp, the emphasis will be on observing, recording, and interpreting geologic phenomena in a natural environment. Students will draw on a theoretical background of lectures and laboratory studies in first, second and third-year geology to analyse real rocks in the real world. Students will use their observations and interpretations to construct geological maps and cross-sections and determine the geological history of complex poly-deformed terrane. The concept of key locality for observation and critical thinking for correlation between key locality will be introduced and applied to produce map and cross sections of highly complexly deformed terranes.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. produce structural geological maps;
  2. observe and interpret the distribution of lithologies and structures in the field;
  3. correlate observations and interpretations at the outcrop scale to produce consistent map and cross-sections;
  4. determine the relationship between structure and metamorphic assemblages;
  5. visualise complex three dimensional geometries;
  6. unravel the geological history of complexly deformed terranes;
  7. determine overprinting relationships from field geology;
  8. communicate results in a written report;
  9. work in a team environment and communicate of results with peers;
  10. equip students with discipline-specific knowledge and expertise appropriate for post-graduate research in the field; equip students with discipline-specific knowledge and expertise enabling them to take their place as professional geologists in industry or government organisations; develop their field mapping techniques.

Assessment

Fieldwork exercises Broken Hill: 45%

Fieldwork exercises Bermagui: 35%

Presentation: 10%

Report: 10%

Workload requirements

  • Total of 80 hours for Broken Hill
  • Total of 40 hours for Bermagui
  • 24 hours independent study

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Earth Science


EAE4061 - Geology and tectonics of New Zealand

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Andy Tomkins

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Andy Tomkins

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Term 1 2019 (On-campus block of classes)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Prohibitions

EAE5061

Notes

The unit is offered in a non-standard teaching period.

Synopsis

This is an intensive 12-day field trip to New Zealand, one of the best natural laboratories in which to learn about geology. Apart from being dramatically different to Australia in terms of modern day geological activity, it is a ribbon continent with a complex assembly of allochthonous terranes, part of which was formerly part of Australia. It has hyperactive back arc volcanism, spectacular geothermal activity, very active seismicity and is one of the few countries in the world with glaciers at sea level. Some of the main concepts to be covered will be:

Arcs and back-arc architecture, seismicity and volcanism

Transpressional fault systems

Geothermal springs and geothermal power

The relationship of these to ore deposits

Glaciers as a record of Holocene climate change

Seismic hazards and engineering responses

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the relationships between the ancient geological processes preserved in Australia and the young processes occurring in New Zealand.
  2. Use new skills in interpreting evidence of deformation and origin of a fault structure.
  3. Understand and interpret field evidence of the different mechanisms driving different types of metamorphism.
  4. Prepare a stratigraphic log.
  5. Understand and interpret field characteristics of geochemical processes.
  6. Present an overview of a complex geological topic to a educated geoscience audience.

Assessment

Presentation: 50%

Essays: 50%

Workload requirements

  • 12 days fieldwork
  • 56 hours of independent study

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science


EAE4062 - Applied analytical geochemistry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

To be advised

Coordinator(s)

Professor Joel Brugger

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus block of classes)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Prohibitions

EAE5062

Notes

The unit is offered in a non-standard teaching period.

Synopsis

The analysis of geomaterials (e.g., rocks, minerals, soils, water) presents unique challenging related to their complexity. This hands-on unit will introduce the basic analytical tools used by geochemists and environmental scientists for measuring the mineralogical, chemical, and isotopic compositions of geomaterials. We will also cover some advanced topics, in particular the use of synchrotron light in geosciences.

The unit is suitable for any geoscientist working with geochemical data.

Specific topics covered include:

  1. Laboratory inductions, basics of analytical chemistry (e.g., precision, accuracy, blanks)
  2. Working in the wet lab.
  3. Mass spectroscopy - trace elements
  4. Mass spectroscopy - isotope ratios
  5. Mass spectroscopy - geochronology
  6. Sample prep. Budget. Plan a project.
  7. Water chemistry
  8. X-ray Diffraction
  9. Synchrotron-based spectroscopy, diffraction and microscopy
  10. Electron microscopy and microprobe techniques

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the different analytical tools that can be used to study geochemical systems and the information they deliver.
  2. Prepare samples, acquire data, and interpret the results.
  3. Use a range of analytical techniques.
  4. Design and conduct an analytical campaign - including budgeting, selecting adequate samples and analytical tools, quality control, and reporting the results

Assessment

Practical work: 20%

Assignment: 30%

Presentation: 50%

Workload requirements

  • Two weeks of lecture and laboratory activities, totalling 70 hours
  • Two weeks for working on projects, including three hours supervised study
  • Two half day field trips

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science


EAE4063 - Mineral exploration simulation

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Peter Betts

Coordinator(s)

Dr Robin Armit
Professor Peter Betts

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Prohibitions

EAE5063Not offered in 2019

Synopsis

The unit aims to provide post-graduate students with a work-integrated learning experience that simulates an exploration program for mineral commodities. The unit will be taught as a group project, with students working in teams of 3 to 4 within their own level. The project will require identification of a target commodity based geological and geophysical information, justification of the target selection including a literature review, acquisition and synthesis of the appropriate geological, geochemical, and geophysical data, interpretation of the data, developing of an exploration targeting strategy, and an economic analysis of the program. Projects will be designed to prepare students for comparable experiences in the workplace. Students will develop skills in data synthesis and analysis, geological interpretation, critical and lateral thinking using diverse geoscientific data.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Students will develop the ability to work in a team environment to achieve project objectives;
  2. Students will develop their oral presentation skills that enable them to express the concepts they develop, the data required to test the concept, and the outcomes and interpretations of the simulated exploration program;
  3. Students will construct a geoscientific report outlining the objectives, methodology, data required and the outcomes and interpretations of the simulated exploration program;
  4. Students will gain an ability to integrate multiple large datasets to synthesise and interpret geological information.

Assessment

Presentation: 10%

Geochemical and geophysical data collection design: 20%

Drilling program design: 20%

Final group report and group presentation: 50%

Workload requirements

The project requires a workload commitment of 144 hours over the semester

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Masters of Science (Earth Science)


EAE4064 - Contemporary environmental earth science problems

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

To be advised

Coordinator(s)

Dr Vanessa Wong and Professor Ian Cartwright

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus block of classes)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Prohibitions

EAE5064

Synopsis

This unit will enable students to develop the skills required to conceive and deliver an applied research project in environmental earth science. Students will develop and carry out a research project in collaboration with other students on a key topic that is of relevance to industry, government or non-government organisations. The topic will be chosen by the students from a list provided by the unit coordinator. This unit will allow students to develop their research skills in earth sciences while working in team in developing a research project, formulating hypotheses and aims, collecting and analysing data, and interpreting and describing the implications of the results. The presentation of the final results will develop presentation and written skills.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Develop a project proposal with appropriate research questions, aims, hypotheses and methodological approaches
  2. Critically review the literature relevant to the project.
  3. Generate, analyse and interpret data using appropriate data analysis methods
  4. Communicate the findings, implications and limitations of the project in the broader scientific and social context in a clear and professional manner, in written and oral forms.
  5. Collaborate effectively with their peers.

Assessment

Project proposal: 20%

Poster presentation: 20%

Final report: 60%

Workload requirements

A total of 144 hrs for the semester consisting of a combination of structured workshops, group meetings, presentations, and individual study.

Short (one-day) site visits or field trips may also be required.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Earth Sciences


EAE4065 - Drones and digital mapping in earth science

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Sandy Cruden

Coordinator(s)

Professor Sandy Cruden
Associate Professor Steven Micklethwaite

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Prohibitions

EAE5065

Synopsis

This unit will provide post-graduate students with an overview of how drones (unmanned aerial vehicles, UAVs), photogrammetry and digital mapping tools are being applied in the Earth Sciences. The unit will be taught as a series of hands-on workshops and projects. Workshops and associated projects will cover UAV operations, survey design, sensor technology, 3D photogrammetric model calculations using structure from motion software, data extraction from point clouds and ortho-images, and digital mapping. Student projects will be designed to prepare students for use of UAVs for applications in geology, geophysics and environmental Earth Science. Students will develop skills in data acquisition, synthesis, and analysis, geological and environmental interpretation, critical and lateral thinking using diverse digital image data.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Ability to work in a team environment
  2. Oral presentation skills.
  3. Geoscience and environmental reporting skills.
  4. Ability to integrate multiple large datasets to synthesise and interpret geological and environmental information.

Assessment

Acquisition of UAV survey and digital mapping data, generation of a geometrically and geographically referenced photogrammetric model: 25%

Photogrammetric modelling, analysis of 3D point cloud and orthoimagery, and digital mapping: 35%

Final report and presentation: 40%

Workload requirements

  • One 3-hour workshop per week consisting of lectures and presentations
  • Nine hours of independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Masters of Science (Earth Science)


EAE4066 - Applied geophysics and earth imaging

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Robin Armit

Coordinator(s)

Dr Robin Armit
Dr Laurent Ailleres

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus block of classes)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science.

Prohibitions

EAE5066

Synopsis

This course will introduce the concept of a GIS as a problem solving technology within the geosciences and is designed to provide practical experience in the processing of regional geophysical datasets for the purpose of undertaking geological interpretation.

Specific topics will include map projections and georeferencing, distortions in image data, raster and vector data models, incorporating digital terrain models and geophysical data, introduction to boolean logic and functions, data accuracy and access issues and limitations of GIS. The course is designed to allow the student to go through step-by-step methodologies of processing data, interpretation techniques, and modelling of geophysical data.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. An ability to identify the kind of digital information and software most appropriate to solving different geological problems.
  2. An opportunity to demonstrate their ability to work with state-of-the-art geological data sets in digital form.
  3. Confidence and competence to interrogate geological problems employing modern digital techniques.
  4. Equip students with discipline-specific knowledge and expertise appropriate for post-graduate research in the field; equip students with discipline-specific knowledge and expertise enabling them to take their place as professional geologists in industry or government organisations;
  5. Develop skills to process regional geophysical datasets, develop strategies to interpret geology from regional aeromagnetic and gravity data, integrate geological data into the geophysical interpretation, practical experience in geophysical interpretation and best practices in modeling geophysical data.

Assessment

8 x GIS based practical assignments, due during the teaching week (each worth 5%).

A GIS based assignment (10%) as a 500 word report which will include a series of map to communicate their findings is due by the last day of class.

A 2000-word equivalent interpretation of geophysical images including lithologies, structures and overprinting relationship, due by last day of classes (30%).

An accompanying report (3000-words) on the rationale for interpretation and a short tectonic history of the area consistent with the interpretation due by the last day of classes (20%).

Workload requirements

  • 28 hours of lectures,
  • 42 hours of practicals,
  • 16 hours of independent study

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science (Honours)


EAE4067 - Remote sensing

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Xuan Zhu

Coordinator(s)

Dr Xuan Zhu

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Prohibitions

EAE3012, EAE5067

Synopsis

Remote sensing has become one of the important and widely applied methods for environmental and earth resource monitoring and evaluation. The information extracted from remotely sensed images may be used in many ways, e.g. as a basis for mapping land use/cover, for understanding environmental processes and for estimating biophysical variables. This unit will introduce the basic concepts and principles of remote sensing, and prepare students with image interpretation and digital image processing skills with an emphasis on the use of remote sensing imagery for vegetation, atmosphere, geology, water, soils and landform analysis.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. To explain and apply the major concepts and principles of remote sensing and digital image processing for earth science applications.
  2. To identify the types of information that can be extracted from remotely sensed data on the environment and earth resources.
  3. To explain and apply the fundamental image interpretation elements (e.g., tone, texture, size, shape, pattern, site and association)
  4. To visually interpret aerial photos and satellite images.
  5. To conduct digital image processing and analysis using a digital image processing system to extract information.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Practical work: 50%

Workload requirements

  • One 2-hour lecture and one 3-hour practical per week
  • Seven hours of independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Earth Science


EAE4068 - Spatial data analysis

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Xuan Zhu

Coordinator(s)

Dr Xuan Zhu

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Prohibitions

EAE5068

Synopsis

This unit aims to teach the knowledge and skills for exploring the spatial patterns that result from social and physical processes on or near the Earth's surface. It examines the theories and methods of quantitative geography, including spatial data exploration, hypothesis testing and spatial predictive modelling, provides practical training in fundamental tools of spatial analysis in GIS, and develops skills in finding, understanding and applying appropriate spatial analysis tools, and correctly interpreting and presenting the results.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the concepts and nature of spatial data analysis.
  2. Explain the geographical concepts of distance, adjacency and interaction and how fundamental they are in performing spatial data analysis.
  3. Explain and apply different approaches to spatial data exploration.
  4. Explain spatial statistics, assumptions and how they are used to characterise spatial patterns and processes.
  5. Demonstrate competency in the use of spatial data analysis tools.
  6. Interpret and communicate effectively the results of spatial data analysis.
  7. Demonstrate the ability to plan, design and implement a spatial data analysis project.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Practical work: 35%

Group project: 15%

Workload requirements

  • One 2-hour lecture and one 3-hour practical per week
  • Seven hours of independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Earth Science


EAE4069 - 3D data analytics, geological and resource modelling

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Laurent Ailleres

Coordinator(s)

Dr Laurent Ailleres

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus block of classes)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science.

Prohibitions

EAE5069Not offered in 2019

Synopsis

The unit aims to teach the skills required to visualise and analyse (multivariate statistics) geological, geochemical and geophysical data in 3D, build 3D geological models, build property models (similar to resource estimation) and visualise and extract information from digital outcrop models. The units will expose the students to industry-standard software packages such as R, Orange, Gocad, Leapfrog Geo, Geomodeller, Geoscience analyst.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Import and visualise exploration data in industry-standard 3D modelling packages (LeapFrog Geo, Gocad, Geomodeller, Geoscience analyst)
  2. Analyse assays and geochemical data using deep learning methods (multivariate statistics) in R and/or Orange
  3. Understand the concept of implicit modelling
  4. Build 3D geological models
  5. Perform geologically constrained interpolation of data and indicator data (derived from classification through deep learning).

Assessment

Practical work: 60%

Report: 40%

Workload requirements

  • 1.5-hours of lectures and 3-hours of practicals per week
  • 1.5-hours of independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science (Honours)


EAE4100 - Earth, atmosphere and environment honours research project

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Laurent Ailleres

Coordinator(s)

Dr Laurent Ailleres

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in science in the discipline of Atmospheric science, Environmental science, Geographical science or Geosciences

Co-requisites

EAE4200

Prohibitions

ATM4100, ATS4778, ATS4779, ESC4100, GPS4100

Synopsis

The unit represents the Honours research program for the School of Earth, Atmosphere, and Environment and will consist of a research project combined with coursework taken in EAE4200. The research projects will span the discipline of Environmental, Atmospheric Sciences as well as Geology and Geophysics.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Synthesise and summarise current knowledge from the literature.
  2. Raise and develop a scientific question after conducting literature reviews.
  3. Propose a method to test hypotheses relevant to the science question.
  4. Carry out a research project with a high degree of independence.
  5. Collect data relevant to the science question.
  6. Provide an objective analysis of the data.
  7. Develop a sound interpretation of their data and discuss their interpretation in a scientific manner.
  8. Communicate their findings in a written form.

Assessment

Thesis: 100%

Workload requirements

Four days per week attendance at Monash

Regular communication/meetings with supervisors.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE4110 - Earth, atmosphere and environment honours research project part-time A

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Laurent Ailleres

Coordinator(s)

Dr Laurent Ailleres

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of atmospheric science, environmental science, geographical science or geosciences

Co-requisites

EAE4210

Prohibitions

ATM4100, ATS4778, ATS4779, ESC4100, GPS4100

Synopsis

The unit represents the Honours research program for the School of Earth, Atmosphere, and Environment and will consist of a research project combined with coursework taken in EAE4200. The research projects will span the discipline of environmental, atmospheric sciences as well as geology and geophysics.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Synthesise and summarise current knowledge from the literature.
  2. Raise and develop a scientific question after conducting literature reviews.
  3. Propose a method to test hypotheses relevant to the science question.
  4. Carry out a research project with a high degree of independence.
  5. Collect data relevant to the science question.
  6. Provide an objective analysis of the data.
  7. Develop a sound interpretation of their data and discuss their interpretation in a scientific manner.
  8. Communicate their findings in a written form.

Assessment

Thesis: 100%

Workload requirements

  • At least two days per week attendance at Monash
  • Regular communication/meetings with supervisors

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE4120 - Earth, atmosphere and environment honours research project part-time B

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Laurent Ailleres

Coordinator(s)

Dr Laurent Ailleres

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of atmospheric science, environmental science, geographical science or geosciences

Co-requisites

EAE4220

Prohibitions

ESC4100, GPS4100, ATM4100, ATS4778, ATS4779

Synopsis

The unit represents the Honours research program for the School of Earth, Atmosphere, and Environment and will consist of a research project combined with coursework taken in EAE4200. The research projects will span the discipline of Environmental, Atmospheric Sciences as well as Geology and Geophysics.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Synthesise and summarise current knowledge from the literature.
  2. Raise and develop a scientific question after conducting literature reviews.
  3. Propose a method to test hypotheses relevant to the science question.
  4. Carry out a research project with a high degree of independence.
  5. Collect data relevant to the science question.
  6. Provide an objective analysis of the data.
  7. a sound interpretation of their data and discuss their interpretation in a scientific manner.
  8. their findings in a written form.

Assessment

Thesis: 100%

Workload requirements

  • At least 2 days a week attendance at Monash
  • Regular communication and meetings with supervisors

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE4200 - Earth, atmosphere and environment honours coursework

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Laurent Ailleres

Coordinator(s)

Dr Laurent Ailleres

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in science in the discipline of Atmospheric science, Environmental science, Geographical science or Geosciences

Co-requisites

EAE4100

Prohibitions

ATM4200, ATS4776, ATS4899, ESC4200, GPS4200

Synopsis

The unit represents the Honours coursework program for the School of Earth, Atmosphere, and Environment and will consist of a series of short courses, a seminar and a theoretical literature review.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Deepen and broaden their knowledge via advanced coursework and independent enquiry in specific areas of Earth, Atmospheric and/or Environmental Sciences.
  2. Acquire specific skills relevant to their research project.
  3. Articulate a scientific question from the review of literature.
  4. Communicate research findings.

Assessment

Coursework: 60%

Theoretical literature review: 20%

Seminar: 20%

Workload requirements

Coursework delivered in semester long or short course format

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE4210 - Earth, atmosphere and environment honours coursework part-time A

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Laurent Ailleres

Coordinator(s)

Dr Laurent Ailleres

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of atmospheric science, environmental science, geographical science or geosciences

Co-requisites

EAE4110

Prohibitions

ATM4200, ATS4776, ATS4899, ESC4200, GPS4200

Synopsis

The unit represents the Honours coursework program for the School of Earth, Atmosphere, and Environment and will consist of a series of short courses, a seminar and a theoretical literature review.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Deepen and broaden their knowledge via advanced coursework and independent enquiry in specific areas of Earth, Atmospheric and/or Environmental Sciences.
  2. Acquire specific skills relevant to their research project.
  3. Articulate a scientific question from the review of literature.
  4. Communicate research findings.

Assessment

Coursework: 60% + Theoretical literature review: 20% + Seminar: 20%

Workload requirements

Coursework delivered in semester long or short course format

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EAE4220 - Earth, atmosphere and environment honours coursework part-time B

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Laurent Ailleres

Coordinator(s)

Dr Laurent Ailleres

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of atmospheric science, environmental science, geographical science or geosciences

Co-requisites

EAE4120

Prohibitions

ATM4200, ATS4776, ATS4899, ESC4200, GPS4200

Synopsis

The unit represents the Honours coursework program for the School of Earth, Atmosphere, and Environment and will consist of a series of short courses, a seminar and a theoretical literature review.

Assessment

Coursework: 60%

Theoretical literature review: 20%

Seminar: 20%

Workload requirements

Coursework delivered in semester long or short course format.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


ENV1800 - Environmental science: A Southeast Asian perspective

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Holly Barclay

Coordinator(s)

Dr Holly Barclay

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

ENV1711

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the tropical environments of Southeast Asia from coral reefs and mangrove swamps to lowland rain forests and mountains. It explores the flora, fauna, climate, biogeography and ecosystems of the region. A comparison is made with the Australian environment and other ecosystems of the world. Human impacts on the environment such as pollution, energy use, food production and human population growth are discussed and ameliorative measures explored. The field trip enables students to compare the ecological processes of three different tropical environments.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of environmental issues in the Southeast Asian region;
  2. Demonstrate knowledge of the diversity of ecosystems and flora and fauna in SE Asia in comparison with other regions of the world;
  3. Demonstrate understanding of the importance of weather, climate, geology, biogeography, nutrient cycles, community interactions, on the ecology of SE Asian plants and animals;
  4. Demonstrate understanding of conservation issues in SE Asia, in particular with respect to human impacts;
  5. Access and critically analyse sources of scientific information;
  6. Exhibit scientific writing skills.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Field trip assignment: 10%

Essay: 15%

Mid-semester test 20%

Examination (2 hours): 55%

Workload requirements

  • 3 hours of lectures per week
  • 1 hour tutorial per week
  • 1 day field trip per semester

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


ENV2022 - Environmental field skills and monitoring

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Christopher Johnstone

Coordinator(s)

Dr Christopher Johnstone

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

6 points of level one BIO.

Note that Bachelor of Environmental Engineering (Honours) and Bachelor of Science double degree students are exempt from this pre-requisite.

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the monitoring of plants, water and soils. It provides hands-on and industry relevant experience in the tools and techniques for conducting a multi-disciplinary environmental assessment. Techniques for the design, implementation and analysis of environmental monitoring are examined. To increase the successful implementation of monitoring programmes in management protocols, ways to incorporate science in decision-making are explored. During this unit students will implement an environmental monitoring programme to generate reports on the state of the environment at Monash University.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Articulate the purpose for performing environmental monitoring and the importance of good experimental design and quality assurance in these programmes;
  2. Describe environmental monitoring techniques and tools for plants, water and soils and demonstrate the ability to implement a multi-disciplinary monitoring programme;
  3. Use quantitative skills to analyse and interpret data derived from environmental monitoring;
  4. Evaluate and integrate theory drawn from several disciplines to describe the results of environmental monitoring programmes to a broad audience.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Mini quizzes: 15%

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Field report: 45%

Workload requirements

  • One 1-hour seminar and one 1-hour online activity per week
  • Eight 3-hour practicals and two half-day field trips per semester

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


ENV2726 - Ecosystems and bioresources

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Yek Sze Huei

Coordinator(s)

Dr Yek Sze Huei

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

ENV1711 or ENV1800

Prohibitions

BIO2040 and BIO2031

Synopsis

ENV2726 begins with an overview of biodiversity and biological resources and the issues involved in the conserving and sustainable management of these resources. Reasons for, and methods of, measuring and monitoring species, populations, habitats, communities and ecosystems are explored with the aim of addressing environmental problems such as habitat loss and species loss, and the impacts of these on ecosystem function and therefore on biological resources. Specific case studies are presented. The subject continues with the identification and discussion of factors which may affect the sustainable management of biological resources. Students will choose a case study and examine, in project work, how such factors may affect a specific conservation program.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the major issues relating to the sustainable use of biological resources;
  2. Explain the methods of conservation at various levels (eg. species, population, community, ecosystem etc.) and discuss the various conservation strategies that are available;
  3. Express their opinions regarding the usefulness or desirability of particular conservation and/or management strategies in particular circumstances;
  4. Identify and discuss various issues, which can affect conservation attempts and apply knowledge of these issues in order to recommend conservation strategies for real or hypothetical situations;
  5. Identify the importance of healthy ecosystems and biological resources in the wider field of resource management.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Assignments: 50%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial per week, plus an average of approximately 2 hours practical exercises per week (including field excursions and assignment work)

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


ENV3022 - Environmental technology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Philip Wai Hong Chan

Coordinator(s)

Professor Tony Patti

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

ATS3546 except for students enrolled in the Bachelor of Environmental Engineering and Bachelor of Science double degree who are exempt from this rule, or by special permission from the unit coordinator.

Synopsis

Existing and emerging green technologies that assist in assessing, minimising and remediating the environmental impacts of people on the environment will be considered. The technologies covered will include water, soil and air quality maintenance, waste management, resource recovery, soil and water treatment and remediation and the carbon footprint of energy sources. Students will become familiar with their strengths and limitations. A first-hand experience of technological approaches to impact management, through field site visits where particular technologies are in use, is a feature of the course. Aspects of the economic and legislative issues related to the management of the environment and the use of technologies will also be covered.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the impacts of human activity on the environment;
  2. Describe the role played by different technologies in the broad area of environmental management;
  3. Critique the range of technologies and emerging green technologies, available for managing the state of the environment and human impacts on it and for minimising and remediating those impacts;
  4. Evaluate the operating principles, applications, strengths and shortcomings of key technologies in surface water, groundwater, soil and air, quality management.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours and 10 minutes): 60%

Individual research project (1500 words): 15%

Reports on site visits (500 words each, up to six reports): 25%

Workload requirements

Two hours of lectures, one hour of pre-lecture independent study and the equivalent of two hours of tutorial/group discussion per week, which will include site visits.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


FST1800 - Fundamentals of food and sensory science

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Lee Yee Ying

Coordinator(s)

Dr Lee Yee Ying

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Synopsis

Food science is a highly interdisciplinary applied science. It incorporates concepts from many different fields including microbiology, chemistry, biochemistry, and nutrition. This unit provides a comprehensive review of the biological and chemical concepts that are important in food science. Students will be introduced to food composition, food groups and their constituents and the nutritive values of food constituents. In addition, halal food processing and sensory evaluation theory and methodologies are included. Current issues in food science, nutrition and technology will also be discussed. This unit provides an introduction to food science and technology and is the basis for more advanced study.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Define the scope of food science and its relationship with nutrition and food technology;
  2. Describe food composition, food groups and their constituents, and the nutritive aspects of various food groups;
  3. Recall nutrition labelling, halal food production and regulations and sensory evaluation;
  4. Discuss current issues in food science, nutrition, and technology;
  5. Acquire and assess information and knowledge from scientific literature;
  6. Demonstrate teamwork;
  7. Exhibit skills in scientific writing.

Assessment

Practical reports: 20%

Online tests: 10%

Assignment: 10%

Examination (2 hours): 60%

Workload requirements

  • 3 hours of lectures per week
  • 3 hours of laboratory practicals per week

See also Unit timetable information


FST1911 - Introduction to nutrition

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Coordinator(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

BIO1011 or BIO1022

Prohibitions

FST3810 and students enrolled in S2009 version 1

Synopsis

An introduction to the principles and concepts of nutrition with emphasis on the digestion, absorption, key functions and food sources of carbohydrates, fats, proteins, minerals and vitamins that applicable to human. Various factors that influence food choices to meet nutrition needs of individuals are discussed. The concept of energy requirements and weight management will be discussed. Malaysian Dietary Guidelines are introduced.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the digestion and absorption of food and specified nutrients;
  2. Display knowledge and understanding on key functions, food sources and requirements of specified nutrients;
  3. Display knowledge and understanding on the concept of weight management in regards to energy intake and exercise.
  4. Critically analyse personal dietary intake within the framework for Malaysian dietary guideline;
  5. Demonstrate ability to collaborate effectively in the production of scientific report and presentations and communicate effectively in giving constructive feedback to peers.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

Participation/quiz/presentation: 20% (Hurdle)

Test: 10%

Assignments: 20%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit students are required to achieve a minimum score of at least 50% in the total continuous assessment component and at least 30% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures
  • 2-hours of supported independent study and
  • 8-hours of independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information


FST2810 - Food bioprocess technology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Choo Wee Sim

Coordinator(s)

Dr Choo Wee Sim

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Either CHM1022 or CHM1052, and FST1800

Prohibitions

BTH2811

Synopsis

In this unit, students will be introduced to typical biochemical processes, from feedstock supply, reaction, separation and utilities. Treatment and storage of the feedstock/product will also be examined. The subject will focus on the operation and choice of typical equipment and processes. Safety issues and financial impact will be highlighted.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of typical symbols and terminology used in food processing industries;
  2. Describe upstream and downstream processes and equipment;
  3. Describe typical bioreactor steps employed in a bioprocess operation;
  4. Demonstrate understanding of simple equipment design;
  5. Comprehend the effect of financial and safety aspects on process design;
  6. Demonstrate communication and report writing skills;
  7. Exhibit teamwork skills.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Continuous assessment [one major assignment (oral presentation and report), one field trip report and two laboratory practical reports]: 50%

Workload requirements

Weekly: two hours of lectures, two hours of tutorials or three hours of practical classes and eight hours of self-study

See also Unit timetable information


FST3711 - Food and industrial microbiology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Sunil Kumar Lal

Coordinator(s)

Professor Sunil Kumar Lal

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BTH2830 or MIC2011

Prohibitions

BTH3776

Synopsis

This unit discusses food as a habitat, the principles involved in microbiological spoilage of foods, microorganisms of public health significance that cause foodborne illness, food safety and aspects of food preservation, useful microorganisms, new technologies and their use for microbiological testing of foods. The industrial microbiology section examines how microorganisms are obtained, handled and maintained in industry and discusses the application of genetically modified microorganisms. Fermentation modes and kinetic models are discussed using batch and continuous growth. Scale up and downstream processes of industrial fermentations and the role of microorganisms in producing substances of industrial importance is discussed using antibiotics, hormones, membrane proteins and bioethanol as examples.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss food as a habitat for microorganisms;
  2. Describe microorganisms characteristic to the food industry and their roles in food production, food spoilage, and food-borne illnesses; probiotics and useful microorganism in food.
  3. Explain the principles involved in microbiological spoilage of food, microbial control, conventional and new and methods of preserving foods;
  4. Recognise the importance of microbiological food criteria and HACCP systems for maintaining food safety in industry;
  5. Discuss the use of microorganisms in industrial processes, and providing examples representing the breadth of these applications;
  6. Describe the principles and applications of batch and continuous fermentation processes;
  7. Describe the application of industrial microbiology for the production of new high-value products of commercial importance.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Laboratory reports: 30%

Mid-term test: 20%

Workload requirements

  • Three hours of lectures
  • 5-day block lab

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


FST3800 - Food science internship

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Siow Lee Fong

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Siow Lee Fong

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

At least 96 points or permission of the Head of Discipline

Co-requisites

This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Food Science and Technology course

Synopsis

The internship gives Food Science and Technology students the opportunity to apply their university learning to the workplace, providing students with experience in tailoring their academic-based learning to the needs of an industry-based partner, and to network with potential employers. This will prepare students for work or professional practice by integrating theoretical knowledge with practice. Students will learn about the process of applying for employment and good workplace practice. The internship will generally be over the summer break and commence in December. It can be taken any time after the completion of Level Two.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Application of the knowledge and skills acquired during their academic studies to the practical requirements of the workplace;
  2. A positive contribution to the organisation;
  3. A capacity to work effectively as a member of a team through well developed skills in job planning, time management, problem solving, critical thinking and the organisation of work;
  4. A sound understanding of the requirements of working with others in a position of responsibility;
  5. Effective and appropriate communication skills;
  6. Awareness of OHS issues and demonstrate application of safe practices in a workplace environment;
  7. An ability to set personal goals and to pursue these goals in a manner appropriate to the workplace.

Assessment

Employer assessment: 20%

Biweekly log book: 15%

Project report: 55%

Induction quiz: 10%

Workload requirements

  • Three-hour workshop prior to internship
  • Minimum of eight weeks placement
  • One-hour of private study per week

See also Unit timetable information


FST3810 - Human nutrition

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Coordinator(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BTH2741 or BCH2011

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the nutritional roles of food nutrients in human health and well-being. The uptake and metabolism of major nutrients in the human body are examined and major health issues that are related to diet and nutrients are discussed. Nutritional guidelines for dietary planning according to various requirements are explained and the nutritional requirements of pregnant and lactating women, infants, children, adolescents, adults and older adults are highlighted. Dietary requirements of individuals to support physical activities are outlined.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Define the roles of major and minor food nutrients in the human body and apply nutritional guidelines to plan healthy and balanced diets for various individuals;
  2. Describe the digestion, absorption and metabolism of major nutrients in the human body in order to meet the body's needs;
  3. Apply the understanding of nutrition management to various nutrition-related diseases;
  4. Identify the nutritional requirements of pregnant and lactating women, infants, children, adolescents, adults and older adults;
  5. Describe weight management, nutrients usage and dietary requirements of individuals to support daily activities;
  6. Acquire information from scientific resources and demonstrate team work and communication skills in their learning.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Assignments: 30%

Presentations: 10%

Tests: 10%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

Three hours of lectures per week and a total of 12 hours of tutorials

See also Unit timetable information


FST3820 - Food preservation

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Choo Wee Sim

Coordinator(s)

Dr Choo Wee Sim

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BTH2811 or FST2810; and BTH2830 or MIC2011

Synopsis

Food preservation deals with the methods of prevention or retardation of microbial, chemical and physical degradation of foods, while maintaining their nutritional quality, flavour and consumer appeal. Students will gain a theoretical and practical understanding of the scientific basis of the various traditional, modern and novel methods of food preservation for distribution and storage. Practical, cost-effective and safe preservation techniques to extend the shelf-life of foods will be discussed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate theoretical and practical knowledge of the various ways that foods may be preserved including thermal and non-thermal processing;
  2. Explain the scientific basis of the various preservation techniques and to be able to apply the appropriate preservation techniques for different foods;
  3. Select the appropriate packaging for different foods with consideration of the use of resources, packaging stability and food safety;
  4. Determine shelf life for foods subjected to different preservation techniques, and be able to locate and appraise appropriate legislation and authoritative guidelines relating to shelf life extension;
  5. Demonstrate an understanding of how regional culture may affect acceptance of different preservation techniques;
  6. Demonstrate advanced scientific report writing and team work skills.

Assessment

Mid-semester exam: 20%

Practical reports: 30%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

Three hours of lectures per week plus 27 contact hours for practical classes

See also Unit timetable information


FST3830 - Functional foods

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Lee Yee Ying

Coordinator(s)

Dr Lee Yee Ying

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

FST1800 and BTH2741 or BCH2011

Synopsis

Functional foods have emerged in the 21st century as a multi-billion dollar industry. The unit provides an overview of the scientific basis of functional foods throughout the human lifespan. Inter-relationships between the validity and proofing of health claims, legislation, safety and advertising strategies will be examined in the context of preventing or delaying onset of health disorders, and providing health benefits for specific disorders/diseases based on available epidemiological information. The unit will provide students with the opportunity to use this information with a view to developing research opportunities and novel products in the burgeoning global functional food market by linking existing knowledge with recent advances in biotechnology.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the scientific basis for functional foods in promoting health benefits;
  2. Justify a role for functional foods in the prevention and/or delay of onset of specific health disorders or disease syndromes;
  3. Describe market and social drivers that determine the development, growth and expansion opportunities of functional foods in a global environment;
  4. Obtain evidence-based information on the safety and efficacy of functional foods;
  5. Evaluate experimental data obtained from the scientific literature and epidemiological sources as a basis to generate ideas for further research and investigation;
  6. Critically evaluate current literature relating to innovation and development as well as marketing of novel functional foods within the requirements of a global legislative framework;
  7. Demonstrate advanced scientific report writing and oral presentation skills.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Mid-semester exam (2 hours): 20%

Two projects / essays (10% each): 20%

Oral presentation: 10%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

Two hours of lectures and two hours of tutorials per week

See also Unit timetable information


FST3840 - Food processing

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Choo Wee Sim

Coordinator(s)

Dr Choo Wee Sim

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

FST2810 and CHM2962

Synopsis

Processed foods are increasingly popular around the world owing to their convenience, extended shelf life, and palatability. This unit introduces students to food processing principles that group physical food processes into basic unit operations such as fluid flow, heat transfer, drying, evaporation, contact equilibrium processes, mechanical separations, size reduction and mixing. After this, the unit expands on various processing techniques that transform raw materials into foods that are safe (chemically and microbiologically), nutritious, convenient and attractive to consumers. Students will gain a theoretical and practical understanding of the techniques used in the processing of various food groups. Students will be familiar with the physical processes and equipment used in processing of various food groups, and the regulation of food industry products and practices.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate theoretical and practical knowledge of the various processing technologies that are used to transform raw materials into nutritious, safe and attractive food products;
  2. Demonstrate knowledge of the food processing equipment and food regulations;
  3. Explain the scientific basis of the various food processing unit operations;
  4. Select the appropriate processing techniques for different foods;
  5. Assess the effects of various processing techniques on food quality, safety and nutrition;
  6. Demonstrate an understanding of food regulations;
  7. Keep up to date with new and emerging technologies in food processing;
  8. Demonstrate advanced scientific report writing skills.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Laboratory-based assessment: 25%

Online assessment: 10%

Assignment: 5%

Workshop activities: 10%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

  • One one-hour lecture per week
  • One one-hour workshop per week
  • Equivalent to one-hour supported independent study per week
  • 27 hours of laboratory work and presentation time per semester

See also Unit timetable information


FST3850 - Food product development

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Siow Lee Fong

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Siow Lee Fong

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

FST3840 (This unit should be taken before FST3850 if possible)

Synopsis

Food product development covers the trends and innovation in food markets, product design and development, product quality and management, product sensory evaluation and statistical evaluation, food regulatory compliance, packaging and shelf life, Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP) and Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP). Students will work in small groups to integrate knowledge learned from previous semesters and the current unit for a food product development project which involve the planning, management and assessment of a product from conceptualisation to launch. The product development project will allow students to gain experience in team building, to enhance communication skills, and to solve scientific and technical problems. This unit will also help to prepare students for a position in industry or in postgraduate study.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of the essential principles, theories, processes and techniques that are applicable to food product development;
  2. Appraise food regulations, food sensory evaluation and statistical analysis in food product development;
  3. Integrate knowledge and skills to develop new food products and prepare a product prototype for product exhibition;
  4. Demonstrate critical and innovative thinking, problem-solving skills, team building and communication skills in learning and product development teamwork;
  5. Plan, conduct, and complete a project efficiently;
  6. Demonstrate professional communication skills in oral and written presentations.

Assessment

Class participation and team work: 10%

In-class quizzes: 30%

Product development in action (concept paper, group presentation, product exhibition, reports): 60%

Workload requirements

  • One 1-hour lecture per week
  • One 2-hour workshop/tutorial per week
  • Three hours of group discussion and laboratory work

See also Unit timetable information


FST4100 - Food science and technology research project

36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Coordinator(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Postgraduate Diploma in the discipline of food science and technology

Co-requisites

FST4280

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project. Students will carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about research projects will be available from the course coordinator towards the end of the preceding semester.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the processes involved to design, develop and implement a supervised research project;
  2. Plan and critically analyse research;
  3. Use a variety of computer data systems in a proficient manner;
  4. Write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way;
  5. Demonstrate communication skills in oral and written presentations to scientists;
  6. Demonstrate technical skills appropriate to their area of study.

Assessment

Thesis: 93%

Presentation: 7%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


FST4280 - Honours coursework in food science and technology

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Coordinator(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Postgraduate Diploma in the discipline of food science and technology

Co-requisites

FST4100

Synopsis

This unit provides advanced instruction in quantitative methods, thesis writing and current topics to students enrolled in the honours program in food science and technology. Students will gain an understanding of advanced experimental design, data analysis and scientific writing that will assist them in completing their honours thesis. Further classes and coursework relating to current topics in food science and technology will assist students in critical analysis of journal articles, providing further support for their academic development in research science.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of experimental design and sampling methods that are relevant to their research project;
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of the impacts of resource limitation on experimental design and implementation;
  3. Critically analyse articles from the scientific literature and use this ability to enhance the quality of their own written work;
  4. Express themselves clearly and effectively to a scientific audience;
  5. Write and manage assessment tasks expeditiously and competently.

Assessment

Essay: 50%

Statistics coursework: 30%

Examination: 20%

Workload requirements

  • One to three hours of lectures and/or tutorials per week over 12 weeks

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


GEN2041 - Foundations of genetics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Richard Burke

Coordinator(s)

Dr Richard Burke (Clayton)
Dr Jasmine Hue Seow Mun (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and either BIO1022 or BIO1042.

Recommended: MOL2011 or MCB2011 (complementary units)

Prohibitions

BMS2042

Synopsis

The principles, concepts, organisms and techniques of genetics are covered in this unit. Topics include: patterns of inheritance; structure and organisation of genes, chromosomes and genomes; gene regulation, mutation and gene function; relationship of genotype to phenotype; genetic linkage and gene mapping; chromosome variation and its role in both evolution and human disease. Examples are drawn from a range of organisms, including humans.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the central role of genes in the inheritance of traits and describe the complex variations in inheritance patterns due to interaction of genes with each other and with the environment;
  2. Illustrate the common chromosomal and molecular mechanisms that underlie inheritance and the structure of DNA, genes and chromosomes;
  3. Explain what genes are, how they are regulated, how they control phenotypes, and how they can be altered by mutation;
  4. Describe a range of organisms used in studying genetics (viruses, bacteria, fungi, plants, invertebrates and vertebrates, including humans) and explain their common and unique features;
  5. Convey to a non-specialist audience the relevance and value of genetics to human society;
  6. Demonstrate skills in basic laboratory techniques, in genetics problem-solving and experimental design, and in data collection, analysis, interpretation and presentation;
  7. Demonstrate and recognise the value of working with peers.

Assessment

Examination (2.5 hours): 50%

Practical work (practical reports, mapping project, mid-semester and end-of-semester tests, weekly assignments, workshop participation): 50%

Workload requirements

  • One 1-hour lecture
  • One 1-hour workshop
  • One 3-hour combined tutorial/laboratory session

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


GEN2052 - Genomics and population genetics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kathryn Hodgins

Coordinator(s)

Dr Kathryn Hodgins (Clayton)
Associate Professor Qasim Ayub (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and one of BIO1022 or BIO1042, plus GEN2041

Prohibitions

BMS2042

Synopsis

The structure, function, variation and evolution of DNA and of genomes are examined at both the individual and population levels in a range of organisms, including humans. Topics include: genome structure and approaches to genome analysis; genome projects and bioinformatics; functional and comparative genomics; evolution of gene families and movement of genes from organelle to nuclear genomes; genome variation between individuals and species and its applications in genetics; processes that change the genetic constitution of populations and species during evolution.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain how genes are organised in chromosomes and genomes and the implications of this for gene expression and function, how genomes are mapped and sequenced, how genes and genomes are analysed at a molecular level, and the uses of genomics in modern genetic research;
  2. Illustrate how DNA and genomes change and the implications of this for evolution and its uses in modern applications such as DNA profiling;
  3. Explain how genes behave in populations, describe concepts such as mutation and genetic drift, and illustrate how genetic variation can result in fitness differences that may drive evolution through the process of natural selection;
  4. Describe the relevance and value of genetics to human society;
  5. Demonstrate skills in basic laboratory techniques, in population genetics and genomics problem-solving and experimental design, and in data collection, analysis, interpretation and presentation;

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Practical reports and lecture quizzes: 45%

Weekly problem sets: 5%

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures
  • One 3-hour combined tutorial/laboratory session per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


GEN3030 - Molecular, cellular and developmental genetics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Christen Mirth

Coordinator(s)

Dr Christen Mirth

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

GEN2041 or BMS2042 or MCB2011 or MOL2011

Synopsis

The ability to monitor and manipulate gene activity in experimental models is critical to advance our understanding of how genes control phenotypes. This unit will explore in depth the latest techniques for studying gene expression and function, with an emphasis on developing skills in scientific literacy and experimental design using approaches in molecular, cellular, and developmental genetics. This includes assaying and visualizing gene expression and protein subcellular localization in vivo, methods for artificially activating or inhibiting gene activity including generating transgenic organisms and comparative, and bioinformatic methods for inferring gene function and evaluation. The application of these techniques will be demonstrated using examples of the study of the function and evolution of function of genes underlying fundamental cellular, developmental and physiological processes such as differentiation and growth, programmed cell death, cell-cell communication, cell movement, tissue patterning, neuronal signalling, and cellular homeostasis and metabolism.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Compare and contrast techniques used to study gene function, including techniques to monitor gene transcription and protein cellular localisation and to manipulate gene activity in living organisms;
  2. Articulate the advantages provided by the use of model laboratory organisms to investigate molecular, cellular and developmental processes;
  3. Illustrate the application of gene function analysis techniques to advance medical, biological, agricultural, biotechnology and environmental research;
  4. Collect, analyse, interpret and present genetic data effectively in the preparation of scientific reports;
  5. Synthesise and critique new discoveries from the scientific literature in molecular, developmental and cellular genetics.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 45%

Mid-semester test: 15%

In semester assessments: 40%

Workload requirements

  • One 1-hour lecture
  • One 1-hour workshop
  • 10 3-hour laboratory sessions

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


GEN3040 - Genomics and its applications

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor John Bowman

Coordinator(s)

Professor John Bowman (Clayton)
Dr Song Beng Kah (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

GEN2041 or BMS2042 or MCB2011 or MOL2011

Synopsis

Recent technological advances in DNA analysis now allow the rapid and relatively cheap sequencing of entire genomes of individual organisms. These developments have the potential to revolutionize how we identify genes that control both simple and complex traits. Bioinformatic analysis of genomic data will also be highly influential in shaping our view of how organisms adapt to changes in their environment and how over a longer time-scale, traits such as body size and pattern and physiological and behavioral responses can evolve, leading to the rich diversity of life forms seen today. This unit will explore the use of whole-genome techniques to examine gene regulation, identify the genes controlling both simple and complex traits, determine how individuals and populations adapt to selective pressure and piece together the evolutionary changes that have given rise to complex multicellular life. Such information will increasingly be important in the 21st century for sustainable development of human civilization in concert with a healthy planetary environment. Students will acquire relevant laboratory and computer-based skills including genetic database analysis and bioinformatics, forward genetic approaches and mapping and identification of genes controlling complex quantitative traits.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe recent advances in genetic knowledge gained from genomic analysis of species ranging from unicellular to multicellular organisms.
  2. Explain the philosophy of forward and reverse genetics including genome editing techniques.
  3. Determine potential applications for genomic techniques in the areas of medical research, agriculture, biotechnology and environmental management;
  4. Utilise bioinformatic tools to compare DNA and protein sequences, search for genetic variants controlling complex traits, analyse transcriptome data and search for genomic signatures for adaptation;
  5. Illustrate the processes required to map and identify genes controlling complex biological traits and articulate how forward genetics approaches can be used to determine gene function;
  6. Collect, analyse, interpret and present genetic data effectively in the preparation of scientific reports;
  7. Synthesize and critique new discoveries from the scientific literature in genomics.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 45%

Mid-semester test (50 mins): 15%

Practical reports: 40%

Workload requirements

  • Two lectures and one lecture/tutorial session per week for 12 weeks
  • One 3-hour practical session per week for 9 weeks

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


GEN3051 - Medical and forensic genetics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Robert Bryson-Richardson

Coordinator(s)

Dr Robert Bryson-Richardson (Clayton)
Professor Sadequr Rahman (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One or more of GEN2041, BMS2042, MCB2011, MOL2011

Synopsis

The study of genetics and its applications to medicine and forensic biology including genetic disorders, genetic screening and DNA profiling. Topics include cytogenetics, immunogenetics, genetic counselling and gene therapy. The impact and ethics of recent genetic advances on both the individual and society will be discussed. The unit will focus on current techniques in DNA testing both in medical diagnosis and forensic biology. Practical sessions will involve an analysis of human chromosomes and aspects of genetic counselling.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the application of modern genetic techniques such as gene mapping, genome-wide association studies and individual genome-sequencing to: i) the characterisation , diagnosis and treatment of simple and complex human diseases; and ii) the identification of individuals and relationships between individuals by forensic genetics;
  2. Describe how variations in the DNA sequence of a gene can result in changes in gene function that ultimately lead to disease symptoms and explain how improved understanding of this molecular pathology can aid in the treatment of disease, and illustrate the value of model organisms in investigating the molecular pathology of human diseases;
  3. Appraise ethical issues affecting both the individual and society raised by advances in human genetics;
  4. Demonstrate high-level skills in data collection, analysis, interpretation and presentation, and apply these in written scientific reports and oral presentations;
  5. Apply advanced problem-solving skills to issues of medical and forensic genetics;
  6. Critically evaluate and summarise new discoveries from the scientific literature in medical and forensic genetics.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%

In-semester test: 20%

Oral presentation, practical reports and genetics problem-solving exercises: 30%

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures per week over 12 weeks
  • One 3-hour practical session per week over 8-9 weeks

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


GEN3062 - Evolutionary and ecological genetics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Carla Sgro

Coordinator(s)

Professor Carla Sgro

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

GEN2052 or BIO2022 or BMS2042

Synopsis

Evolutionary processes can be applied to help understand diverse topics such as biodiversity, invasive species, disease, mating systems, among others. This unit will describe how the four evolutionary forces, mutation, random genetic drift, natural selection and gene flow act within and between populations to cause evolutionary change. It covers quantitative genetic, genomic and experimental approaches to understanding the genetic basis of evolutionary change. The unit offers a combination of interactive lectures, problem based tutorials and laboratory practicals to explore theoretical concepts of evolution and their role in applied problems of the modern world.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the role of evolutionary processes in diverse biological contexts.
  2. Define genetic diversity, explain how to measure it, and explain how the different types of genetic diversity influence evolutionary processes;
  3. Explain quantitative, genomic and experimental approaches to measuring genetic variation and studying evolution in natural populations.
  4. Illustrate how evolution by natural selection can be detected, and how evolution and genetic diversity are central to the successful management of biodiversity, invasive species and disease.
  5. Demonstrate high-level skills in data collection, analysis and interpretation, and data presentation, and apply these in the preparation and presentation of scientific reports in written form and oral presentations.
  6. Critically evaluate and summarise new discoveries from the scientific literature in the field of applied evolutionary genetics.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Written reports: 15%

Mini-quizzes: 15%

Problem solving exercises: 20%

Examination (2 Hours): 50%

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures and
  • One 3-hour practical session per week for 8-9 weeks

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


GEN3990 - Genetics in action research project

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Matt McGee

Coordinator(s)

Dr Matt McGee

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must have their proposed project and supervisor approved by the unit coordinator prior to enrolment. In addition, students must have at least a distinction average across 24 points of second level units, including a minimum of 12 points from BMS2011, BMS2042, GEN2041, GEN2052, MCB2011, MCB2022, MOL2011, or MOL2022.

Prohibitions

SCI3740, SCI3990

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high-achieving students to undertake an individual research project in Genetics with an academic supervisor. It includes a critical literature review, experimental design and data analysis. The student must maintain regular contact with supervisor(s) and subject coordinator.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Comprehend the fundamental process and requirements of scientific research;
  2. Review and critically evaluate the scientific literature within a relevant discipline;
  3. Demonstrate skills in experimental design, data collection and statistical analysis;
  4. Interpret experimental results, and place the results in the broader context of the research discipline;
  5. Communicate scientific findings and their implications, via oral presentations and written reports.

Assessment

Oral presentation: 10%

Poster presentation: 15%

Written reports: 65%

Supervisor's assessment of project planning, conduct and development: 10%

Workload requirements

Approximately 12 hours per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HUP3011 - Human pathology 1: Understanding disease processes

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Steven Petratos

Coordinator(s)

Professor Robyn Slattery

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

IMM2011, IMM2022, and either MCB2011 or MOL2011; or BMS1062 and BMS2011 and BMS2052

Synopsis

HUP3011 introduces you to general pathology, i.e. the molecular and cellular mechanisms of human disease, their classification and progression. A broad range of topics is discussed including cellular pathology and inflammation, immunopathology and infectious disease, neoplasia, blood disorders, haemodynamic disorders, obesity and diabetes. Principles are illustrated by reference to specific diseases. This approach will provide you with an understanding of general pathology and an appreciation of the causes and progress of human diseases. This unit gives you a strong knowledge base in human pathology before moving on to study diseases in organ systems, outlined in HUP3022.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, you will be able to:

  1. Examine and explain the basic pathological processes involved in the development of diseases, and the impact of acute and chronic stimuli on normal tissue function;
  2. Identify and distinguish the cellular and molecular changes associated with tissue injury, and with, immunological, infectious, neoplastic, haematological and metabolic diseases;
  3. Analyse and interpret pathology data in order to differentiate between different disease processes;
  4. Identify and assess key diagnostic technologies used to study human disease;
  5. Critically evaluate advanced diagnostic tools for their potential to differentiate between disease processes.

Assessment

Multiple choice and extended matching questions: 15%

Project assignment: 15%

Practical class assessment: 20% (Hurdle)

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

  • 2 hours of online lectures (recorded and/or interactive) per week (compulsory)
  • 2 hours of workshops or practicals per week (compulsory)
  • 2 hours of face-to-face 'lecture reflection' tutorials per week (optional)
  • 6 hours of teacher-directed learning per week including lectures, tutorials, workshops and practicals (see above), pre-learning and post-learning modules
  • 6 hours of self-directed learning per week including private study, reading published studies, reference material and textbooks.

Total hours per week = 12 hours

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HUP3022 - Human pathology 2: Pathology of human diseases

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Robyn Slattery

Coordinator(s)

Dr Steven Petratos

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

HUP3011, or a combination of MOL2011 or MCB2011 or BMS1062 and one of DEV2022 or BMS2011

Synopsis

This unit will adopt a systematic approach to the study of human pathology. Organ systems will be addressed in turn including the important diseases in each. These will include blood cancers, ischaemic heart disease, stroke, diabetes, malignancies of the breast, diseases of the kidney and liver, reproductive diseases, development and degenerative neurological disorders, and diseases of the red blood cells. The aetiology, clinical presentation, treatment and course of the diseases will be discussed. Particular emphasis will be placed on Molecular, genetic and clinical aspects of disease pathogenesis. Laboratory investigations will be presented to provide an integrated approach to the diagnosis of specific diseases.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Explain how human pathologies differ from normal organ and physiological systems
  2. Analyse and evaluate clinical and pathological data for a range of human disease systems
  3. Apply clinical and pathological knowledge to determine a diagnosis
  4. Distinguish between different human pathologies affecting the tissue structures in major organ systems
  5. Categorise and compare different human pathologies based on diagnostic molecular markers and/or biomarkers.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Multiple choice question examination: 15%

Project assignment: 15%

Practical class assessment: 20% (Hurdle)

Examination (2 hours and 10 minutes): 50% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

  • 2 hours of online lectures (recorded and/or interactive) per week
  • 2 hours of workshops or practicals per week (80% attendance compulsory)
  • 2 hours of face-to face 'lecture reflection' tutorials per week (optional)
  • 6 hours of self-directed learning per week including private study, reading published studies, reference material and textbooks.

Total hours per week = 12 hours

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HUP3810 - Principles of pathology 1

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Chow Sek Chuen

Coordinator(s)

Dr Juwaini Abu Bakar

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BTH2741 or BCH2011, BTH2752, and six points of level two Physiology

Prohibitions

HUP3801

Synopsis

This unit will introduce you to two aspects of Pathology - Clinical biochemistry and Haematology - and their importance in medical sciences. The content is broad-based and focuses on general principles and pathophysiological processes in the body. The lecture and practical material emphasises applied and practical aspects of the topics. The unit will include the following:

  1. Clinical biochemistry includes fluid and electrolyte balance, metabolism of vitamins and minerals and diseases due to deficiencies, the role of plasma enzymes in prognosis and diagnosis and some organ functions and diseases;
  2. Haematology - involves the anaemias, leukaemias, myeloproliferative and bleeding disorders together with platelet disorders and coagulation as well as the principles of blood banking and blood transfusion. Haematological and physiological changes in pregnancy and neonatal state will also be included.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of how the organs and tissues of a healthy body become diseased;
  2. Demonstrate appreciation of the involvement of metabolic interrelationships in health and disease, including vitamins, micro and macro minerals and also some organ functions;
  3. Explain the biochemical, physiological and immunological processes involved in normal body functions and disturbances that may occur in different diseased states with respect to blood eg. anaemias, leukaemias and some bleeding disorders;
  4. Interpret and critically analyse laboratory results in order to distinguish between normal and pathological specimens;
  5. Demonstrate capacity to work effectively as part of a team in a medical laboratory;
  6. Be aware of OHS issues and demonstrate application of safe practices in a medical/clinical diagnostic laboratory;
  7. Communicate scientific information via written reports.

Assessment

Assignment: 10%

Mid-semester test: 10%

Practical reports: 30%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

  • Three 1-hour lectures
  • One 3-hour practical class
  • One 1-hour tutorial per week

See also Unit timetable information


HUP3820 - Principles of pathology 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Chow Sek Chuen

Coordinator(s)

Dr Juwaini Binti Abu Bakar

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Six points of level one Biology, ANT1800, BTH2741 or BCH2011, and BTH2752

Prohibitions

HUP3801

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to various aspects of anatomical pathology (histology and cytology), medical parasitology and entomology, and their importance in medical sciences. The unit focuses on general principles and pathophysiological processes in the human body. The lectures and practical materials emphasize applied and practical aspects of the topics which will include the following:

Anatomical pathology and Cytology which include common cytological problems of gynaecological and non gynaecological nature, acute and chronic inflammation, healing and repair, circulatory disorders as well as hyperplasia and neoplasia;

Medical Parasitology and Entomology will include protozoology, helminthology and arthropods together with basic knowledge of the life cycles and human diseases borne by insects and arachnids found in the Malaysian region.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the causes and clinical effects of diseases eg. cytological problems associated with gynaecological and non-gynaecological abnormalities, circulatory disorders and disorders of growth such as hyperplasia and neoplasia;
  2. Describe the pathophysiology of some parasitic diseases borne by insects and arachnids found in the Malaysian region and understand their life cycles;
  3. Identify important parasites and vectors in various parasitic diseases;
  4. Process tissues, slides and specimens including sputum and other body fluids, and prepare Papanicolaou (cervical) smears for diagnosis;
  5. Interpret and critically analyse laboratory results in order to distinguish between normal and pathological specimens;
  6. Demonstrate capacity to work effectively as part of a team in a medical laboratory;
  7. Be aware of OHS issues and demonstrate application of safe practices in a medical/clinical diagnostic laboratory;
  8. Communicate scientific information via written reports.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Assignment: 10%

Mid-semester test: 10%

Practical reports: 30%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

  • Three 1-hour lectures
  • One 3-hour practical class
  • One 1-hour tutorial per week

See also Unit timetable information


HUP3990 - Human pathology in action research project

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Mark Wright

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Mark Wright

Unit guides

Offered

Alfred Hospital

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

A grade point average of at least 70 in 12 points of study in the discipline area at 3rd year level and a grade point average of at least 70 over 24 points in relevant units at 2nd year level.

Students must demonstrate they have an appropriate project and supervisor.

Permission for enrolment must be obtained from the Head of School or unit convener.

Notes

Additional information including application process is available from:

https://sites.google.com/monash.edu/researchinactionunits/start-here

Synopsis

This unit provides high achieving students a structured research project in Human pathology supervised by academic and/or clinical researchers within or associated with, the Central Clinical School. The research project is selected from a list of projects available at the beginning of the semester from the Central Clinical School. Students will learn skills in research design, implementation, data analysis and interpretation. In addition, students will develop skills in scientific communication through written assignments, reports and oral presentations based on their project.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Undertake a research project with regard to ethical and safety regulations;
  2. Demonstrate technical skills in experimental methods and the ability to collect, analyse and interpret data using methods relevant to the discipline of pathology;
  3. Communicate appropriately and effectively with supervisors, laboratory staff and students;
  4. Maintain accurate and up-to-date records of experimental procedures, results and outcomes;
  5. Identify relevant published scientific literature and critically analyse and evaluate the content in the context of the discipline of pathology;
  6. Construct written reports.

Assessment

Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes 10% and final 15 minutes 10%): 20%

  • Written report (preliminary 1000 words): 10%
  • Written report (final 5000 words): 50% (Hurdle)
  • Assessment of laboratory work: 20%

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

12 contact hours per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


IBL2030 - Industry based learning: Science

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Chris Thompson

Coordinator(s)

Dr Andrew Greenhill

Not offered in 2019

Prerequisites

  1. Admission to cooperative education program.
  2. Satisfactory completion of the work placement training sessions and the two work placements of 10 days in Year 1 and 15 days in Year 2.
  3. Completion of at least 84 points of studies creditable to course, normally consisting of at least seven 6-point units in each of the first two years of studies.

Prohibitions

IBL2020

Synopsis

Students undertake discipline-related work in a full time, paid industrial placement of minimum 24 weeks. For admission to the cooperative education program, students participate in a selection process and are short-listed based on academic performance, interpersonal and communication skills and employer requirements. Students negotiate and undertake a learning contract with their workplace and academic supervisors, in response to the requirements of their role, focusing on personal and professional development, understanding their environment at the team, organisation and industry level, and development of scientific skills and knowledge.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Integrate knowledge, skills and understanding gained in the classroom and laboratory settings;
  2. Relate scientific knowledge and skills gained in coursework to productive employment experience;
  3. Apply their expertise to real-world problems.

Assessment

Attendance, learning contract, journal: (3000 words)

Employer and self-evaluations

Final report: (4000 words)

Oral presentation (pass grade only)

Workload requirements

Industrial placement for at least 24 weeks full-time employment

See also Unit timetable information


IMM2011 - Basic immunology: The body's defence system

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kim Murphy

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Frank Alderuccio (Profile and contact details)(Profile and contact details) (http://www.monash.edu.au/research/people/profiles/profile.html?sid=275&pid=2634)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO1022 or BMS1021 or BMS1062. Recommended: a level one Chemistry unit or VCE Chemistry.

Synopsis

The immune system is central to many aspects of health such as recovering from viral and bacterial infections, vaccination against common diseases, fighting cancers and accepting organ transplants. The immune system is also responsible for many common conditions such as allergy and autoimmune diseases including type 1 diabetes, multiple sclerosis and rheumatoid arthritis. IMM2011: Basic immunology: The body's defence system, introduces students to the fundamental concepts of the immune system. It describes the structure of the immune system and how it can develop specificity and diversity for combating microbes and pathogens. Key concepts surrounding the function of the immune system in how it communicates and makes decisions when generating specific immune responses will be learnt. IMM2011 is designed to give students a basic but fundamental knowledge of the immune system useful to many areas of biomedical science. It can lead into further studies in second semester (IMM2022) and more advanced studies at level three and beyond. Together with formal lectures and tutorials, practical classes reinforce key concepts that students have been introduced. In addition, flexible learning options including on-line material, audio-taped lectures, quizzes and interactive tutorials provide students with a wide variety of experiences and skill development.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Define the key structural and cellular components of the immune system;
  2. Define the key features associated with the development of the immune system;
  3. Generate, evaluate and compile practical laboratory based data into define structured written reports;
  4. Generate and deliver an oral presentation on a defined area of immunology;
  5. Draw upon learnt knowledge of immunology to explain how the immune system is associated with protection against pathogens.

Assessment

In semester tests on theory and practical classes: 15%

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

Practical/tutorial reports and participation: 35%

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

  • Two 1-hour lectures, pre-class preparation and
  • One 3-hour practical or tutorial per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


IMM2022 - Immunology in health and disease

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Frank Alderuccio

Coordinator(s)

Dr Kim Murphy

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

IMM2011* or BMS2052

* Note that only IMM2011 taken from 2012 onwards can be counted as a prerequisite unit - any previous versions have overlapping content and are prohibitions.

Prohibitions

IMM2011 if taken prior to 2012

Synopsis

The immune system has a central role in many aspects of health and disease in both humans and animals. While the immune system is critical for protecting us from pathogens, it also has an important role in cancer surveillance and is the reason why tissue transplantation is difficult to achieve. Many debilitating conditions such as allergy and autoimmune diseases including type 1 diabetes and multiple sclerosis are caused by the immune system. This unit progresses from IMM2011 which focused on the development and structure of the immune system and immune response to now examine the broad role of the immune system in a range of disease and health states. By selecting a range of real life examples, we can not only examine the nature of how the immune system is active but also broaden our understanding of social and ethical implications and the role that medical research has towards improving outcomes. This unit will give students the opportunity to learn how immunology is important in many aspects of our society while developing and reinforcing a range of academic skills through defined teaching and assessment tasks.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Define the key role of the immune system in a range of human immune mediated diseases;
  2. Define the mechanisms of inflammation used in a range of immune based diseases of conditions;
  3. Work constructively in a group to design, research and generate a web based information site on selected areas of immunology;
  4. Work within a group environment to design, research, generate and deliver oral presentations on selected aspects of immunology;
  5. Apply skills developed in this unit to research, appraise and generate a written, oral or video output that focuses on a defined area of immunology.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Tutorial assessment: 25%

Written assessment: 15%

Online quizzes: 10%

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Two hours of lectures and three hours of tutorials/workshops per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


IMM3031 - Molecular and cellular immunology

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kim Murphy

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Mark Wright

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

IMM2011 or BMS2052

Co-requisites

IMM3051 is highly recommended

Synopsis

This unit examines in depth important features of development and function of the immune system in health and disease. Areas covered include development of the innate and adaptive immune system, antigen processing and presentation, maturation of the immune response, self tolerance and regulation. Advanced techniques in immunology will be presented including the relevance of genetic engineering. Skills will also be developed in searching and critically reviewing the literature, in assignment writing and oral presentation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate the relevance of immunity to infection and disease;
  2. Describe how differing arms of the immune response are integrated and regulated;
  3. Define and compare how the innate and adaptive immune systems discriminate self from non-self and the mechanisms of self-tolerance;
  4. Describe examples of how cutting edge technologies are used to study immunity;
  5. Critically appraise data and the immunological literature and demonstrate skills in oral and written communication.

Assessment

Two multiple choice examinations during semester (7.5% each): 15%

Tutorial assessments: 15%

Assignment: 10%

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial/self directed learning sessions per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


IMM3042 - Clinical immunopathology

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Mark Wright

Coordinator(s)

Dr Maria DeMaria

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

IMM2011 or BMS2052. Recommended: IMM3031, IMM3051

Co-requisites

Recommended: IMM3062

Synopsis

This unit will review the pathogenesis, diagnosis, and treatment of disorders associated with excessive, defective, or unwarranted immune responses. Disorders which will be covered include autoimmunity, inflammatory and infectious diseases, allergy, immunodeficiency, cancers, and transplant rejection.

Current scientific research into and use of novel disease treatments that modulate the immune system, as well as improved diagnosis will also be reviewed.

Skills will also be developed in searching and critically reviewing the literature and in both written and oral scientific communication in relation to clinical immunopathology.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the functional and regulatory pathways of the normal immune system;
  2. Explain how various pathogens evade the immune system and evaluate immunopathologies resulting from infection;
  3. Examine and compare the pathogenesis of different disorders of the immune system such as autoimmunity, allergy, inflammatory diseases, immunodeficiency, leukemia/lymphoma and transplant rejection;
  4. Evaluate immunotherapeutic and immunomodulatory strategies, and determine their suitability for prevention, treatment or cure of immune disorders;
  5. Analyse and interpret data from immunopathology experiments, and demonstrate effective communication of data to an appropriate audience in both written and oral formats in relation to these experiments.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Multiple choice examinations during semester: 15%

Tutorial/directed learning assessments: 20%

Assignment: 20%

Examination (2 hours and 10 minutes): 45% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

  • One 2-hour tutorial/directed learning
  • Three 1-hour lectures
  • One 1-hour directed learning (online activities)
  • Six hours of self-directed learning per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


IMM3051 - Principles of applied immunology

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kim Murphy

Coordinator(s)

Dr Maria Demaria

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

IMM2011 or BMS2052

Co-requisites

IMM3031 (highly recommended)

Synopsis

This unit aims to introduce students to practical aspects of laboratory immunology. The course is laboratory based with tutorials to ensure a thorough theoretical understanding of techniques. Topics include the anatomy of the immune system, production of polyclonal antisera and monoclonal antibodies, structure and properties of immunoglobulins (antibodies), electrophoresis and other techniques for detection of antigen/antibody reactions. Diagnostic immunology techniques include immunofluorescence, fluorescence microscopy, flow cytometry, enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and analysis of plasma proteins (immunoglobulins, complement etc).

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Compare different methods of antibodies purified from a range of different biological sources;
  2. Validate different methods of testing purified antibody products;
  3. Demonstrate the ability to perform common laboratory calculations and use these in a practical setting;
  4. Accurately record, analyse and report experimental outcomes and demonstrate this by producing written laboratory reports;
  5. Source relevant scientific literature from a variety of sources, including (but not limited to) scientific journals, textbooks and the internet for the completion of written or oral assignments.

Assessment

Practical class reports: 40% (Hurdle)

Assignment: 10%

Examination (3 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

One 5-hour practical class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


IMM3062 - Clinical and research laboratory immunology

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Frank Alderuccio

Coordinator(s)

Dr Kim Murphy

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

IMM2011 or BMS2052. IMM3031 and IMM3051 recommended.

Co-requisites

IMM3042 (highly recommended)

Synopsis

Students will learn advanced techniques used in both clinical and research immunology settings. Students will design experimental protocols; appreciating the importance of experimental and quality controls in research design and linking

practical findings with clinical problems. The course is laboratory based, incorporating in-class tutorial sessions covering theoretical aspects of the content. Students will choose an emerging area of research, design experiments that could investigate this research and present this in a range of research settings.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate the ability to perform practical techniques used in research and diagnostic techniques;
  2. Work in a laboratory and demonstrate safe and competent scientific work-practices;
  3. Identify relevant questions for scientific inquiry through a written assignment and present this in a research forum;
  4. Accurately record, analyse and report experimental outcomes and demonstrate this by producing written laboratory reports;
  5. Source relevant scientific literature from a variety of sources, including (but not limited to) scientific journals, textbooks and the internet for the completion of written and oral assignments.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Practical class assessment: 30%

Research project report and oral presentation: 30%

Examination (3 hours): 40% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

One 5-hour practical class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


IMM3802 - Essentials of applied immunology

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Chow Sek Chuen

Coordinator(s)

Professor Chow Sek Chuen

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BTH2752 and 6 points of level 2 physiology

Synopsis

This unit aims to introduce students to some fundamental aspects of immunology. It reviews the normal immune response to foreign antigens and how it provides defence against microorganisms, and also the pathogenesis and diagnosis of disorders associated with an excessive, defective or unwarranted immune response. Disorders discussed include autoimmune diseases, allergies, immunodeficiency states, leukaemia/ lymphoma and transplants. Students will also be introduced to the practical aspects of laboratory immunology. Techniques used in clinical and research immunology laboratories will be presented during practical classes.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the normal function, regulation and anatomy of the immune system and how it provides defence against microorganisms;
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of pathogenesis of disorders of the immune system and strategies for immunosuppression and immunopotentiation to correct these disorders;
  3. Apply principles of immunological techniques used in diagnostic and research laboratories;
  4. Demonstrate advanced scientific report writing and team work skills.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Assignments: 10%

Practical reports: 25%

Mid-semester test: 20%

Examination (2 hours): 45%

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures, one 3-hour practical class and one 1-hour tutorial per week

See also Unit timetable information


IMM3990 - Immunology in action research project

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Frank Alderuccio

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Mark Wright

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Permission from the unit coordinator or head of department.

Students must have completed all 1st and 2nd level units in their approved major and be able to demonstrate that they have an appropriate project and supervisor/s. 12 points of study in the discipline area at 2nd year level and a grade point average of at least 70 over 24 points in relevant units at 2nd year level.

Notes

Additional information including application process is available from:

https://sites.google.com/monash.edu/researchinactionunits/start-here

Synopsis

This unit will provide high achieving students a structured research experience by participating in a research project supervised by research academics within, or associated with, the Department of Immunology. Research projects can be selected from a list of projects available from the Department of Immunology and Pathology. Students will learn skills in research design, implementation, data analysis and interpretation. In addition, students will develop skills in scientific communication through written assignments and reports and oral presentations based on their project.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Undertake a research project with regard to ethical and safety regulations;
  2. Demonstrate technical skills in experimental methods and the ability to collect, analyse and interpret data using methods relevant to the discipline of Immunology;
  3. Communicate appropriately and effectively with supervisors, laboratory staff and students;
  4. Maintain accurate and up-to-date records of experimental procedures, results and outcomes;
  5. Identify relevant published scientific literature and critically analyse and evaluate the content in the context of the discipline of Immunology;
  6. Construct written reports.

Assessment

Oral reports : 20%

Written report (preliminary 1000 words): 10%

Written report (final 5000 words): 50% (Hurdle)

Assessment of laboratory work: 20%

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

12 contact hours per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MBS3800 - Medical bioscience internship

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Tan Ji Wei

Coordinator(s)

Dr Tan Ji Wei

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

At least 96 points or permission of the Head of Discipline

Co-requisites

This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Medical Bioscience course.

Synopsis

The internship gives Medical Bioscience students the opportunity to apply their university learning to the workplace, providing students with experience in tailoring their academic-based learning to the needs of an industry-based partner, and to network with potential employers. This will prepare students for work or professional practice by integrating theoretical knowledge with practice. Students will learn about the process of applying for employment and good workplace practice. The internship will generally be over the summer break and commence in December. It can be taken any time after the completion of level two.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Application of the knowledge and skills acquired during their academic studies to the practical requirements of the workplace;
  2. Illustrate a positive contribution to the organisation;
  3. A capacity to work effectively as a member of a team through well developed skills in job planning, time management, problem solving, critical thinking and the organisation of work;
  4. A sound understanding of the requirements of working with others in a position of responsibility;
  5. Effective and appropriate communication skills;
  6. Awareness of OHS issues and demonstrate application of safe practices in a workplace environment;
  7. An ability to set personal goals and to pursue these goals in a manner appropriate to the workplace.

Assessment

Employer assessment: 20%

Biweekly log book: 15%

Project report: 55%

Induction quiz: 10%

Workload requirements

  • Three hour workshop prior to internship
  • Minimum of eight week placement
  • One hour of private study per week

See also Unit timetable information


MBS4100 - Medical bioscience research project

36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Coordinator(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Postgraduate Diploma in the discipline of Medical bioscience

Co-requisites

MBS4280

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project. Students will carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about research projects will be available from the course coordinator towards the end of the preceding semester.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the processes involved in designing, developing and implementing a supervised research project;
  2. Critically analyse scientific data;
  3. Use a variety of computer data systems in a proficient manner;
  4. Write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way;
  5. Demonstrate communication skills in oral and written presentations to scientists;
  6. Demonstrate technical skills appropriate to their area of study.

Assessment

Thesis: 93%

Presentation: 7%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MBS4280 - Honours coursework in medical bioscience

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Coordinator(s)

Dr Thoo Yin Yin

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Postgraduate Diploma in the discipline of Medical bioscience

Co-requisites

MBS4100

Synopsis

This unit provides advanced instruction in quantitative methods, thesis writing and current topics to students enrolled in the honours program in medical bioscience. Students will gain an understanding of advanced experimental design, data analysis and scientific writing that will assist them in completing their honours thesis. Further classes and coursework relating to current topics in medical bioscience will assist students in critical analysis of journal articles, providing further support for their academic development in research science.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of experimental design and sampling methods that are relevant to their research project;
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of the impacts of resource limitation on experimental design and implementation;
  3. Critically analyse articles from the scientific literature and use this ability to enhance the quality of their own written work;
  4. Express themselves clearly and effectively to a scientific audience;
  5. Complete assessment tasks expeditiously and competently.

Assessment

Essay: 50%

Statistics coursework: 30%

Examination: 20%

Workload requirements

One to three hours of lectures and/or tutorials per week over 12 weeks

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MCB2011 - Molecular biology and the cell

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Richard Reina

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Helen Abud
Associate Professor Priscilla Johanesen
Ms Danielle Rhodes

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and BIO1022

Prohibitions

MOL2011 and BMS1062

Synopsis

In this unit we will explore the construction, components and maintenance of the cell, focusing on: the similarities and differences between prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells; the properties and functions of membranes; how cells replicate, die, communicate, and form communities; and how cells are genetically programmed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Relate the structure and composition of cells to their function and explain how mammalian cells differentiate to form tissues and organs.
  2. Explain the roles of different cellular compartments and organelles in cellular functions.
  3. Describe the general principles of gene organisation and the control of gene expression and give examples of how expression is controlled.
  4. Explain how cells communicate with each other and the environment.
  5. Outline the factors that control cell growth, proliferation, differentiation and movement.
  6. Describe the fundamental approaches and uses of recombinant DNA technology.
  7. Demonstrate practical skills in the molecular biology techniques that are used to study DNA, RNA and protein and use online databases to retrieve and analyse information on genes, proteins and molecular processes.
  8. Utilise appropriate microscopy techniques to visualise cells and intracellular organelles.

Assessment

Mid-semester test: 10%

Evaluation of practical and workshop activities: 40% (Hurdle)

Examination (2 hours) : 50% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and up to four hours workshop activities per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MCB2022 - The dynamic cell

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Phillip Bird

Coordinator(s)

Dr Mark Prescott

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MCB2011. Alternatively, for students who have completed MOL2011, please consult with the Unit Co-ordinator.

Prohibitions

MOL2022. Please consult with the Unit Co-ordinator for exceptions.

Synopsis

In this unit students will study the cell as a dynamic unit capable of responding to environmental, cellular and molecular cues that can result in a range of outcomes such as: motility; movement or rearrangement of internal structures; alterations in the production, processing or disposal of oligonucleotides, proteins and organelles; repair of damaged components; assembly and disassembly of molecular machinery or communication pathways; switching genetic pathways on or off; and changes in cell proliferation, lifespan, function, or interactions with other cells.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the mechanisms that enable cells to move in response to external stimuli.
  2. Discuss the way in which DNA is replicated within the cell, the mechanisms for maintaining DNA integrity and the implications of acquiring errors in the DNA sequence.
  3. Outline the mechanisms that drive gene expression and the way in which gene expression is regulated.
  4. Illustrate how our understanding of cellular and molecular processes is enhanced through the use of animal models, microscopy and laboratory techniques.
  5. Demonstrate skills in laboratory techniques relevant to cell and molecular biology, and the ability to analyse experimental data by integrating concepts and knowledge.
  6. Demonstrate an ability to research original published scientific literature and effectively communicate the findings either orally or in writing.
  7. Work effectively as a member of a team.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Mid-semester test: 10%

Examination (3 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

Evaluation of workshop/practical activities: 30% (Hurdle)

Online quizzes: 10%

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Two hours of lectures and up to four hours workshop/practical activities per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MIC2011 - Introduction to microbiology and microbial biotechnology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Meredith Hughes

Coordinator(s)

Mr Mohamed Mohideen

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

12 points of level one Chemistry or one of BIO1022, BMS1021 or BIO1722. Recommended: MCB2011 and MCB2022 (or MOL2011 and MOL2022)

Synopsis

The unit deals with the study of microorganisms: their morphological and physiological characteristics, diversity and relationships and their importance to humans and the environment. Practical applications include the study of selected microorganisms in the environment and human body, concepts in microbial biotechnology including fermentation processes, control and use of microorganisms in the food industry, water quality and bioremediation. The practical program includes microscopy, staining techniques, culturing, appropriate handling procedures and methods of enumeration and identification of microorganisms. This unit provides a basis for the more advanced microbiology study.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe different microorganisms and the relationships that exist between them;
  2. Describe microbial cell structure, function, nutrition, physiology and growth and how microorganisms are controlled;
  3. Explain microbial DNA replication, gene structure and expression, regulation of gene expression and mechanisms of genetic variation;
  4. Explain the role that microorganisms play in the preservation, fermentation, preparation and spoilage of food;
  5. Outline environmental microorganisms and their importance in the biogeochemical cycles, environmental pollution, water quality and treatment, bioremediation, bioleaching and waste treatment;
  6. Demonstrate basic microbiological laboratory skills such as the use of the microscope, microscopic staining and visualisation techniques, 'microbial culture', and be able to identify common species of bacteria and fungi;
  7. Demonstrate effective communication of microbial concepts and experiments by written means.

Assessment

Mid-semester test (50 mins): 10%

Examination: Theory Paper 1 (2 hours): 40% (Hurdle)

In semester practical assessment: 50% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

A total of 12 hours per week including 6 hours of directed learning (such as lectures, practicals and workshops) and 6 hours of private study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MIC2022 - Microbes in health and disease

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Julian Rood

Coordinator(s)

Professor Julian Rood
Dr Jen Moffatt

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MIC2011 and Recommended: MOL2022 and MCB2022

Prohibitions

BMS2052

Synopsis

Builds on MIC2011 and focuses on the interactions of micro-organisms with humans and animals. Describes the practical importance of micro-organisms in health and disease. Aspects of infection studied include host-pathogen interactions, pathogenesis, epidemiology and basic immunity. Several human infectious diseases are studied in detail, including examples of bacterial, viral and parasitic diseases that have major impacts on human health.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the importance of micro-organisms in human health and disease;
  2. Outline how host and pathogenic factors of micro-organisms affect the outcome of infection;
  3. Describe basic mechanisms of immunity to infection and the development and use of vaccines;
  4. Explain how infectious diseases are spread and controlled, and the susceptibility and resistance of microbial pathogens to antimicrobial agents;
  5. Outline different microbial pathogens including bacteria, viruses and parasites, their modes of pathogenesis, diseases caused, epidemiology and treatment;
  6. Demonstrate knowledge of microbiological methodology and laboratory skills that are used to study microbial pathogens;
  7. Demonstrate effective communication of microbiology concepts and experiments by oral and written means.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Mid-semester test: 10%

Evaluation of practical and workshop activities: 50% (Hurdle)

Examination (2 hours and 10 minutes): 40% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

A total of 12 hours per week including 6 hours of directed learning (such

as lectures, practicals and active learning workshops) and 6 hours of

private study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MIC3011 - Molecular microbiology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Anna Roujeinikova

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Anna Roujeinikova
Dr Meredith Hughes

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

At least two of BMS2052, BMS2062, MCB2011, MCB2022, MIC2011, MIC2022, MOL2011 and MOL2022

Synopsis

This unit concentrates on specific aspects of bacterial molecular biology. Areas examined include the molecular biology of plasmids and genetic elements such as plasmids, transposons, integrons and pathogenicity islands, recombination and DNA repair mechanisms. The ability of bacteria to control gene expression in response to extracellular signals will also be examined, as well as the intracellular transport and secretion of macromolecules, and some aspects of bacterial genomics.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Compare and contrast different sequencing strategies and analyse bacterial genomic data using bioinformatics;
  2. Explain the processes of homologous recombination and site-specific recombination and how bacteria repair damaged DNA;
  3. Compare and contrast the different types of mobile genetic elements;
  4. Articulate how bacteria respond to changes in their environment by regulating gene expression;
  5. Assess and interpret the mechanisms of replication, maintenance and transfer of bacterial plasmids;
  6. Explain the molecular mechanisms of transport, assembly and secretion in the bacterial cell;
  7. Demonstrate the ability to execute laboratory experiments relevant to advanced molecular microbiology, as well as analyse and report experimental results by formulating a scientific laboratory report and poster presentation.

Assessment

Mid-semester test (45 mins): 10%

Examination (3 hours): 40% (Hurdle)

Practical class assessment: 50% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

A total of 12 hours per week comprising 6 hours of directed learning (lectures/workshops and practicals) and 6 hours of self-scheduled, self-directed study

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MIC3022 - Molecular virology and viral pathogenesis

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gregory Moseley

Coordinator(s)

Dr Gregory Moseley

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

At least two of BMS2052, BMS2062, MCB2011, MCB2022, MIC2011, MIC2022, MOL2011 and MOL2022

Synopsis

The unit will cover molecular aspects of virus replication and introduce students to the diversity of viruses and the mechanisms used by viruses to infect hosts and cause disease, with an emphasis on host-pathogen interactions. The focus will be on human and animal viruses and will include the most up-to-date research as well as areas of major worldwide concern, such as emerging viral infections. The molecular strategies used by different types of viruses for infection, replication and transmission will be presented. Theory will be underpinned by practical experiments that will provide experience in working with viruses, in addition to a variety of current virological techniques used in research and diagnostic laboratories.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the fundamental principles underlying infection by all major groups of viruses, and apply this knowledge to understand infection and disease caused by specific pathogenic viruses;
  2. Explain how viruses interact with target host cell components and defence mechanisms and how this can lead to disease;
  3. Describe specific strategies used to limit and control viral infections;
  4. Demonstrate practical skills and knowledge of molecular virology laboratory techniques;
  5. Apply knowledge of molecular virology and viral pathogenesis to critically analyse interpret and discuss experimental data and scientific literature;
  6. Demonstrate a range of scientific communication skills, developed through oral presentations, participation in workshops and written laboratory reports.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Mid-semester test (45 mins): 10%

Written theory examination (3 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

Practical class assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

A total of 12 hours per week including 6 hours of directed learning (such as lectures, practicals and workshops) and 6 hours of private study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MIC3032 - Pathogenesis of bacterial infectious diseases

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Meredith Hughes

Coordinator(s)

Dr Meredith Hughes
Professor Dena Lyras

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMS2052 or MIC2022

Synopsis

The unit will introduce the student to the methods and approaches used to analyse pathogenic mechanisms of bacterial infections. The emphasis is on genetic approaches to studying pathogenesis, processes in pathogenesis, bacterial exotoxins and endotoxins. The details of these processes for selected bacterial infections will be studied by discussion of the most recent scientific research literature in this area.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the processes of bacterial pathogenesis including adhesion, cell invasion, replication and the production of bacterial toxins;
  2. Explain the genetic approaches used to study bacterial pathogenesis;
  3. Describe the innate immune response to bacterial pathogens;
  4. Demonstrate knowledge of the current literature on pathogenic mechanisms for selected bacterial infections;
  5. Perform literature based research using online databases to collect, analyse and interpret research literature relevant to a specific bacterial pathogen and to effectively communicate this by oral presentation and the preparation of a book chapter;
  6. Demonstrate the ability to work cooperatively in a small group writing, planning, editing and assembling a scientific book.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 40 minutes.

Mid-semester test (45 mins): 10%

Examination (2.5 hours): 40% (Hurdle)

Tutorial component assessment: 50% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and 2 hours of tutorial/discussion/research colloquium session per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MIC3041 - Medical microbiology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor John Boyce

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor John Boyce

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMS2052 or MIC2022

Prohibitions

BTH3722

Synopsis

In this unit, aspects of microbiology are presented which are relevant to infectious diseases. It builds on the content of previous subjects providing a basis of the study of medical microbiology, especially the nature of microbial infections of different body systems, immunity and mechanisms of host resistance, vaccines and the mode of action of antibiotics and how microbes become resistant to them.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe medically important micro-organisms that cause disease in human and animal hosts;
  2. Describe the micro-organisms that cause infections in different body systems such as skin; respiratory tract; gastrointestinal tract; genitourinary tract and the cardiovascular system.
  3. Compare and contrast the microbial pathogenesis, transmission, diagnosis, prevention and treatment of different infections;
  4. Explain the host response to infection, mechanisms of host resistance and; describe the principles of antimicrobial action and how microbes become resistant to them;

  5. Demonstrate the ability to execute laboratory experiments relevant to advanced medical microbiology, including culturing of micro-organism, microscopy and advanced diagnostic methods used to identify microbial pathogens;
  6. Communicate experimental results through the writing of scientific reports and oral presentations.

Assessment

Mid-semester test: 15%

Theory examination (3 hours): 45% (Hurdle)

In-semester assessment tasks: 40% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

A total of 12 hours per week including up to 6 hours of directed learning (such as lectures, practicals and workshops) and 6 hours of private study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MIC3990 - Action in microbiology research project

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Sheena McGowan

Coordinator(s)

Dr Sheena McGowan
Professor Dena Lyras

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Permission from the Head of Microbiology. Students must have completed all first and second level units in their approved major, and be able to demonstrate that they have an appropriate project and supervisor/s. 12 points of study in the discipline area at 2nd year level and a grade point average of at least 70 over 24 points in relevant units at second or third year level.

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in Microbiology. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Microbiology. The unit convener and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of the enrolment. Students will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Undertake a research project with regard to ethical and safety regulations;
  2. Demonstrate technical skills in experimental methods and the ability to collect, analyse and interpret data using methods relevant to the discipline of Microbiology;
  3. Communicate appropriately and effectively with supervisors, laboratory staff and students;
  4. Maintain accurate and up-to-date records of experimental procedures, results and outcomes;
  5. Identify relevant published scientific literature and critically analyse and evaluate the content in the context of the discipline of Microbiology;
  6. Construct written reports.

Assessment

Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes 10% and final 15 minutes 10%): 20%

Written report (preliminary 1000 words): 10%

Written report (final 5000 words): 50% (Hurdle)

Assessment of laboratory work: 20%

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

12 hours per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MIS4100 - Regenerative medicine research project

36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor James Bourne

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor James Bourne

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours in the discipline of Regenerative medicine

Co-requisites

MIS4200

Synopsis

The Honours year aims to develop analytic abilities, research skills, and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of:

  • heart and muscle development and regeneration
  • immunity and regeneration
  • stem cells, cancer and regeneration
  • neural regeneration.

In this unit, training is in the context of a scientific project, with an aim to train students in cutting edge scientific techniques as well as developing broad generic skills. Students undertake a supervised research project of a publishable standard that forms the basis of a thesis due at the end of the year. Students will also present seminars on their research throughout the year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature that underpins the area of the research project;
  2. Undertake a supervised research project and contribute to project design and management;
  3. Apply appropriate laboratory techniques, research methodologies and data analysis methods to collect, interpret and report research findings;
  4. Effectively present research and findings orally showing a firm grasp of the area;
  5. Analyse research undertaken in the context of the discipline area and report findings in an extended written report.

Assessment

Assessment will be a submission of a research thesis: 85%

Two seminars: 15%

Workload requirements

To be advised by honours co-ordinator

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Regenerative medicine


MIS4200 - Advanced studies in regenerative medicine

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor James Bourne

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor James Bourne

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours in the discipline of Regenerative medicine

Co-requisites

MIS4100

Synopsis

The unit aims to develop analytical abilities and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of Regenerative Medicine and Biomedical Science. Students will undertake an oral presentation of a current issue in the Biomedical/Biotechnological/Regenerative Medical field and a written critique of a scientific article. Students will also undertake a component of work within their selected discipline that is unrelated to their specific research component and which involves some level of advanced theoretical training. Candidates may commence at the beginning of either first or second semester.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review scientific literature in the discipline area of research;
  2. Apply knowledge of current methodologies and concepts to appraise scientific literature in the discipline area;
  3. Apply analytical and data analysis techniques relevant to the discipline area of research;
  4. Effectively communicate concepts in the discipline area of research both in writing and orally.

Assessment

Oral presentation of current issue in Biomedicine: 30%

Review of literature on an area of research unrelated to project (2000 words): 40%

Critique of scientific article: 30%

Workload requirements

To be advised by Honours co-ordinator

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Regenerative medicine


MSC4100 - Materials science project

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Coordinator(s)

Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of Materials Science

Co-requisites

MSC4200

Synopsis

Students are required to complete a research project involving some original work on a topic chosen in consultation with the unit coordinator and their academic supervisor.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate the in-depth knowledge of materials science fundamentals to choose, formulate, perform and interpret the results of a definite piece of work;
  2. Summarise (via writing and presentation) the deeper understanding and significance of the topic to peers, experts and the community at large;
  3. Judge and assess the OHSE and risk related consequences of chosen course of action;
  4. Relate and describe the connections between materials science and fundamental sciences of physics, chemistry, mathematics and biology as well as engineering;
  5. Demonstrate a wider appreciation of the professional and ethical requirements of materials science.

Assessment

Literature survey: 10%

Thesis, seminar and oral examination: 90%


MSC4110 - Materials science project part-time A

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Coordinator(s)

Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of materials science

Synopsis

Students are required to complete a research project involving some original work on a topic chosen in consultation with the unit coordinator and their academic supervisor.

Assessment

Literature survey: 10%

Thesis, seminar and oral examination: 90%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Materials science


MSC4120 - Materials science project part-time B

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Coordinator(s)

Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of materials science

Synopsis

Students are required to complete a research project involving some original work on a topic chosen in consultation with the unit coordinator and their academic supervisor.

Assessment

Literature survey: 10%

Thesis, seminar and oral examination: 90%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Materials science


MSC4200 - Advanced materials science

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Coordinator(s)

Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of Materials science

Co-requisites

MSC4100

Synopsis

A choice of lecture topics chosen in consultation with the unit coordinator and the student's academic supervisor, from offerings within the Department of Materials Engineering. Up to 12 credit points could be taken from appropriate offerings with the Faculty of Science, depending on the student satisfying the pre-requisites.

Assessment

Examination and assignments: 100%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Materials science


MSC4210 - Materials applications part-time A

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Coordinator(s)

Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of materials science

Synopsis

A choice of lecture topics chosen in consultation with the unit coordinator and the student's academic supervisor, from offerings within the Department of Materials Engineering. Up to 12 credit points could be taken from appropriate offerings with the Faculty of Science, depending on the student satisfying the pre-requisites.

Assessment

Examination and assignments: 100%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Materials science


MSC4220 - Materials applications part-time B

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Coordinator(s)

Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of materials science

Synopsis

A choice of lecture topics chosen in consultation with the unit coordinator and the student's academic supervisor, from offerings within the Department of Materials Engineering. Up to 12 credit points could be taken from appropriate offerings with the Faculty of Science, depending on the student satisfying the pre-requisites.

Assessment

Examination and assignments: 100%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Materials science


MTH1010 - Functions and their applications

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Simon Teague

Coordinator(s)

Mr Simon Teague
Dr Daniel McInnes

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

It is recommended that students will have successfully completed either VCE Mathematical Methods 1/2 or VCE Further Mathematics 3/4 or equivalent. Students without one of these may need to undertake additional private study beyond the normal workload requirements.

Prohibitions

ENG1005, ENG1090, ENG1091, MTH1049, MTH1020, MTH1030, MTH1035 and MTH1040. Note that MTH1010 can only be completed prior to MTH1020 and MTH1030/MTH1035 or equivalent. Students who have achieved a study score of at least 25 in VCE Mathematical Methods units 3/4 (or equivalent) are not permitted to enrol in MTH1010.

Synopsis

Functions, domain and range, function representation; different types of functions including linear, exponential, logarithmic, trigonometric, polynomial and rational functions; function algebra; composition of functions; inverse of functions; transformations; modelling with functions; rates of change; introduction to differentiation and integration, including techniques and applications.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the properties of elementary functions by means of tables, graphs and mathematical expressions;
  2. Manipulate functions using a range of methods from algebra and calculus;
  3. Apply functions and appropriate mathematical tools to model simple physical systems;
  4. Communicate mathematical arguments in written form.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information


MTH1020 - Analysis of change

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Daniel Mathews

Coordinator(s)

Dr Daniel Mathews (Semester 1)
Dr Brett Parker (Semester 2)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MTH1010 or VCE Mathematical Methods units 3 and 4 with a study score of at least 25

Prohibitions

ENG1090, ENG1091, ENG1005, MAT1841, MTH1055, MTH1030 and MTH1035. Note that MTH1020 can only be completed prior to MTH1030 or MTH1035 and students who have already completed one of these cannot enrol subsequently in MTH1020.

Synopsis

Properties of real and complex numbers; algebraic functions and common transcendental functions; modelling change using elementary functions; limits and continuity; rate of change, derivatives, local and global extrema; sums and integrals, anti-derivatives, calculus applications: optimisation, area and volume, introduction to differential equations; Vectors in two- and three- dimensional space.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of complex numbers, including algebraic manipulations and their various representations;
  2. Demonstrate basic knowledge of vectors in two and three-dimensional space, their properties, and geometric applications;
  3. Calculate simple limits to describe continuity and behaviour of one-variable real functions near a point and at infinity;
  4. Explain how differentiation and integration arise as limits of functions;
  5. Calculate derivatives and integrals using a variety of methods;
  6. Use calculus methods to analyse function characteristics such as local and global extrema, concavity and points of inflection;
  7. Solve differential equations of the separable variables type;
  8. Use calculus techniques to solve a variety of problems that can be modelled with functions or with first order differential equations;
  9. Demonstrate proficiency in mathematical writing and communication.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH1030 - Techniques for modelling

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Burkard Polster

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Burkard Polster (Semester 1)
Dr Norman Do (Semester 2)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MTH1020 or VCE Specialist Mathematics units 3 and 4 with a study score of at least 30

Prohibitions

ENG1005, ENG1091, MTH1035

Synopsis

Solution of systems of linear equations using Gaussian elimination; matrices, determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors; introduction to vectors; methods of integration - substitutions and integration by parts; solution of first-order ordinary differential equations - separable, use of integrating factor; solution of second-order linear ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients and applications; Taylor series and series convergence; the remainder term.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the basic concepts of linear algebra, recognise and manipulate elements of vector spaces;
  2. Formulate and solve equations involving vectors and matrices, including for three-dimensional geometry;
  3. Identify and evaluate improper integrals;
  4. Solve simple first and second order differential equations, and formulate them for applications to physical systems;
  5. Compute Taylor series expansions, with remainder, for functions of one variable;
  6. Apply Taylor series and l'Hopital's rule to compute limits;
  7. Understand and compute the convergence properties of infinite series;
  8. Provide written reports that contain complete mathematical arguments.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (2 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH1035 - Techniques for modelling (advanced)

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Burkard Polster

Coordinator(s)

Dr Andy Hammerlindl

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

VCE Specialist Mathematics with an ATAR/ENTER score of 95 or above; a VCE study score of 35 or above in Specialist Mathematics; a High Distinction in MTH1020; or by approval of the Head of School of Mathematical Sciences. In order to enrol in this unit students will need to apply via the Science Student Services office.

Prohibitions

ENG1005, ENG1091, MTH1030

Synopsis

Solution of systems of linear equations using Gaussian elimination; matrices and determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors; introduction to vectors; parametric curves; methods of integration - substitutions and integration by parts; solution of first-order ordinary differential equations - separable, use of integrating factor; solution of second-order linear ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients and applications; Sequences and series, Taylor series and series convergence, the remainder term.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the basic concepts of linear algebra, and recognise and manipulate elements of vector spaces;
  2. Formulate and solve equations involving vectors and matrices, including for three-dimensional geometry;
  3. Identify and evaluate improper integrals;
  4. Solve simple first and second order differential equations, and formulate them for applications to physical systems;
  5. Compute Taylor series expansions, with remainder, for functions of one variable;
  6. Apply Taylor series and l'Hopital's rule to compute limits;
  7. Understand and compute the convergence properties of infinite series;
  8. Provide written reports that contain complete mathematical arguments;
  9. Understand the concept of mathematical proof and the difference between proof by construction and proof by induction;
  10. Prove elementary theorems by induction and by construction.

Assessment

End of semester examination (2 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour workshop and one 2-hour applied class per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH2010 - Multivariable calculus

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Todd Oliynyk

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Todd Oliynyk (Semester 1)
Dr Yann Bernard (Semester 2)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MTH1030, MTH1035, or MTH1085

Prohibitions

ENG2005, ENG2091, MTH2015

Synopsis

Functions of several variables, partial derivatives, extreme values, Lagrange multipliers. Multiple integrals, line integrals, surface integrals. Vector differential calculus; grad, div and curl. Integral theorems of Gauss and Stokes. Use of a computer algebra package.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand and apply multivariable calculus to problems in the mathematical and physical sciences;
  2. Find and classify the extrema of functions of several variables;
  3. Compute Taylor series for functions of several variables;
  4. Compute line, surface and volume integrals in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical polar coordinates;
  5. Apply the integral theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes;
  6. Use computer algebra packages to solve mathematical problems;
  7. Present a mathematical argument in written form.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH2015 - Multivariable calculus (advanced)

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Todd Oliynyk

Coordinator(s)

Dr Yann Bernard

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

A High Distinction in VCE Enhancement Mathematics or MTH1030; a Distinction in MTH1035; or by approval of the Head of School of Mathematical Sciences. In order to enrol in this unit students will need to apply via the Science Student Services officeScience Student Services office (https://www.monash.edu/science/current-students/admissionsstudy-optionsinternal-transfer_arch).

Prohibitions

ENG2005, ENG2091, MTH2010

Synopsis

This unit is an alternative to MTH2010 for students with a strong mathematical foundation.

Students enrolled in MTH2015 will follow the same curriculum as students in MTH2010 and will cover additional more advanced material.

Functions of several variables, partial derivatives, extreme values, Lagrange multipliers. Multiple integrals, line integrals, surface integrals. Vector differential calculus; grad, div and curl. Integral theorems of Gauss and Stokes. Use of a computer algebra package. Curves in 3-space, notions of torsion and curvature. Introductory notions of topology and geometry (stereographic projection). Basic introduction to real analysis: pointwise versus uniform convergence of functions of one variable. Introduction to complex analysis: holomorphic functions, harmonic functions, complex integration, Cauchy's integral formula, the fundamental theorem of Algebra.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand and apply multivariable calculus to problems in the mathematical and physical sciences;
  2. Find and classify the extrema of functions of several variables;
  3. Compute Taylor series for functions of several variables;
  4. Compute line, surface and volume integrals in Cartesian, cylindrical and polar coordinates;
  5. Apply the integral theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes;
  6. Use computer algebra packages to solve mathematical problems;
  7. Present a mathematical argument in written form;
  8. Understand and apply the formal definition of a limit to functions of several variables;
  9. Prove various identities between grad, div and curl;
  10. Develop and present rigorous mathematical proofs.
  11. Demonstrate an understanding of the notions of torsion and curvature and be able to compute them;
  12. Apply stereographic projection and its properties;
  13. Articulate the difference between pointwise and uniform convergence for functions of one variable;
  14. Use the properties of analytic functions to prove fundamental results.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour workshop and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH2021 - Linear algebra with applications

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Tim Garoni

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Tim Garoni

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MTH1030, MTH1035, ENG1005 or equivalent

Prohibitions

MTH2025

Synopsis

Vector spaces, linear transformations. Determinants, eigenvalue problems. Inner products, symmetric matrices, quadratic forms. LU-decomposition, least squares approximation, power method. Applications to coding, economics, networks, graph theory, geometry, dynamical systems, Markov chains, differential equations.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand basic concepts related to vector spaces, including subspace, span, linear independence and basis;
  2. Understand basic properties of linear transformations and identify their kernel and range;
  3. Diagonalize real matrices by computing their eigenvalues and finding their eigenspaces;
  4. Understand basic concepts related to inner product spaces and apply these to problems such as least-squares data fitting;
  5. Apply tools from linear algebra in a wide variety of relevant situations;
  6. Understand and apply relevant numerical methods and demonstrate computational skills in linear algebra;
  7. Present clear mathematical arguments in both written and oral forms.

Assessment

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH2025 - Linear algebra (advanced)

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Tim Garoni

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Tim Garoni

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

A High Distinction in MTH1030 or ENG1005, or a Distinction in MTH1035, or by approval of the Head of School of Mathematical Sciences. In order to enrol in this unit students will need to apply via the Science Student Services officeScience Student Services office (https://www.monash.edu/science/current-students/admissionsstudy-optionsinternal-transfer_arch).

Prohibitions

MTH2021

Synopsis

Vector spaces, linear transformations. Determinants, eigenvalue problems. Inner products, symmetric matrices, quadratic forms. Linear functionals and dual spaces. Matrix decompositions, least squares approximation, power method. Applications to areas such as coding, economics, networks, graph theory, geometry, dynamical systems, Markov chains, differential equations.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand concepts related to vector spaces, including subspace, span, linear independence and basis;
  2. Understand properties of linear transformations and identify their kernel and range;
  3. Diagonalize real matrices by computing their eigenvalues and finding their eigenspaces;
  4. Understand matrix decomposition techniques;
  5. Understand concepts related to inner product spaces and apply these to problems such as least-squares data fitting;
  6. Develop and apply tools from linear algebra to a wide variety of relevant situations;
  7. Understand and apply relevant numerical methods and demonstrate computational skills in linear algebra;
  8. Present clear mathematical arguments in both written and oral forms;
  9. Develop and present rigorous mathematical proofs.

Assessment

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour workshop and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH2032 - Differential equations with modelling

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Jerome Droniou

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Jerome Droniou

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MTH1030 or MTH1035

Co-requisites

MTH2010 or MTH2015

Prohibitions

MTH2040

Synopsis

This unit introduces mathematical techniques for differential equations. These equations appear in a number of physical models, such as oscillations, heat conduction and transport equations. Methods to study ordinary differential equations include separation of variables, substituting methods, variation of parameters, series solutions and numerical techniques (Euler, Heun's method). Partial differential equations describing physical models are derived, and analysed through Fourier series, separation of variables and characteristics techniques.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe various classes of ordinary and partial differential equations and the physical systems to which they apply;
  2. Identify the differential equations that describe various physical processes including those for simple harmonic motion, diffusion, wave propagation and mass transport;
  3. Describe the essential mathematical properties of these differential equations;
  4. Construct solutions of differential equations using analytic and computational methods;
  5. Appreciate the role that differential equations and their solutions play in the scientific process, in particular their use as a tool to model physical systems and allow predictions to be made and tested.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (2 hours): 60%

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour workshop per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH2040 - Mathematical modelling

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Cally

Coordinator(s)

Professor Paul Cally
Dr Alina Donea

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

ENG1005

Prohibitions

MTH2032

Synopsis

The mathematical modelling of physical systems is based upon differential equations and linear algebra. This unit will introduce fundamental techniques for studying linear systems and differential equations, focusing on applications to physical systems. The topics in linear algebra to be considered include eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonalisation of square matrices, matrix functions, LU-decomposition, applications. The topics in optimisation include Lagrange multipliers, the method of least-squares, linear programming, applications. Finally, the topics in differential equations include matrix solutions of constant coefficient systems of ordinary differential equations, conservative systems, phase-planes of simple non-linear ODEs, solution of first order partial differential equations by the Method of Characteristics applications. Students will be introduced to the Mathematica computer package, and learn how to use it for analytic and numerical calculations and graphics. It will be integrated into most activities.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply differential equations and linear algebra to the modelling of real-world systems;
  2. Solve linear systems and calculate the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of square matrices;
  3. Calculate the solution of difference and differential equations using matrix functions;
  4. Apply optimisation techniques to the solution of real-world problems;
  5. Solve constant coefficient ordinary differential equations;
  6. Apply the Method of Characteristics to the solution to first order PDEs;
  7. Understand the phase-planes for second-order differential equations describing oscillating systems and interacting populations.
  8. Use the Mathematica software package for the solution and presentation of mathematical problems.
  9. Present clear mathematical arguments in both written and oral forms.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

  • Three one-hour lectures per week
  • One two-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH2051 - Introduction to computational mathematics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Janosch Rieger

Coordinator(s)

Dr Janosch Rieger

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of MTH2010, MTH2015, ENG2005 or MAT1830; and one of MTH2021, MTH2025, MTH2040 or MAT1841

Prohibitions

MTH3051

Synopsis

When mathematics is used in real-world applications, it almost always involves the use of computers. This unit provides an introduction to numerical methods for solving maths-related problems on computers. Topics covered include introduction to Matlab programming; error analysis; methods for solving linear systems, least-squares problems and eigenvalue problems; methods for finding roots of nonlinear equations; polynomial interpolation; numerical differentiation and integration; and numerical methods for ordinary differential equations. Students will receive a solid introduction to the theory of the numerical methods (with derivations of the methods and some proofs), and will learn to implement the computational methods efficiently in Matlab. The methods and techniques learned have broad applicability in areas that include the natural sciences, engineering, the biomedical sciences, finance, business, machine learning, and data science.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the mathematical theory behind important numerical methods for solving real-life problems on computers.
  2. Implement numerical methods for a variety of problems in Matlab, and test the accuracy and efficiency of implementation.
  3. Understand the approximations introduced in algorithms and the effects of those approximations on the quality of calculations.
  4. Solve theoretical and applied problems of analysing and employing numerical methods.
  5. Be aware of the reach and importance of numerical methods in science, engineering, finance and technology.
  6. Demonstrate advanced problem solving skills, both individually and collectively with staff and fellow students.
  7. Demonstrate advanced skills in the written and oral presentation of theoretical and applied numerical mathematics problems.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of one hour of applied classes per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH2121 - Algebra and number theory

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian Wanless

Coordinator(s)

Professor Ian Wanless

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of MTH1020, MTH1030, MTH1035, MAT1830 or ENG1005

Prohibitions

MTH3121, MTH2122, MTH3122

Synopsis

Groups in geometry, linear algebra, and number theory; cyclic and abelian groups; permutation groups; subgroups, cosets and normal subgroups; homomorphisms, isomorphisms and the first isomorphism theorem. The Euclidean algorithm, prime factorisation, congruences, the Euler totient function; the theorems of Fermat, Euler and Wilson, and the RSA public key cryptosystem; Chinese remainder theorem; quadratic reciprocity; factorisation and primality testing algorithms.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the beauty and the power of pure mathematics;
  2. Recognise the fundamental concepts of algebra and number theory;
  3. Explain the notion of proof in mathematics and be able to carry out basic proofs;
  4. Illustrate how thousands of years of pure mathematical developments have enabled secure electronic communication;
  5. Apply important number theoretic algorithms;
  6. Describe the power of the generality of the concepts in group theory.

Assessment

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH2132 - The nature and beauty of mathematics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Burkard Polster

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Burkard Polster

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

24 points of university studies

Synopsis

This unit is intended for students with little or no mathematical background. Through the discussion of historical, practical and conceptual questions, it will emphasise the beauty and the power of mathematics. The number of topics covered will be very broad. These will include, amongst many others:

  • Symmetry (regular solids, tilings, Escher, ruler-and-compass, origami)
  • Fibonacci numbers and Golden Ratio
  • Optimal design (soap bubble maths, minimal networks)
  • Mathematical soul capturing (the maths of juggling and lacing shoes)
  • Visualising the 4th dimension
  • The shape of space (Mobius bands, Klein bottles, "pacman" spaces)
  • Infinity.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the beauty and power of mathematics;
  2. Understand the fundamental concepts of number theory and geometry;
  3. Understand the notion of proof in mathematics and carry out basic proofs;
  4. Appreciate the historical interplay between mathematics and attempts to understand the physical world;
  5. State some of the great unsolved problems in modern mathematics.

Assessment

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH2140 - Real analysis

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Jerome Droniou

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Jerome Droniou

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MTH1030, MTH1035, or ENG1005

Prohibitions

MTH2111, MTH3111, MTH3140

Synopsis

An introduction to real analysis with a special focus on sequences of real numbers and functions. Topics covered include properties of real numbers (infima/suprema and the axiom of completeness), sequences and series of real numbers (order limit theorem, Cauchy sequences and completeness, compactness), properties of functions over the reals (intermediate value theorem, mean value theorem), sequences and series of functions (pointwise and uniform convergence, the Weierstrass M-test, continuity and differentiability of the limit). Emphasis will be on rigorous mathematical proof and examples will be provided to show how intuition can be misleading.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate and develop mathematical proofs and the use of rigorous mathematical arguments;
  2. Appreciate the rich mathematical structure of the real numbers;
  3. Understand the basic concepts of analysis including limits of sequences and series (of real numbers or functions), properties of functions over the reals;
  4. Appreciate the applicability of mathematical ideas to other areas of science;
  5. Identify areas of mathematics where the intuition is unreliable.

Assessment

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH2222 - Mathematics of uncertainty

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andrea Collevecchio

Coordinator(s)

Dr Andrea Collevecchio

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MTH1030, MTH1035, or ENG1005, or equivalent

Co-requisites

At least one of MTH2010, MTH2015, MTH2021, MTH2025, MTH2040 or ENG2005

Synopsis

Introduction to probability - a mathematical treatment. Topics include: probability axioms, conditional probabilities and the law of total probability, discrete and continuous random variables, univariate and multivariate distributions, independence and conditioning, conditional distributions and conditional expectations, moment generating functions, simulation, the law of large numbers and the central limit theorem.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the basic concepts of probability including conditioning and independence, univariate and multivariate probability distributions, expectations, generating functions and limit theorems;
  2. Appreciate the relevance of probability models to a variety of areas including Science, Engineering, Actuarial Science and Finance;
  3. Derive means, variances, moments and distributions in a variety of univariate and multivariate contexts;
  4. Use conditioning and moment generating functions to solve a variety of problems involving two or more events or random variables;
  5. Understand the way random numbers are generated;
  6. Formulate in probabilistic terms real-life situations involving uncertainty.

Assessment

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH2232 - Mathematical statistics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jie Fan

Coordinator(s)

Dr Jie Fan

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MTH1030, MTH1035, or ENG1005

Co-requisites

At least one of MTH2010, MTH2015, MTH2021, MTH2025, MTH2040 or ENG2005

Synopsis

This unit is a rigorous introduction to the theory of mathematical statistics and more specifically of statistical inference. It provides the mathematical theory underlying the methods and concepts used in statistics, such as estimation and hypothesis testing. This unit will cover a variety topics including: properties of a random sample, principles of data reduction, point estimation (including maximum likelihood estimation), hypothesis testing, interval estimation, the analysis of variance and linear regression.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate understanding of basic concepts in statistical inference, and in particular point and confidence estimation and hypothesis testing;
  2. Use point and confidence estimation and hypothesis testing in a variety of contexts including analysis of variance and linear regression;
  3. Demonstrate advanced skills in the effective use of statistical software;
  4. Demonstrate advanced skills in the written and oral presentation of mathematical and statistical arguments.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures plus one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3000 - Mathematics research project level 3

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Mark Flegg

Coordinator(s)

Dr Mark Flegg

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

At least two MTH level three units must normally have been completed with a sufficient level of achievement - please contact the unit coordinator in the first instance.

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to work with a supervisor and complete a mathematical research project chosen from a range of areas of mathematics and statistics, including astrophysics, dynamics, chaos, computing algorithm design, number theory, logic and meteorology. Students will complete a written final report, two written progress reports, and will give an oral presentation on their work.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the power of mathematics and its applications;
  2. Demonstrate research skills including accessing the existing literature, analysing data, and where appropriate developing and checking mathematical models;
  3. Apply high-level critical thinking skills to using and analysing data collections both in the library and on the Internet;
  4. Demonstrate high-level communication skills by presenting both an oral and written report on their work;
  5. Use technical word processing packages and graphics software effectively in the presentation of their work;
  6. Understand applications of mathematics beyond those in mathematics and statistics units.

Assessment

Project report: 80%

Progress reports: 10%

Oral presentation: 10%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3011 - Partial differential equations

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Simon Clarke

Coordinator(s)

Dr Simon Clarke

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the Master of Financial Mathematics or have passed one unit from MTH2010, MTH2015 or ENG2005 and one unit from MTH2032, or MTH2040

Synopsis

Introduction to PDEs; first-order PDEs and characteristics, the advection equation, nonlinear equations. Classes of second-order PDEs; boundary and/or initial conditions for well-posed problems. The wave equation: exact solutions on infinite and finite spatial domains, other hyperbolic PDEs, reflection of waves. The heat equation: exact solutions on infinite domain, separation of variables for fixed and/or insulating boundary conditions. Finite-difference methods for ODEs, truncation error. Forward, backward and Crank-Nicolson numerical methods for the heat equation, truncation errors and stability analysis. Numerical methods for the advection equation; upwind differencing. Exact solutions of Laplace's equation in various domains. Numerical methods for Laplace's and Poisson's equation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the role of partial differential equations in the mathematical modelling of physical processes;
  2. Solve a range of first-order partial differential equations including using the 'method of characteristics';
  3. Appreciate the properties of the three basic types of linear second-order partial differential equations, including suitable initial and/or boundary conditions;
  4. Understand the mathematical properties of the diffusion equation, wave equation and Laplace's equation and solve them exactly under some simple conditions;
  5. Analyse and interpret simple applications modelled by the advection equation, diffusion equation and Laplace's equation;
  6. Understand the principles of finite-difference approximation of ordinary and partial differential equations and appreciate the advantages and disadvantages of a range of useful numerical techniques, including their stability;
  7. Evaluate numerical solutions of some partial differential equations using computers, and display those results graphically.

Assessment

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3020 - Complex analysis and integral transforms

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Cally

Coordinator(s)

Professor Paul Cally

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MTH2010, MTH2015 or ENG2005

Prohibitions

ENG2092

Synopsis

Complex numbers and functions; domains and curves in the complex plane; differentiation; integration; Cauchy's integral theorem and its consequences; Taylor and Laurent series; Laplace and Fourier transforms; complex inversion formula; branch points and branch cuts; applications to initial value problems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the basic properties of complex numbers and functions, including differentiability;
  2. Evaluate line integrals in the complex plane;
  3. Understand Cauchy's integral theorem and its consequences;
  4. Determine and work with Laurent and Taylor series;
  5. Understand the method of Laplace transforms and evaluate the inverse transform;
  6. Appreciate the importance of complex analysis for other mathematical units, as well as for physics and engineering, through seeing applications of the theory;
  7. Use a computer algebra package to assist in the application of complex analysis.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3051 - Introduction to computational mathematics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Janosch Rieger

Coordinator(s)

Dr Janosch Rieger

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the Master of Financial Mathematics or have passed one unit from MTH2010, MTH2015, ENG2005 or MAT1830; and one unit from MTH2021, MTH2025, MTH2040 or MAT1841

Prohibitions

MTH2051

Synopsis

When mathematics is used in real-world applications, it almost always involves the use of computers. This unit provides an introduction to numerical methods for solving maths-related problems on computers. Topics covered include an introduction to Matlab programming; error analysis; methods for solving linear systems, least-squares problems and eigenvalue problems; methods for finding roots of nonlinear equations; polynomial interpolation; numerical differentiation and integration; and numerical methods for ordinary differential equations. Students will receive a solid introduction to the theory of the numerical methods (with derivations of the methods and some proofs) and will learn to implement the computational methods efficiently in Matlab. The methods and techniques learned have broad applicability in areas that include the natural sciences, engineering, the biomedical sciences, finance, business, machine learning, and data science.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the mathematical theory behind important numerical methods for solving real-life problems on computers.
  2. Implement numerical methods for a variety of problems in Matlab, and test the accuracy and efficiency of implementation.
  3. Demonstrate an understanding of the approximations introduced in algorithms and the effects of those approximations on the quality of calculations.
  4. Solve theoretical and applied problems of analysing and employing numerical methods.
  5. Demonstrate an awareness of the reach and importance of numerical methods in science, engineering, finance and technology.
  6. Demonstrate advanced problem-solving skills, both individually and in collaboration.
  7. Demonstrate advanced skills in the written and oral presentation of theoretical and applied numerical mathematics problems.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of two hours of applied classes per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3060 - Advanced ordinary differential equations

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Christian Thomas

Coordinator(s)

Dr Christian Thomas

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the Master of Financial Mathematics or have passed one of the following units: MTH2032 or MTH2040

Synopsis

This unit examines two particular classes of ordinary differential equations: dynamical systems and boundary-value problems. The investigation of boundary-value problems considers Sturm-Liouville eigenvalues problems and orthogonal polynomials, shooting and direct matrix methods for the numerical investigation of boundary-value problems and iterative matrix methods. The second topic of dynamical systems considers analytical and numerical methods for planar autonomous systems, classification of critical points using eigenvalues and eigenvectors and perturbation methods for periodic and nearly periodic motion. Programming skills are developed in the context of the analytic and numerical investigation of advanced ordinary differential equations using MATLAB.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the importance of differential equations in modelling;
  2. Understand and solve Sturm-Liouville eigenvalue problems and use orthogonal polynomials to find exact solutions of boundary-value problems;
  3. Solve linear ordinary differential equations using series methods and Green's functions;
  4. Apply both analytical and numerical methods for the solution of planar autonomous systems;
  5. Classify critical points using eigenvalues and eigenvectors;
  6. Use perturbation methods for periodic and nearly periodic motion.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3110 - Differential geometry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Daniel Mathews

Coordinator(s)

Dr Daniel Mathews

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MTH2010, MTH2015 or ENG2005 and one of MTH2021 or MTH2025

Prohibitions

MTH3132

Synopsis

This unit will explore the metric structure of curves and surfaces, primarily in 3-dimensional Euclidean space. The major focus is on the various concepts of curvature and related notions, and the relationships between them. Curvature and torsion of a curve. First and second fundamental forms of a surface. Geodesic and normal curvatures of a curve on a surface. Gaussian, mean and principal curvatures of a surface. Important theorems relating these concepts. Links will be drawn with many other areas of mathematics, including real and complex analysis, linear algebra, differential equations, and general relativity.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the significance of intrinsic measures of curvature, for curves and surfaces in 3-dimensional space.
  2. Perform calculations of curvature and related quantities for curves and surfaces in 3-dimensional spaces.
  3. Explain and apply important concepts and theorems about the geometry of curves and surfaces in 3-dimensional space.
  4. Apply results about differential geometry to write proofs and solve problems about curves and surfaces in 3-dimensional space.
  5. Recognise many of the links between differential geometry and other areas of mathematics and physics, such as real and complex analysis, linear algebra, differential equations, and general relativity.
  6. Communicate mathematical ideas relating to differential geometry in a clear, precise and rigorous manner.

Assessment

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three hours of lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3121 - Algebra and number theory

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ian Wanless

Coordinator(s)

Professor Ian Wanless

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of MTH1020, MTH1030, MTH1035, MAT1830 or ENG1005

Prohibitions

MTH2121, MTH2122, MTH3122

Synopsis

Groups in geometry, linear algebra, and number theory; cyclic and abelian groups; permutation groups; subgroups, cosets and normal subgroups; homomorphisms, isomorphisms and the first isomorphism theorem. The Euclidean algorithm, prime factorisation, congruences, the Euler totient function; the theorems of Fermat, Euler and Wilson, and the RSA public key cryptosystem; Chinese remainder theorem; quadratic reciprocity; factorisation and primality testing algorithms.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the beauty and the power of pure mathematics;
  2. Recognise the fundamental concepts of algebra and number theory;
  3. Explain the notion of proof in mathematics and be able to carry out basic proofs;
  4. Illustrate how thousands of years of pure mathematical developments have enabled secure electronic communication;
  5. Apply important number theoretic algorithms;
  6. Describe the power of the generality of the concepts in group theory.

Assessment

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3130 - Topology: The mathematics of shape

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jonathan Bowden

Coordinator(s)

Dr Jonathan Bowden

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must have passed: MTH2021 or MTH2025 and one of MTH2121, MTH2140, MTH3110, MTH3121 or MTH3140

Synopsis

From point-set topology to manifolds: sets, topological spaces, basis of topology, and properties of spaces such as compact, connected, and Hausdorff. Maps between spaces and their properties, including continuity, homeomorphism, and homotopy.

Constructing spaces via subspace, product, identification, and cell complexes. Manifolds. Additional topics from algebraic and low-dimensional topology may include fundamental group and Seifert-van Kampen theorem, classification of surfaces, and topics in knot theory. Throughout, examples of spaces will include Euclidean spaces, surfaces (real projective plane, Klein bottle, Mobius strip), complexes, function spaces, and others.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply the basic definitions, concepts, examples, theorems and proofs of topology.
  2. Construct and recognize topological spaces in various guises.
  3. Apply some of the most famous theorems of topology such as the classification of surfaces and the Seifert-van Kampen theorem.
  4. Demonstrate advanced problem solving and theorem proving skills.
  5. Be aware of the scope of applications of topology in other areas of mathematics and the natural sciences.
  6. Demonstrate advanced skills in the written and oral presentation of mathematical arguments that enable mathematical concepts, processes and results to be communicated effectively.
  7. Work both individually and collectively with staff and fellow students on the synthesis of mathematical knowledge and the application of mathematical skills to problem solving.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Assignments: 40%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for the end-of-semester exam.

Workload requirements

  • Three 1-hour lectures
  • One 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3140 - Real analysis

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jerome Droniou

Coordinator(s)

Dr Jerome Droniou

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the Master of Financial Mathematics or have passed one of the following units: MTH1030, MTH1035, or ENG1005

Prohibitions

MTH2111, MTH3111, MTH2140

Synopsis

An introduction to real analysis with a special focus on sequences of real numbers and functions. Topics covered include properties of real numbers (infima/suprema and the axiom of completeness), sequences and series of real numbers (order limit theorem, Cauchy sequences and completeness, compactness), properties of functions over the reals (intermediate value theorem, mean value theorem), sequences and series of functions (pointwise and uniform convergence, the Weierstrass M-test, continuity and differentiability of the limit). Emphasis will be on rigorous mathematical proof and examples will be provided to show how intuition can be misleading.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate and develop mathematical proofs and the use of rigorous mathematical arguments;
  2. Appreciate the rich mathematical structure of the real numbers;
  3. Understand the basic concepts of analysis including limits of sequences and series (of real numbers or functions), properties of functions over the reals;
  4. Appreciate the applicability of mathematical ideas to other areas of science;
  5. Identify areas of mathematics where the intuition is unreliable.

Assessment

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3150 - Algebra and number theory 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Heiko Dietrich

Coordinator(s)

Dr Heiko Dietrich

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MTH2121 or MTH3121

Synopsis

Rings, fields, ideals, number fields and algebraic extension fields. Coding theory and cryptographic applications of finite fields. Gaussian integers, Hamilton's quaternions. Euclidean Algorithm in rings.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Formulate abstract concepts in algebra;
  2. Use a variety of proof-techniques to prove mathematical results;
  3. Work with the most commonly occurring rings and fields: integers, integers modulo n, matrix rings, rationals, real and complex numbers, more general structures such as number fields and algebraic extension fields, splitting fields, algebraic integers and finite fields;
  4. Understand different types of rings, such as integral domains, principal ideal domains, unique factorisation domains, Euclidean domains, fields, skew-fields; amongst these are the Gaussian integers and the quaternions - the best-known skew field;
  5. Apply the classification of finite fields;
  6. Generalise known concepts over the integers to other domains, for example, use the Euclidean algorithm or factorisation algorithms in the algebra of polynomials;
  7. Construct larger fields from smaller fields (field extensions and splitting fields);
  8. Apply field theory to coding and cryptography; understand the classification of cyclic codes.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3160 - Metric spaces, Banach spaces, Hilbert spaces

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Julie Clutterbuck

Coordinator(s)

Dr Julie Clutterbuck

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MTH2021 or MTH2025, and MTH2140 or MTH3140

Synopsis

In this unit, we develop the theory of metric spaces, Banach spaces and Hilbert spaces. These are the foundations that support the models of modern physics, including general relativity, quantum mechanics, and optimisation; and are also essential for understanding stochastic phenomena, signal processing and data compression, Fourier analysis, differential equations, and numerical analysis. Topics covered include a basic introduction to metric spaces, topology in metric and Banach spaces, dual spaces, continuous linear mappings between Banach spaces, weak convergence and weak compactness in separable Banach spaces, Hilbert spaces and the Riesz representation theorem. Applications of these theories may include the contraction mapping theorem and its usage to prove the Cauchy-Lipschitz theorem (existence and uniqueness of solution to ordinary differential equations).

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the basic topological properties of metric spaces, and their applications to problems in other areas of mathematics;
  2. Apply some important basic theorems in analysis and their applications, such as the contraction mapping theorem and the Riesz representation theorem;
  3. Identify the conditions for existence and uniqueness of solutions to the initial value problem for systems of ordinary differential equations;
  4. Communicate mathematical ideas and work in teams as appropriate for the discipline of mathematics.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3170 - Network mathematics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor David Wood

Coordinator(s)

Professor David Wood

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must have passed one of the following units: MTH1035, MTH2025, MTH2121, MTH2140, MTH3110, MTH3121, MTH3140 or FIT2014

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to graph theory, which is the mathematics of networks. Topics covered include trees, Eulerian tours, Hamiltonian cycles, shortest path problem, bipartite graphs, matchings, graph colouring, max-flow problem, graph connectivity, independent sets, planarity, random graphs. Applications to a variety of the sciences will be presented. Students will learn how to write proofs and analyse algorithms.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply the basic concepts of graph theory.
  2. Demonstrate the importance and breadth of applications of graph theory in mathematics and the sciences, especially computer science.
  3. Apply some of the most famous theorems of graph theory such as the max-flow-min-cut theorem, the marriage theorem, and the 4-colour theorem.
  4. Construct and write mathematical proofs of theorems about graphs.
  5. Execute, analyse and prove correctness of algorithms for solving various graph optimisation problems.
  6. Demonstrate advanced problem solving skills, both individually and collectively with staff and fellow students.
  7. Demonstrate advanced skills in the written and oral presentation of mathematical arguments.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

  • Three 1-hour lectures per week
  • One 2-hour applied class per week
  • Seven hours of independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3230 - Time series and random processes in linear systems

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Tianhai Tian

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Tianhai Tian

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the Master of Financial Mathematics or have passed one of the following units: MTH2010, MTH2015, MTH2032, MTH2040, MTH2222 OR ENG2005. MTH2222 is highly recommended.

Synopsis

Multivariate distributions. Estimation: maximum of likelihood and method of moments. Confidence intervals. Analysis in the time domain: stationary models, autocorrelation, partial autocorrelation. ARMA and ARIMA models. Analysis in the frequency domain (Spectral analysis): spectrum, periodigram, linear and digital filters, cross-correlations and cross-spectrum, spectral estimators, confidence interval for the spectral density. State-space models. Kalman filter. Empirical Orthogonal Functions and other Eigen Methods. Use of ITSM.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Articulate the concept of stationary time series;
  2. Manipulate the concept of projection and its use in forecasting;
  3. Understand the models of autoregression and moving averages and their combinations;
  4. Analyse time series in time domain as well as frequency domain;
  5. Apply the Kalman filter to random systems;
  6. Analyse time series data using the ITSM package.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3241 - Random processes in the sciences and engineering

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andrea Collevecchio

Coordinator(s)

Dr Andrea Collevecchio

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the Master of Financial Mathematics or have passed one of MTH2010, MTH2015, MTH2040, ENG2005 or ETC2440; and one of MTH2222 or ETC2520.

Synopsis

This unit introduces the methods of stochastic processes and statistics used in the analysis of biological data, physics, economics and engineering. At the completion of the unit students will understand the application of classical techniques, such as Poisson processes, Markov chains, hidden Markov chains, random walks, martingale theory, birth and death processes, and branching processes in the analysis of DNA sequences, population genetics, dynamics of populations, telecommunications and economic analysis.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the idea of random variables varying with time;
  2. Analyse Markov chains at the elementary level, in discrete and continuous time;
  3. Understand key processes in probability, including the Poisson process, birth process, birth and death process, branching processes, random walks, martingales;
  4. Apply the probability processes to practical situations, including queues, epidemics, servicing machines, networks, financial markets and insurance risk.

Assessment

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3251 - Financial mathematics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Fima Klebaner

Coordinator(s)

Professor Fima Klebaner (Semester 1)
Dr Ivan Guo (Semester 2)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the Master of Financial Mathematics or have passed: one of MTH1030, MTH1035, ENG1005, ETC2440 and one of MTH2010, MTH2015, MTH2032, MTH2040, MTH2222, ENG2005, ETC2520.

Either MTH2222 or ETC2520 is highly recommended.

Prohibitions

ETC3510, ETC5351

Synopsis

Random variables, application to models of random payoffs. Conditional expectation. Normal distribution and multivariate normal distribution. Best predictors. Stochastic (random) processes. Random walk. Limit theorems. Brownian motion. Ito integral and Ito's formula. Black-Scholes, Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process and Vasicek's stochastic differential equations. Martingales. Gambler's ruin. Fundamental theorems of Mathematical Finance. Binomial and Black-Scholes models. Models for Interest Rates. Risk models in insurance. Ruin probability bound. Principles of simulation. Use of Excel package.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the modern approach to evaluation of uncertain future payoffs;
  2. Describe the concepts of arbitrage and fair games and their relevance to finance and insurance;
  3. Understand conditional expectation, martingales, and stopping times, as well as the Optional Stopping Theorem;
  4. Interpret models of random processes such as random walk, Brownian motion and diffusion, and stochastic differential equations;
  5. Use Ito's formula and basic stochastic calculus to solve some stochastic differential equations;
  6. Apply the Fundamental theorems of asset pricing to the Binomial and Black-Scholes models, as well as models for bonds and options on bonds;
  7. Formulate discrete time Risk Model in Insurance and use the Optional Stopping Theorem to control probabilities of ruin;
  8. Simulate stochastic processes and solutions of stochastic differential equations, and obtain prices by simulations.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3260 - Statistics of stochastic processes

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Tianhai Tian

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Tianhai Tian
Professor Jonathan Keith

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the Master of Financial Mathematics or have passed one of the following units: MTH2222, MTH2232 or ETC2520

Synopsis

Many practical experiments involve repeated measurements made over a period of time, where the individuals or systems being observed are evolving during the study period. Examples of this kind of data arise in signal processing, financial modelling and mathematical biology. For experiments of this kind, standard statistical methods that assume data points are independent and identically distributed (iid) are of limited value, due to dependencies among measurements. This unit will introduce statistical methods for such processes.

Topics: Review of fundamental statistics: their distributions, properties and limitations; Stochastic Processes: Markov, ARMA, Stationary and Diffusion Processes; Likelihood models, Graphical models, Bayesian models; Decision theory, Likelihood ratio tests, Bayesian model comparison; Sufficient statistics, Maximum Likelihood Estimation, Bayesian Estimation; Exponential families; Convergence of random variables and measures; Properties of estimators: bias, consistency, efficiency; Laws of Large Numbers and Ergodic Theorems, Central Limit Theorems; Statistics for Stationary Processes; Statistics for ARMA Processes; Statistics for Diffusion Processes

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the central role of likelihood models in statistics
  2. Construct likelihood models for stochastic processes using graphical models
  3. Develop and apply likelihood ratio tests for model comparison and selection
  4. Use the principle of maximum likelihood to estimate parameters of a model
  5. Apply Bayesian alternatives for model comparison and estimation
  6. Assess whether an estimator has desirable properties
  7. Describe the asymptotic behaviour of time averages for stationary processes
  8. Perform model selection and estimation tasks for stationary, ARMA and diffusion processes.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

  • Three 1-hour lectures
  • One 2-hour applied class
  • Seven hours of independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3310 - Applied mathematical modelling

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Andreas Ernst

Coordinator(s)

Professor Andreas Ernst

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the Master of Financial Mathematics or have passed one of the following units: MTH2032, MTH2040 and one of MTH2021, MTH2025

Synopsis

This unit will broaden students' exposure to the toolkit of applied mathematics techniques required to tackle various problems encountered in real-world modelling. Building on the prerequisite knowledge of linear algebra and multivariable calculus, students will learn methods for reducing real world problems into mathematical ones. The students will then learn a broad range of analytical techniques focused on some commonly encountered systems in modelling. Some of these topics include solving optimization problems, fitting models to data, analysing dynamical systems and partial differential equation models. Application areas include traffic modelling, image processing, inventory management, logistics and other scientific and industrial problems. Students will have the opportunity to consider a specific real world problem using their own mathematical modelling approach alongside a client/supervisor. Assessment will include working in teams to solve real-world problems, and presenting the results to the client.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand specific basic knowledge and display key technical skills in optimisation, model fitting, dynamical systems, and partial differential equations, and their applications;
  2. Develop, apply, integrate and generate knowledge through abstraction and by using high-level critical thinking skills to analyse and solve mathematical problems;
  3. Apply knowledge of mathematics and sound mathematical modelling to a range of applications across science, medicine, economics or engineering;
  4. Collect, organise, analyse and interpret quantitative information meaningfully, using mathematical and/or statistical tools as appropriate to the sub-discipline of specialisation;
  5. Demonstrate skills in the written and oral presentation of a mathematical argument that enable mathematical concepts, processes and results to be communicated effectively to diverse audiences;
  6. Work both individually and collectively with staff and colleagues on the synthesis of mathematical knowledge and the application of mathematical skills to problem solving.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

One 1-hour lecture, one 2-hour lecture and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3320 - Computational linear algebra

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Tiangang Cui

Coordinator(s)

Dr Tiangang Cui

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the Master of Financial Mathematics or have passed one of the following units: MTH2021, MTH2025, MTH2040 or MAT1841

Synopsis

The overall aim of this unit is to study the numerical methods for matrix computations that lie at the core of a wide variety of large-scale computations and innovations in the sciences, engineering, technology and data science. Students will receive an introduction to the mathematical theory of numerical methods for linear algebra (with derivations of the methods and some proofs). This will broadly include methods for solving linear systems of equations, least-squares problems, eigenvalue problems, and other matrix decompositions. Special attention will be paid to conditioning and stability, dense versus sparse problems, and direct versus iterative solution techniques. Students will learn to implement the computational methods efficiently, and will learn how to thoroughly test their implementations for accuracy and performance. Students will work on realistic matrix models for applications in a variety of fields. Applications may include, for example: computation of electrostatic potentials and heat conduction problems; eigenvalue problems for electronic structure calculation; ranking algorithms for webpages; algorithms for movie recommendation, classification of handwritten digits, and document clustering; and principal component analysis in data science.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the mathematical theory behind a selection of important numerical methods for linear algebra, including the derivation of the methods and the analysis of their properties.
  2. Explain and apply notions of conditioning, stability, accuracy, convergence, convergence speed and computational cost.
  3. Demonstrate proficiency in the main linear algebra algorithms for solving linear systems, least-squares problems, eigenvalue decompositions, and other matrix decompositions, and apply them to problems in science, engineering, technology and big data analytics.
  4. Implement advanced computational linear algebra methods, and demonstrate the correctness and efficiency of the implementations in systematic computational tests.
  5. Demonstrate advanced skills in the written and oral presentation of theoretical and applied computational linear algebra problems.

Assessment

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

  • Three 1-hour lectures
  • One 2-hour applied class per week (in a computer lab)

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3330 - Optimisation and operations research

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Andreas Ernst

Coordinator(s)

Professor Andreas Ernst

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the Master of Financial Mathematics or have passed: one of MTH2010, MTH2015, ENG2005 or MAT1830, and one of MTH2021, MTH2025, MTH2040 or MAT1841

Synopsis

This unit introduces some of the fundamental methods from operations research and computational mathematics for continuous optimisation problems. A range of such optimisation problems appear in economics, engineering, finance, business, data science and many other application areas. Students will receive an introduction to the mathematical theory of continuous optimisation with a focus on linear programming methods and smooth non-linear programming. This will broadly include duality theory, the simplex method for linear programming, Lagrangian relaxation methods for dealing with constraints, quadratic programming, and some methods for more general non-linear problems including iterative approximation. Students will learn to implement the computational methods efficiently, how to test their implementations for accuracy and performance, and to interpret the results. Students will work on realistic models for applications in a variety of fields. Applications may include examples of supply chain optimisation, economic modelling (including shadow prices), product mix optimisation, portfolio optimisation, parameter estimation and machine learning.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Formulate a range of operations research problems as linear programming problems, and be able to solve them computationally;
  2. Demonstrate an understanding how the most widely used linear programming algorithms work;
  3. Apply duality theory to prove optimality of a solution;
  4. Interpret the solutions of optimisation problems, including analysing sensitivity of solutions;
  5. Implement several iterative algorithms for solving constrained and unconstrained non-linear optimisation problems and understand the mathematics behind these;
  6. Formulate and solve general non-linear programs arising in engineering, data science and other areas.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

  • Three 1-hour lectures
  • One 2-hour applied class per week (in a computer lab)

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3360 - Fluid dynamics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Philip Hall

Coordinator(s)

Professor Philip Hall

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of MTH2010, MTH2015, ENG2005 and one of MTH2032, MTH2040

Synopsis

The continuum hypothesis; notion of a fluid particle; pathlines and streamlines. Eulerian and Lagrangian frameworks; the material derivative. Conservation of mass; incompressibility; streamfunctions. Forces acting on a fluid; the stress tensor; conservation of momentum; the constitutive relation; the incompressible Navier-Stokes equations. Boundary conditions. Exact solutions of Navier-Stokes equations. Non-dimensionalization and dimensional analysis; Reynolds number. Low Reynolds number flows. Vorticity; circulation; Helmholtz' vorticity equation; properties of vorticity; Kelvin's circulation theorem. Lubrication theory. Inviscid flows; potential flows. Boundary layer equations and flows.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the scope of fluid dynamics in the physical sciences;
  2. Articulate the mathematical description of fluid motion;
  3. Summarise the derivation of the equations of incompressible fluid motion;
  4. Apply the process of scaling to simplify the governing equations for viscous and inertia dominated flows;
  5. Apply the process of scaling to lubrication and boundary layer flows;
  6. Solve the governing and reduced equations in simple situations and understand the physical implications of the solutions and their limitations.

Assessment

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MTH3401 - Special topics in mathematics 1

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Burkard Polster

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Burkard Polster

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Permission from the Head of School - please contact the unit coordinator in the first instance.

Synopsis

Advanced studies by lectures or reading project in an area of mathematics, statistics or related discipline, or a comparable project under the supervision of a member of academic staff in the School of Mathematical Sciences.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate and understand a relevant area of study outside of those normally presented as part of the third-level undergraduate program in mathematics and statistics;
  2. Demonstrate learning skills beyond that normally expected for a third-level unit in those disciplines;
  3. Display high-level written and oral presentation skills on their independent work.

Assessment

As determined by the Subject Assessment Panel in each case.

Workload requirements

Equivalent of three 1-hour lectures per week

See also Unit timetable information


MTH3402 - Special topics in mathematics 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Burkard Polster

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Burkard Polster

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Permission from the Head of School - please contact the unit coordinator in the first instance.

Synopsis

Advanced studies by lectures or reading project in an area of mathematics, statistics or related discipline, or a comparable project under the supervision of a member of academic staff in the School of Mathematical Sciences.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate and understand a relevant area of study outside of those normally presented as part of the third-level undergraduate program in mathematics and statistics;
  2. Demonstrate learning skills beyond that normally expected for a third-level unit in those disciplines;
  3. Display high-level written and oral presentation skills on their independent work.

Assessment

As determined by the Subject Assessment Panel in each case.

Workload requirements

Equivalent of three 1-hour lectures per week

See also Unit timetable information


MTH4010 - Mathematics honours topic A

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Yann Bernard

Coordinator(s)

Dr Yann Bernard
Dr Andy Hammerlindl

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of Mathematics and statistics

Synopsis

Students undertake honours level coursework in an area of mathematics or statistics.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand and apply advanced mathematical techniques.
  2. Identify and formulate real world and abstract problems in mathematical language.
  3. Use a mathematical approach to problem solving over a wide range of environments.
  4. Communicate mathematical results professionally.
  5. Utilise information technology effectively to aid in problem solving and the communication of mathematical results.

Assessment

In accordance with the published assessment requirements of the corresponding honours topic offered by the School of Mathematical Sciences. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator, and/or the honours topic coordinator.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures (or equivalent) per week, and an average of about nine hours of private study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Mathematics and statistics


MTH4020 - Mathematics honours topic B

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Yann Bernard

Coordinator(s)

Dr Yann Bernard
Dr Andy Hammerlindl

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of Mathematics and statistics

Synopsis

Students undertake honours level coursework in an area of mathematics or statistics.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand and apply advanced mathematical techniques.
  2. Identify and formulate real world and abstract problems in mathematical language.
  3. Use a mathematical approach to problem solving over a wide range of environments.
  4. Communicate mathematical results professionally.
  5. Utilise information technology effectively to aid in problem solving and the communication of mathematical results.

Assessment

In accordance with the published assessment requirements of the corresponding honours topic offered by the School of Mathematical Sciences. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator, and/or the honours topic coordinator.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures (or equivalent) per week and an average of about nine hours of private study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Mathematics and statistics


MTH4030 - Mathematics honours topic C

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Yann Bernard

Coordinator(s)

Dr Yann Bernard
Dr Andy Hammerlindl

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of Mathematics and statistics

Synopsis

Students undertake honours level coursework in an area of mathematics or statistics.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand and apply advanced mathematical techniques.
  2. Identify and formulate real world and abstract problems in mathematical language.
  3. Use a mathematical approach to problem solving over a wide range of environments.
  4. Communicate mathematical results professionally.
  5. Utilise information technology effectively to aid in problem solving and the communication of mathematical results.

Assessment

In accordance with the published assessment requirements of the corresponding honours topic offered by the School of Mathematical Sciences. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator, and/or the honours topic coordinator.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures (or equivalent) per week and an average of about nine hours of private study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Mathematics and statistics


MTH4040 - Mathematics honours topic D

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Yann Bernard

Coordinator(s)

Dr Yann Bernard
Dr Andy Hammerlindl

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of Mathematics and statistics

Synopsis

Students undertake honours level coursework in an area of mathematics or statistics.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand and apply advanced mathematical techniques.
  2. Identify and formulate real world and abstract problems in mathematical language.
  3. Use a mathematical approach to problem solving over a wide range of environments.
  4. Communicate mathematical results professionally.
  5. Utilise information technology effectively to aid in problem solving and the communication of mathematical results.

Assessment

In accordance with the published assessment requirements of the corresponding honours topic offered by the School of Mathematical Sciences. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator, and/or the honours topic coordinator.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures (or equivalent) per week and an average of about nine hours of private study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Mathematics and statistics


MTH4089 - Computational statistical inference

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Jonathan Keith

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Jonathan Keith

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Mathematics

Prohibitions

MTH5089

Synopsis

Computational statistical inference merges statistics with computational mathematics stochastic computation, computational linear algebra, and optimization to fully exploit the power of ever-increasing data sets, sophisticated mathematical models, and cutting-edge computer architectures. Driven by applied problems in finance, biology, geophysics, and data analytics, this unit aims to provide an integrated view of computational statistical inference and introduce advanced computational methods used in this emerging field.

This unit covers both practical algorithms and theoretical foundations of statistical inference, with cases studies on a selection of application problems. The main topics are parameter estimation and Bayesian inference, missing data problems and expectation maximisation, advanced Monte Carlo methods including importance sampling and Markov chain Monte Carlo, approximate Bayesian computation, linear and nonlinear filtering methods, classification, Gaussian processes, and kernel methods.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply sophisticated computational statistical inference in a wide range of application problems that require the integration of mathematical modelling with observed data to provide credible interpretation of the underlying system.
  2. Explain the roles of likelihood models, missing data, and Bayesian inference and formalise parameter estimation problems in complex applications using these concepts.
  3. Develop and apply advanced expectation-maximization methods to missing data problems.
  4. Use the principle of Bayesian inference and apply expert computational methods to estimate parameters of statistical models and mathematical models.
  5. Implement advanced computational methods used in statistical inference, including importance sampling, filtering, and Markov chain Monte Carlo, and understand the asymptotic behaviour of these methods.
  6. Apply machine learning tools such as classification, Gaussian processes, and kernel methods to analyse and interpret complicate data sets and understand the computational aspects of these tools.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for the end-of-semester exam.

Workload requirements

  • 3 hours of lectures and 1h of tutorial per week
  • 8 hours independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Mathematics


MTH4099 - Measure theory

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andrea Collevecchio

Coordinator(s)

Dr Andrea Collevecchio

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Mathematics

MTH3140

Prohibitions

MTH5099

Synopsis

Measure theory is one of the few theories which permeates all core mathematical domains (pure, applied and statistics). We develop Lebesgue integration and probability theory from the core elements of measure theory. The initial background will be kept to a minimum. In particular, it is only required knowledge of real analysis and elementary probability theory (prior knowledge of functional analysis is not required, but it is definitely encouraged). On the other hand, the topics covered in this course will be fundamental for the understanding of advanced courses (differential geometry, advanced analysis, partial differential equations), as described above.

The unit will cover such pure topics as: semi-rings, algebras, and sigma-algebras of sets, measures, outer measures, the Lebesgue and Borel measures, construction of Vitali sets, measurable and integrable functions, the Lebesgue integral and the fundamental theorems, the Lebesgue spaces, iterated measures and the Fubini theorem, modes of convergence, signed measures, decomposition of measures and the Radon-Nikodym theorem, approximation results for the Lebesgue measure.

The unit will also cover topics which are essential for probability theory: such as Borel-Cantelli Lemma, independence, Kolmogorov 0-1 law, exponential bounds, conditional expectation, martingales.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Formulate complex problems using appropriate measure theory terminology.
  2. Use sophisticated tools from measure theory in various areas of Mathematics (e.g. partial differential equations, geometric analysis, dynamical systems, general relativity, probability theory).
  3. Identify specific situations to which the fundamental results of measure theory apply, and demonstrate advanced expertise in applying these results to said situations.
  4. Communicate complex results and specialised information using the language of measure theory.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for the end-of-semester exam.

Workload requirements

3 hours of lectures and 1h of tutorial per week.

8 hours independent study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Mathematics


MTH4100 - Mathematics research studies

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Yann Bernard

Coordinator(s)

Dr Yann Bernard
Dr Andy Hammerlindl

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of Mathematics and statistics

Synopsis

Completion of a 'project and research skills' component along with one lecture topic chosen from the fourth-year offerings as approved by the coordinator. A list of the fourth-year lecture and project topics is available at enrolment. The 'project and research skills' component can take one of two forms:

  1. A major research project, in which the student is expected to contribute new results to the field of mathematics;
  2. A reading project, in which the student completes their mathematical background, along with a series of modules to develop research skills. Both types of projects contain a literature review component.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Read, comprehend and present advanced results from the mathematical literature including specialised research monographs and articles from refereed journals;
  2. Search the mathematical literature effectively;
  3. Conduct and/or apply mathematical research while adhering to high standards of mathematical scholarship;
  4. Plan, prepare and deliver oral presentations on specialized topics;
  5. Plan and write complex documents that interpret, synthesize, and generalize mathematical knowledge;
  6. Complete work requirements in an efficient and timely manner.

Assessment

One lecture topic: 25%

Project and research skills: 75%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Mathematics and statistics


MTH4111 - Differential geometry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Brett Parker

Coordinator(s)

Dr Brett Parker

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Mathematics

Prohibitions

MTH5111

Notes

This unit is offered in alternate years commencing S2, 2019

Synopsis

Manifolds are topological spaces that are locally homeomorphic to Euclidean space. A differentiable structure on a manifold makes it possible to generalize many concepts from calculus in Euclidean spaces to manifolds. This is an introductory course on differentiable manifolds and related basic concepts, which are the common ground for differential geometry, differential topology, global analysis, i.e. calculus on manifolds including geometric theory of integration, and modern mathematical physics. Topics covered in the unit include: Smooth manifolds and coordinate systems, tangent and cotangent bundles, tensor bundles, tensor fields and differential forms, Lie derivatives, exterior differentiation, connections, covariant derivatives, curvature, and Stokes's Theorem.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply expert differential geometric techniques to solve problems that arise in pure and applied mathematics.
  2. Construct coherent and precise logical arguments.
  3. Develop and extend current techniques in differential geometry so that they can be applied to new situations in novel ways.
  4. Communicate complex ideas effectively.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for the end-of-semester exam.

Workload requirements

  • 3 hours of lectures and 1 hour of tutorial per week
  • 8 hours of independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Mathematics


MTH4115 - Algebraic topology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Jessica Purcell

Coordinator(s)

Professor Jessica Purcell

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Mathematics

MTH3130 and MTH3121 or MTH2121, and one of MTH3140, MTH2140, MTH3110

Prohibitions

MTH5115

Notes

This unit is offered in alternate years commencing S2, 2019

Synopsis

This unit develops the main tools from algebra that are used to study and distinguish spaces. These tools are used in a variety of fields, from mathematics to theoretical physics to computer science. Algebraic topology relates to concrete problems, and sophisticated tools will be presented to tackle such problems. The core topics covered in the unit include the fundamental group and covering spaces, and homology. Cohomology and/or homotopy theory will also be studied.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a profound understanding of the core concepts in algebraic topology.
  2. Formulate complex mathematical arguments in algebraic topology.
  3. Apply sophisticated tools of algebraic topology to tackle new problems.
  4. Communicate difficult mathematical concepts and arguments with clarity.
  5. Apply critical thinking to judge the validity of mathematical reasoning.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for the end-of-semester exam.

Workload requirements

  • 3 hours of lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week
  • 8 hours of independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Mathematics


MTH4123 - Partial differential equations

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Zihua Guo

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Zihua Guo

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Mathematics and both

MTH3160 and MTH4099

Prohibitions

MTH5123

Notes

This unit is offered in alternate years commencing S2, 2019

Synopsis

Partial Differential Equations are ubiquitous in the modelling of physical phenomena. This topic will introduce the modern theory of partial differential equations of different types, in particular, the existence of solutions in an appropriate space. Fourier analysis, one of the most powerful tools of modern analysis, will also be covered. The following topics are covered in the unit: Sobolev spaces theory (weak derivatives, continuous and compact embeddings, trace theorem); elliptic equations (weak solutions, Lax-Milgram theorem); Parabolic equation (existence, maximal principle); Hyperbolic and dispersive equations (well-posedness).

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Synthetise advanced mathematical knowledge in the basic theory of fundamental PDEs.
  2. Interpret the construction of generalised functions (distribution) and how it relates to modern notions of derivative and function spaces.
  3. Synthetise techniques and properties of Fourier Analysis.
  4. Apply sophisticated Fourier analysis methods to problems in PDEs and related fields.
  5. Apply recent developments in research on PDEs

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for the end-of-semester exam

Workload requirements

  • 3 hours of lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week
  • 8 hours of independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Mathematics


MTH4141 - Computational group theory

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Heiko Dietrich

Coordinator(s)

Dr Heiko Dietrich

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Mathematics

MTH2121 or MTH3121

Prohibitions

MTH5141

Notes

This unit is offered in alternate years commencing S1, 2019

Synopsis

Groups are abstract mathematical objects capturing the concept of symmetry, and therefore are ubiquitous in many mathematical disciplines and other fields of science, such as physics, chemistry, and computer science. This unit is an introductory course on group theory and computational methods, using the computer algebra system GAP (www.gap-system.org). This unit will cover a selection of topics from the following list. Abstract Groups: knowing the basic definitions and standard results; Group Actions: orbits, stabilisers, and the orbit-stabiliser theorem; Group Presentations: free groups, abelian invariants, Todd-Coxeter algorithm; Permutation Groups: stabiliser chains, bases and strong generating sets, membership test; Nilpotency and Solvability: knowing the basic definitions and properties. Polycyclic Groups: polycyclic series and generating sets, polycyclic presentations; GAP: learn how to use the computer algebra system GAP to compute with groups.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Formulate complex problems using appropriate terminology in algebra;
  2. Demonstrate a profound understanding of abstract concepts in group theory;
  3. Appreciate the nature of algebraic proofs, be able to use a variety of proof-techniques unique to working with groups;
  4. Apply a variety of expert algorithms for different algebraic objects, in particular, groups;
  5. Use the computer algebra system GAP to compute with groups and related structures.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for the end-of-semester exam.

Workload requirements

3 hours of lectures and 1h of tutorial per week.

8 hours independent study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Mathematics


MTH4151 - Advanced graph theory

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Nicholas Wormald

Coordinator(s)

Professor Nicholas Wormald

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Mathematics

MTH3170

Prohibitions

MTH5151

Notes

This unit is offered in alternate years commencing S1, 2019

Synopsis

Networks are ubiquitous and fundamental in the modern world, whether they are computer networks, transport networks, food webs, polymer chains, social networks and so on. Graph theory is the mathematics of networks. Familiarity with the basic notions and terminology will be assumed and built on to give an advanced understanding of a number of topics chosen from the following list: random graph theory, probabilistic method, extremal graph theory, Ramsey theory, advanced algorithms, combinatorial optimisation, geometric graph theory, topological graph theory, structural graph theory, algebraic graph theory, graph colouring, matroid theory.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Formulate complex problems using appropriate graph-theoretic terminology.
  2. Appreciate the role of graph theory in other areas of mathematics.
  3. Apply sophisticated mathematical methods in the setting of graph theory.
  4. Apply sophisticated graph-theoretic arguments in a variety of settings.
  5. Communicate complex information about graphs.
  6. Apply critical thinking in the field of graph theory.
  7. Read, understand and verify expert mathematical proofs about graphs.
  8. Develop and write mathematical proofs about graphs.
  9. Understand several real-world applications of graph theory.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for the end-of-semester exam.

Workload requirements

3 hours of lectures and 1h of tutorial per week.

8 hours independent study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Mathematics


MTH4200 - Advanced studies in mathematics

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Yann Bernard

Coordinator(s)

Dr Yann Bernard
Dr Andy Hammerlindl

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of Mathematics and statistics

Co-requisites

MTH4100

Synopsis

MTH4200 is a level four unit in the Honours Program of the Bachelor of Science course. The unit comprises six approved lecture topics which students can choose from those offered in the Honours Handbook of the School of Mathematical Sciences. These provide advanced instruction in mathematical and statistical techniques, and support for students wishing to develop a career in research.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand and apply advanced mathematical techniques;
  2. Identify and formulate real world and abstract problems in mathematical language;
  3. Use a mathematical approach to problem solving over a wide range of environments;
  4. Communicate mathematical results professionally;
  5. Utilise information technology effectively to aid in problem solving and the communication of mathematical results.

Assessment

Four lecture topics (a mixture of assignments and examinations: 25% each): 100%

Workload requirements

Approximately 8-10 hours and lectures and practice classes per week for 24 weeks (two semesters).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Mathematics and statistics


MTH4311 - Methods of applied mathematics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Cally

Coordinator(s)

Professor Paul Cally

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Mathematics

Prohibitions

MTH5311

Synopsis

This unit covers the key principles to approximate and understand solutions of linear, weakly nonlinear, and strongly nonlinear equations by asymptotic analysis and dynamical systems theory. The main topics are: local analysis of linear ODEs, including irregular singular points and asymptotic series; asymptotic expansion of integrals, including stationary phase and steepest descent; introduction to regular/singular perturbation series; matched asymptotic expansion; multiple scale analysis, WKB theory; dynamical systems theory, including bifurcation, stability, and an introduction to chaos.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the need for advanced approximate methods in applied mathematics when exact solutions are not available and for when numerical solution requires asymptotic boundary conditions
  2. Formally explain the meanings of asymptotic relations and be able to apply them in comparing particular functions
  3. Use sophisticated asymptotic methods to obtain local and global approximate solutions to a variety of problems arising in applied mathematics
  4. Employ regular and singular perturbation methods to obtain approximate solutions of problems containing small parameters
  5. Recognize and apply the mathematical concepts and tools underlying the evolution of nonlinear dynamical systems and the transition to chaos.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for the end-of-semester exam.

Workload requirements

3 hours of lectures and 1h of tutorial per week.

8 hours independent study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Mathematics


MTH4321 - Methods of computational mathematics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Tiangang Cui

Coordinator(s)

Dr Tiangang Cui

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Mathematics

Prohibitions

MTH5321

Synopsis

Computational methods are of paramount importance for solving real-world problems in applied mathematics.This unit teaches widely used numerical methods for problems from science, engineering, biology and finance that are modeled by partial differential equations (PDEs). The unit covers numerical methods for PDEs of elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic type, as well as advanced solution methods for the linear and nonlinear systems of equations that may arise from the discretisation of the PDEs. Topics covered may include finite difference methods, finite element methods, and finite volume methods; iterative and multigrid solvers for linear and nonlinear systems; nonlinear hyperbolic conservation laws; and other topics in numerical PDEs.The concepts of numerical accuracy, stability and efficiency play a central role in the unit. Students will receive an introduction to the theory of the numerical methods (with derivations of the methods and some proofs), and will learn to implement the computational methods efficiently. Applications will be covered from various domains such as heat transfer, option pricing, biology, and fluid mechanics.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the mathematical theory behind a selection of important numerical methods for PDEs, including the derivation of the methods and the analysis of their properties.
  2. Explain and apply notions of accuracy, stability and computational cost when solving PDE problems numerically.
  3. Demonstrate proficiency in numerical methods for PDEs and linear system solving, and apply them to problems in science, engineering, biology and finance.
  4. Implement advanced numerical PDE methods, and demonstrate the correctness and efficiency of the implementations in systematic computational tests.
  5. Apply critical thinking and demonstrate written and oral communication skills in the field of computational mathematics.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for the end-of-semester exam.

Workload requirements

3 hours of lectures and 1 hour of tutorial per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Mathematics


MTH4323 - Numerical analysis and control of differential equations

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

To be advised

Coordinator(s)

Dr Janosch Rieger
Associate Professor Jerome Droniou

Not offered in 2019

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Mathematics

Prohibitions

MTH5323Not offered in 2019

Notes

This unit is offered in alternate years commencing S2, 2020

Synopsis

This unit gives an introduction to the numerical approximation and control of differential equations, with a focus on both the mathematical foundations and the practical usages of these notions. Topics covered include computational dynamics; optimisation and set-valued analysis; implicit and explicit time steppings; weak formulations of partial differential equations; finite element methods; finite volume methods; implementation and convergence analysis.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe and rigorously analyse sophisticated numerical methods for DEs;
  2. Implement numerical methods for standard models;
  3. Understand the mathematical properties of advanced numerical methods, and use this understanding to select appropriate method for each specific problem;
  4. Describe the nature and usage of optimal control problems;
  5. Cast a real-world problem into an optimal control problem;
  6. Communicate and critically discuss the outcome of numerical methods for DEs.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for the end-of-semester exam.

Workload requirements

  • 3 hours of lectures and a 1 hour tutorial per week
  • 8 hours of independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Mathematics


MTH4331 - Optimisation for data analytics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Andreas Ernst

Coordinator(s)

Professor Andreas Ernst

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Mathematics and MTH3330

Prohibitions

MTH5331

Synopsis

This unit covers the theory, techniques and applications of optimisation, with a focus on applications in data analytics. The emphasis is on advanced methods for nonlinear continuous optimisation. In addition to its theoretical description of optimisation algorithms, the unit also has a strong practical focus with students required to solve problems computationally through programming. Topics covered include a selection from quasi-Newton methods, augmented Lagrangian methods, and stochastic gradient descent methods, with applications to machine learning and neural networks. Furthermore, the unit will cover constrained optimisation methods that may include quadratic programming, interior point methods, as well as stochastic meta-heuristics for nonlinear optimisation. Applications of these methods may include support vector machines and other classification methods.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Develop specialised mathematical knowledge in nonlinear optimisation algorithms and their efficient computer implementation
  2. Understand the connection between optimisation and the training of data science models.
  3. Determine an appropriate choice of optimisation approach based on problem characteristics.
  4. Apply sophisticated optimisation methods to large problems arising from data analytics
  5. Translate the result of optimisation into the application domain
  6. Apply critical thinking in the field of computational optimisation

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for the end-of-semester exam.

Workload requirements

  • 3 hours of lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week
  • 8 hours of independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Mathematics


MTH4333 - Discrete optimisation

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Andreas Ernst

Coordinator(s)

Professor Andreas Ernst

Not offered in 2019

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Mathematics and MTH3330

Prohibitions

MTH5333Not offered in 2019

Notes

This unit is offered in alternate years commencing Semester 1, 2020

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to optimisation over discrete domains using integer programming and combinatorial methods. Discrete optimisation is frequently used to model decision problems in business and industry. This unit covers some of the mathematical tools required to solve these types of problems in practice. Building on linear programming, the unit will cover dynamic programming, branch-and-bound, polyhedral analysis, decomposition methods and an introduction to heuristic search for combinatorial optimisation problems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Develop specialised mathematical knowledge in discrete optimisation.
  2. Understand the profound connections between discrete optimisation, continuous optimisation and combinatorics.
  3. Apply sophisticated combinatorial optimisation and integer programming methods to a variety of practical optimisation problems.
  4. Translate practical problem descriptions into mathematical formulations as discrete optimisation problems and communicate the results to non-technical audiences.
  5. Apply critical thinking in the field of operations research.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for the end-of-semester exam.

Workload requirements

  • 3 hours of lectures
  • 1-hour tutorial and
  • 8 hours of independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Mathematics


MTH4341 - Fluid dynamics and turbulence

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Philip Hall

Coordinator(s)

Professor Philip Hall

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Mathematics

Prohibitions

MTH5341

Notes

This unit is offered in alternate years commencing S2, 2019

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to hydrodynamic stability theory that concerns the stability and instability of fluid flows. Students will be introduced to the theoretical methods required to understand how instabilities develop and how the flow transitions from a laminar to a turbulent state. Instability concepts will be applied to a range of flow systems with applications in biology, geophysics and aerodynamics.

Topics covered include: concepts of linear stability theory; temporal/spatial instabilities; Kelvin-Helmholtz instabilities; capillary instabilities; Rayleigh-Benard instabilities; centrifugal instabilities; inviscid and viscous shear flow instabilities in channels, pipes, cylinders and boundary layers; stability of parallel flows including Rayleigh's equation and inflexion point criteria, Fjortoft's theorem, Squire's theorem and the Orr-Sommerfeld equations; weakly nonlinear theory; coherent turbulent structures.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Illustrate a deep understanding of hydrodynamic stability theory.
  2. Describe and identify the types of instability that form in many physical flows.
  3. Derive and explain the significance of Rayleigh's inflexion point criterion, Fjortoft's theorem and Squire's theorem.
  4. Summarise the derivation of the Orr-Sommerfeld equation for a given basic state, and undertake a stability analysis.
  5. Understand and articulate the physical mechanisms leading to instability and the paths for laminar-turbulent transition.
  6. Communicate complex ideas on mathematical treatment of fluid dynamics.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for the end-of-semester exam.

Workload requirements

  • 3 hours of lectures and 1 hour of tutorial per week
  • 8 hours independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Mathematics


MTH4343 - Magnetohydrodynamics and visualisation of scientific data

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Cally

Coordinator(s)

Professor Paul Cally
Dr Alina Donea

Not offered in 2019

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Mathematics

Prohibitions

MTH5343Not offered in 2019

Notes

This unit is offered in alternate years commencing S1, 2020

Synopsis

This unit briefly discusses plasma physics, covering single particle motion and kinetic plasma theory, and then introduces the fluid description to derive the equations of magnetohydrodynamics (MHD). It then explores basic MHD, including ideal and dissipative MHD, magnetic hydrostatics, and MHD waves. A detailed spectral theory of MHD waves is developed. Applications will be made to solar structures and observations.

Stability and dynamics of solar features from the photosphere to corona will be analysed/simulated. These studies will be accompanied by the state-of-art visualisation techniques such as Python VTK, Mayavi and Paraview. Algorithms and ODE/PDE solvers to allow for Interactive MHD Visualisation will be an essential part of our tasks.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Develop advanced knowledge of the terms in the governing equations of kinetic and fluid theories.
  2. Identify the MHD equations and derive the associated mass and momentum conservation equations
  3. Identify the terms in the MHD version of Ohm's Law and use the equation to explain convection electric fields and frozen-in magnetic fields
  4. Demonstrate expert knowledge on magnetic pressure and tension forces
  5. Derive the dispersion equation for the basic MHD wave modes and describe their properties, such as propagation of magnetohydrodynamic waves
  6. Show using simple examples of how this system of equations can be applied to different astrophysical and laboratory phenomena.
  7. Reach a high level of achievement in writing and presenting sophisticated visualisation methods of computational visualisation
  8. Communicate complex information on waves and MHD theory with the use of visualisation methods.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for the end-of-semester exam

Workload requirements

3 hours of lectures and 1 hour of tutorial per week

8 hours independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Mathematics


MTH4351 - Mathematical biology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Mark Flegg

Coordinator(s)

Dr Mark Flegg

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Mathematics

Prohibitions

MTH5351

Notes

This unit is offered in alternate years commencing S2, 2019

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to some of the most important mathematical concepts in theoretical biology. The coursework for this unit will be entirely mathematical and assumes no prior expertise in biology. The course also includes a significant project whereby students will be paired with students enrolled in M6030 (Master of Biotechnology) to investigate a real biological question in an interdisciplinary setting.

The aim of the course is to introduce both mathematical methods and biological applications and to generate a realisation of the potential of mathematics in biological research. The lectures will be organised by application (population, chemical, physiological, etc) but will focus on mathematical analysis and the insights that they generate.

Whilst 'mathematical biology' has the potential to cover a wide range of activities, we will focus on phenomenological models of continuous, discrete or stochastic natures as opposed to data-driven areas of mathematics such as computational mathematics, statistics, data science, machine learning, etc.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply and extend classical models in mathematical biology.
  2. Use sophisticated mathematical techniques in the analysis of mathematical models in biology.
  3. Construct mathematical models for biological systems.
  4. Apply critical thinking to address problems in an interdisciplinary group setting.
  5. Communicate effectively across interdisciplinary borders.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for the end-of-semester exam.

Workload requirements

  • 3 hours of lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week
  • 8 hours of independent study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Mathematics


PHA2022 - Drugs and society

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Elizabeth Davis

Coordinator(s)

Dr Jennifer Irvine

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and BIO1022, or BMS1021 + Recommended: PHY2011 and/or BCH2011 or BMS2031

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the pharmacological principles underlying drug action, as well as drug absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion. Specific examples of drugs used for therapeutic and social reasons are discussed with an emphasis on the social issues associated with drug availability and use. How new drugs are discovered and the processes by which they are taken from the bench to the marketplace are discussed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the targets of drug action, their mechanisms of action and the factors that influence their use as therapeutics;
  2. Apply knowledge of drug action to discuss the risks and benefits of drug use and some of the non-pharmacological issues associated with drugs in our society;
  3. Discuss the steps involved in the discovery, development and regulation of drugs from bench to market;
  4. Demonstrate the ability to obtain, present and interpret data from pharmacological experiments;
  5. Demonstrate the ability to source, evaluate and use information from a range of sources to critically analyse socially relevant drug controversies;
  6. Demonstrate the ability to work both independently and as part of a team.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Written examination (3 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

Tests: 15%

Practicals and in-class exercises: 20% (Hurdle)

Student debate: 15% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

  • One-2 hour lectorial
  • One hour of guided learning; and
  • Three hours of laboratory/workshop activities per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHA3011 - Principles of drug action

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Elizabeth Davis

Coordinator(s)

Dr Klaudia Budzyn

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMS2031; or two of PHA2022, PHY2011, PHY2021, PHY2032 or PHY2042; or BTH2012 plus one of BMS1052, PHY2011 or PHY2032

Synopsis

This unit provides a basic understanding of the principles of drug action - including the targets of drug action (receptors, enzymes, ion channels), drug receptor interactions, receptor families and signalling pathways - as well as the principles of pharmacokinetics (absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion). Particular examples of neurotransmitter systems and mediator systems (including histamine, 5HT, eicosanoids and the renin angiotensin system) as targets for drug action are studied in detail.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss mechanisms by which drugs can act to produce changes in living systems;
  2. Utilise the basic principles of pharmacokinetics to explain individual differences in responses to drugs;
  3. Apply knowledge of endogenous mediator systems to predict the potential therapeutic and adverse effects of drugs;
  4. Access relevant scientific literature to design a set of experiments to address a specific hypothesis relating to a drug's mechanism of action;
  5. Demonstrate the ability to execute pharmacological experiments to obtain, present and interpret data relating to mechanisms of drug action;
  6. Demonstrate the ability to source, critically evaluate and use scientific literature to address a defined pharmacological problem;
  7. Demonstrate the ability to work individually and collaboratively.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 55% (Hurdle)

In-semester tests: 15%

Group written assignment (1000 words): 15% (Hurdle)

Practicals/in-class exercises: 15% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and three hours of laboratory or self-directed learning/ tutorial per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHA3021 - Drugs in health and disease

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jane Bourke

Coordinator(s)

Dr Jane Bourke
Dr Jennifer Irvine

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMS2031; or two of PHA2022, PHY2011, PHY2021, PHY2032 or PHY2042; or BTH2012 and one of BMS1052 or PHY2011

Co-requisites

PHA3011

Synopsis

This unit provides an historical overview of the use of drugs, with an emphasis on the principles underlying the safe and effective current use of drugs for the maintenance of health and the treatment of disease. The importance of evidence-based drug therapy is highlighted with an introduction to statistical and epidemiological concepts. The pharmacological properties of drug classes used to treat specific respiratory, cardiovascular and gastrointestinal disorders are studied, concentrating on the rationale for their use. Pharmacological approaches to the study of existing and novel compounds will be reinforced in laboratory sessions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the major principles underlying the therapeutic use of drugs, including the relevance and assessment of evidence-based medicine;
  2. Apply knowledge of the actions of major drug classes to explain their therapeutic applications and potential adverse effects;
  3. Use knowledge of the mechanisms of drug action to predict effects in intact organisms;
  4. Demonstrate the ability to execute pharmacological experiments to obtain, analyse and interpret data and present this in a written report;
  5. Demonstrate the ability to undertake literature based research to source and critically evaluate information relevant to current topics in pharmacology and to effectively communicate ideas in oral, visual or written forms.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 55% (Hurdle)

In-semester tests: 15%

Assignments: 15% (Hurdle)

Practicals/in-class exercises: 15% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and three hours of laboratory or self-directed learning/ tutorial per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHA3032 - Neuro and endocrine pharmacology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Bradley Broughton

Coordinator(s)

Dr Bradley Broughton
Dr Klaudia Budzyn

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHA3011 and one of PHA3021, BMS3021 or BMS3031

Synopsis

This unit provides an integrated understanding of how drugs affect neuronal and endocrine function. Four major areas are covered: major neurotransmitters within the brain, reproductive endocrinology, metabolism and disorders of pancreatic and thyroid function, mood and pain, and, neurodegenerative disorders. The focus is on mechanisms of action, use and side effects of drugs affecting a range of neuronal and endocrine functions and includes topics such as drugs used in anaesthesia and sedation, anxiety, depression, epilepsy, schizophrenia and psychoses, Parkinson's and Alzheimer's disease, reproduction and contraception, diabetes, thyroid function and metabolism and calcium homeostasis.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply knowledge of central neurotransmitter and endocrine systems to predict the effects of drugs;
  2. Integrate and reconstruct knowledge underlying the cellular mechanisms of neuro- and endocrine pharmacology to predict outcomes in the whole animal;
  3. Present, analyse and interpret data from a range of experiment types and discuss this in the context of current scientific literature;
  4. Execute experiments in neuropharmacology and endocrine pharmacology to present, analyse and report the data obtained;
  5. Source, integrate and critically evaluate the scientific literature to address a defined pharmacological problem relating to neuro- or endocrine pharmacology.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (3 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

Assignment: 15% (Hurdle)

Practicals and in-class exercises: 20% (Hurdle)

Tests: 15%

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and three hours of laboratory or self-directed learning/ tutorial per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHA3042 - Modern drug development

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Barbara Kemp-Harper

Coordinator(s)

Dr Barbara Kemp-Harper
Dr Eva Patak

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHA3011 and one of PHA3021, BMS3021 or BMS3031

Synopsis

Modern drug development will provide the student with an appreciation of the process of discovery, testing, approval and marketing of new drugs. This will include the diseases most likely to be targeted by pharmaceutical companies for drug development; the technical issues underlying drug discovery; the role of genomics in identifying novel targets; rational drug design; the importance of screens including molecular models and high throughput screening; disease models; case studies illustrating the successful development of drugs. Career opportunities in all aspects of drug development will be highlighted.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the steps involved in the drug discovery process, including sources of drugs, how targets are identified and screening processes that can be used to test for desired activity;
  2. Discuss the steps involved in developing a commercial product from a potential drug candidate, including the relevant regulatory framework and marketing considerations;
  3. Critically evaluate methodologies and data from experiments in the context of the drug development process;
  4. Obtain, present and interpret data from pharmacological experiments relevant to the area of drug development;
  5. Source, integrate and critically evaluate the scientific literature to address an issue in the area of drug development and to communicate this orally, in written form or via a poster presentation;
  6. Work both independently and as part of a team.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (3 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

Tests: 10%

Assignments: 15% (Hurdle)

Practicals and in-class exercises: 25% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and three hours of laboratory or self-directed learning/ tutorial per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHA3800 - Fundamentals of toxicology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Tan Ji Wei

Coordinator(s)

Dr Tan Ji Wei

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BTH2741 or BCH2011, BTH2752 and six points of level two Physiology

Co-requisites

PHA3801

Synopsis

Toxicology is the biological, chemical and pharmacological study of poisons. Students will be introduced to environmental, food, forensic, clinical and occupational toxicology. This unit presents the broad science of toxicology to facilitate the understanding of the principles and mechanisms of the action of poisons on specific organ systems. It examines the response of each body system to poisons and the specific effects of a wide range of toxic agents - from pesticides to radiation. In addition sources of toxins, toxicokinetics, toxicity testing and risk assessment are studied to enable students to understand how to predict and eliminate the potential risk of toxicity to humans and animals. The topics taught include general principles of toxicology, dispositions of toxicants, non-organ-directed toxicology, target organ toxicity, toxic agents, environmental toxicology and applications of toxicology.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate the basic principles of toxicology and the behavioural mechanisms of various toxicants targeting different organ systems.
  2. Deduce the general pharmacokinetics, biotransformation and toxicokinetics of xenobiotics in whole organisms.
  3. Critically evaluate the adverse effects of chemicals, metals, radioactive materials, and animal and plant toxins on living organisms.
  4. Present the different stages of carcinogenesis and assess the effects of toxic agents on the alteration of genetic materials and growth development.
  5. Demonstrate an appreciation towards environmental toxicology that includes air pollution and ecotoxicology.
  6. Perform and critically evaluate risk assessments of general toxicants, and propose appropriate safety precautions.
  7. Foster teamwork, perform good laboratory practice, and communicate research observations/ findings in the form of written reports and presentations.

Assessment

Assignment: 10%

Group oral presentation: 10%

Mid-semester test: 5%

Practical reports: 25%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures, one 3-hour practical class and one 1-hour tutorial per week

See also Unit timetable information


PHA3801 - Principles of pharmacology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Michelle Yap

Coordinator(s)

Dr Michelle Yap

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

6 points of level two PHY

Prohibitions

PHA2022

Synopsis

The main theme is an introduction to drug use in our society. The following topics will be covered:

  1. how drugs act at a cellular level, how they target specific body systems and how the body handles drugs (pharmacokinetics)
  2. Sources of drugs - prescription vs over the counter vs herbal remedies and information available to the public about drugs. Rationale for choice of drugs for common diseases
  3. Drug development from the laboratory to the consumer. Factors influencing the development of new drugs (e.g. economics and logistics).

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe how drugs work, when and how they are used, their side-effects and toxicity;
  2. Demonstrate understanding of the risk-benefit aspects of drug use;
  3. Demonstrate knowledge of the sources of drugs and rationales for their use;
  4. Demonstrate appreciation of ethical issues encompassing drug research and clinical trials;
  5. Carry out tissue bath experiments to elicit drug effects.

Assessment

Practical work: 20%

Semester test: 10%

Presentation and essay: 20%

Examination (2 hours): 50%

Workload requirements

Three hours of lectures, one hour of tutorials and three hours of practicals per week (includes wet practicals, dry practicals and CAL-Computer Aided Learning).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHA3990 - Action in pharmacology research project

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jane Bourke

Coordinator(s)

Dr Jane Bourke

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Permission of the Head of Pharmacology. Students must have completed all first and second level units in their approved major, and be able to demonstrate that they have an appropriate project and supervisor/s. 12 points of pharmacology and a grade point average of at least 70 over 24 points in relevant units at second year level.

Notes

Additional information including application process is available from:

https://sites.google.com/monash.edu/researchinactionunits/start-here

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in Pharmacology. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Pharmacology. The unit convenor and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of enrolment. Student will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Undertake a research project with regard to ethical and safety regulations;
  2. Demonstrate technical skills in experimental methods and the ability to collect, analyse and interpret data using methods relevant to the discipline of Pharmacology;
  3. Communicate appropriately and effectively with supervisors, laboratory staff and students;
  4. Maintain accurate and up-to-date records of experimental procedures, results and outcomes;
  5. Identify relevant published scientific literature and critically analyse and evaluate the content in the context of the discipline of Pharmacology;
  6. Construct written reports.

Assessment

Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes, 10% and final 15 minutes 10%): 20%

Written report (preliminary 1000 words): 10%

Written report (final 5000 words): 50% (Hurdle)

Assessment of laboratory work: 20%

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

12 hours per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS1001 - Foundation physics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Mark Edmonds

Coordinator(s)

Dr Mark Edmonds

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Recommended: MTH1020 or ENG1090

Prohibitions

PHS1011, PHS1031, BMS1031

Synopsis

The unit introduces fundamental principles of Newtonian mechanics, electricity and magnetism, waves and oscillations, and quantum physics. The unit explores these concepts in the context of current technology in areas such as transportation and communication. Students will also discover how these ideas link to current research in Physics. The unit further introduces the concepts of experimental design, measurement, and analysis that form the basis of the evidence-based approach that is the foundation of scientific discoveries and theories.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain and understand concepts taught in the unit such as force, energy, work, and wave propagation;
  2. Apply their knowledge to solve problems related to these concepts;
  3. Evaluate and appraise novel situations in terms of mechanics, electric and magnetic fields, and waves;
  4. Execute experiments involving simple apparatus and analyse, interpret and evaluate the results arising from them;

  5. Communicate results of others and one's own experimentations in a scientific form.

Assessment

Experimental work: 25% (Hurdle)

Tests/assignments: 35%

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Hurdle requirement: Students must achieve a pass mark in the experimental work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Astrophysics

Materials science

Physics

Physiology


PHS1002 - Physics for engineering

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Michael Morgan

Coordinator(s)

Dr Istvan Laszlo (Clayton)
Associate Professor Boon Leong Lan (Malaysia)
Dr Jasmina Lazendic-Galloway

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • October intake 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHS1001 or PHS1080 or PHS1031 or BMS1031 or VCE Physics (study score 25 or above), and ENG1090 or MTH1010 or VCE Mathematical Methods (study score 25 or above)

Co-requisites

Recommended: MTH1030 or ENG1005

Note: supporting mathematics studies are required for progression towards the Astrophysics and Physics majors.

Prohibitions

PHS1011, PHS1022, ENG1081Not offered in 2019

Synopsis

This unit relates key principles of physics to engineering and technology, and shows how physics, including quantum and nano-science, creates useful new technologies. Energy, momentum and angular momentum: planetary orbits, rocket propulsion, precession, flywheels. Electromagnetism and light. Quantum physics: Uncertainty principle, wave functions, atomic force microscope, lasers, stimulated emission. The practical component develops measurement, analysis, and communication skills.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify the basic principles of physics in typical simple situations relevant to engineering, and correctly apply them
  2. Apply energy and momentum methods to analyse motion of systems
  3. Explain behaviours involving electromagnetism and do appropriate analysis and calculations
  4. Explain, and apply, basic quantum principles to, situations which are relevant in engineering and technology contexts; do appropriate analysis and calculations
  5. Demonstrate an ability to describe and explain advanced techniques used in relevant engineering or physics contexts
  6. Make reliable measurements, estimate uncertainties, analyse, evaluate and interpret data in cases appropriate to engineering and related to the theory studied
  7. Show an improved ability to work in teams and to communicate and discuss physics concepts, measurements and applications related to engineering and developments in technologies
  8. Approach new problems and find solutions on the basis of general principles, and evaluate the appropriateness of their proposed models or solutions.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Experimental work: 25% (Hurdle)

Tests/Assignments: 35%

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Hurdle requirement: Students must achieve a pass mark in the experimental work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Astrophysics

Materials science

Physics

Physiology


PHS1011 - Classical physics and relativity

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Paul Lasky

Coordinator(s)

Dr Paul Lasky

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

VCE Mathematical Methods (study score of 25 or above) and VCE Physics (study score of 25 or above) or VCE Specialist Mathematics (study score of 40 or above) or equivalent high school qualifications.

If you have a study score of 25 or above in VCE Physics but only took Further Mathematics, please contact the unit coordinator to discuss your options.

Co-requisites

Recommended: MTH1020, MTH1030, MTH1035 or ENG1005

Note: supporting mathematics studies are required for progression towards the Astrophysics and Physics majors

Prohibitions

PHS1001, PHS1002 PHS1080, PHS1031, BMS1031, ENG1081Not offered in 2019

Synopsis

In this unit, you will build on your knowledge of classical (non-quantum) physics related to concepts of motion, forces, momentum and energy; including their application to oscillations, waves and thermal physics. You will also investigate the limits of applicability of classical (non-relativistic) concepts of motion where the ideas of special relativity must be applied.

You will explore these concepts in the context of current technology in areas such as transportation and communication and you will also discover how these ideas link to current research in physics.

This unit will also introduce you to concepts of experimental design, measurement and analysis that form the basis of the evidence-based approach that is the foundation of scientific discoveries and theories.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain and understand concepts taught in the unit such as force, energy, work, and wave propagation;
  2. Apply their knowledge to solve problems related to these concepts;
  3. Evaluate and appraise novel situations in terms of mechanics, thermodynamics, waves and relativity;
  4. Execute experiments and analyse, interpret and evaluate the results arising from them;
  5. Present and communicate results of others and one's own experimentations in a scientific form.

Assessment

Experimental work: 25% (Hurdle)

Tests/Assignments: 35%

Examination (3 hours): 40%

Hurdle requirement: Students must achieve a pass mark in the

experimental work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer-directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Astrophysics

Materials science

Physics

Physiology


PHS1022 - Fields and quantum physics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Paul Lasky

Coordinator(s)

Dr Paul Lasky

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHS1011 or PHS1080

Co-requisites

Recommended: MTH1030, MTH1035 or ENG1005

Note: supporting mathematics studies are required for progression towards the Astrophysics and Physics majors.

Prohibitions

PHS1002, ENG1081Not offered in 2019, PHS1042

Synopsis

This unit forms part of main-stream physics and provides foundations in rotational dynamics, the gravitational field, electrostatics, magnetism and quantum physics. Together these topics underpin interactions in our universe at sub-atomic to cosmic scales. Electrostatics explores the electric field, potential and energy for various situations, and the behaviour of capacitors and dielectrics. Magnetism covers the relation between currents, magnetic fields and induced emfs, inductance, LCR resonance, and introduces Maxwell's equations and electromagnetic waves. Quantum physics includes wave particle duality for matter and light, quantisation, wave-functions and probabilities, the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle, hydrogen atom, and the particle-in-a-box model.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain and understand concepts taught in the unit such as fields, electromagnetic phenomena, and quantum mechanics;
  2. Apply their knowledge to solve problems related to these concepts;
  3. Evaluate and appraise novel situations in terms of fields, electrostatics, magnetic interaction and quantum effects;
  4. Execute experiments involving simple apparatus and analyse, interpret and evaluate the results arising from them;
  5. Present and communicate results of others and one's own experimentations in a scientific form.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Experimental work: 25% (Hurdle)

Tests/Assignments: 35%

Examination (3 hours): 40%

Hurdle requirement: Students must achieve a pass mark in the experimental work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Astrophysics

Materials science

Physics

Physiology


PHS1031 - Physics for the living world

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Kristian Helmerson

Coordinator(s)

Professor Kristian Helmerson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

BMS1031, PHS1001, PHS1011, PHS1080

Synopsis

Principles of force and movement applied to skeletal structures, human movement and sport, centrifugation, oscillations, effects on living systems. Bio-electricity including nerve conduction, membrane potential, defibrillation, ECG, electrical measurements in bio-systems. Energy production and transport, pressure, diffusion and osmosis. Fluid flow and the cardiovascular system and heat flow in the body. Optical properties of biological and useful materials, refraction, reflection, polarisation, with particular reference to human vision and the microscope.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain and apply relevant physics principles to human, biomedical and biosphere contexts;
  2. Describe and model situations involving body systems, forces and materials for support and movement, heat and energy transport, electrical behaviour, basic electrical measurements, optical systems and instruments;
  3. Develop simple physical models and apply these to problem solving;
  4. Carry out reliable measurements, analyse data, estimate uncertainties, interpret physical phenomena and present scientific information in written reports.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Practical work: 30% (Hurdle)

Tests/assignments 30%

Hurdle requirement: Students must achieve a pass mark

in the practical work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS2061 - Quantum and thermal physics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Scott Findlay

Coordinator(s)

Dr Scott Findlay (unit coordinator)
Dr Istvan Laszlo (computational workshop coordinator)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One unit from PHS1022, PHS1002

and one unit from MTH1030, MTH1035 or ENG1005

Co-requisites

Recommended: MTH2010 or MTH2015 or ENG2005

Note: supporting mathematics studies are required for progression towards the Astrophysics and Physics majors

Prohibitions

PHS2011

Synopsis

Quantum physics is at the core of physics and this unit provides a basis for understanding key quantum concepts, applications and associated phenomena. Thermal physics aims to understand how energy resides in matter as thermal energy, how energy moves irreversibly as heat between bodies at different temperatures, and how heat flow arises from entropy and the second law of thermodynamics; entropy is defined carefully in terms of the multiplicity of microstates of a system. Thermal physics explores how work can be interconverted with thermal energy and how entropy limits the efficiency of engines, heat pumps and refrigerators.

  1. Quantum Mechanics: the domain of quantum mechanics; particle and wave description; the Schrodinger equation, energy, momentum and angular momentum as operators, expectation values and stationary states; one-dimensional scattering and potentials, including the quantum oscillator, quantum mechanical tunnelling and quantum technologies; Heisenberg's uncertainty principle, the hydrogen atom; the Pauli exclusion principle and the periodic table; entanglement and Bell's theorem; introduction to quantum information.
  2. Thermal Physics: review of heat, work and internal (thermal) energy, phase transitions, latent heats and heat capacities; the inadequacy of heat capacities as a basis for thermometry; statistical descriptions of a macroscopic physical system: microstates, macrostates, multiplicity and entropy; the second law of thermodynamics; absolute temperature related to entropy; pressure related to entropy; review of PV diagrams and work in thermodynamics, especially as applied to ideal gases; adiabatic and isothermal processes; introduction to engines and the Carnot cycle; examples of thermodynamic cycles in applications; heat pumps and refrigerators; the Helmholtz free energy and an introduction to the Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution, the exponential atmosphere and Boltzmann factors; inter alia Maxwell's daemon, the thermodynamics of computation and the heat death of the Universe.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe and perform calculations appropriate to key concepts in quantum mechanics, including the foundations of quantum mechanics and a wide variety of quantum systems in 1D, 2D and 3D;
  2. Describe and perform calculations related to thermal physics and statistical thermodynamics, including a foundational understanding of temperature, energy, heat and work, and its applications to heat pumps and engines, entropy and information;
  3. Apply numerical modelling to solve problems in quantum mechanics and thermal physics;
  4. Demonstrate awareness of scientific computing methods and visualization;
  5. Acquire, manipulate and interpret physical data and write scientific reports at a level suitable for publication.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 40%

Assignments, quizzes and computational workshops: 30%

Laboratory work: 30% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: Students must achieve a pass mark in the laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor-directed, peer-directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS2062 - Electromagnetism and optics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Scott Findlay

Coordinator(s)

Dr Scott Findlay (unit coordinator)
Dr Istvan Laszlo (computational workshop coordinator)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One unit from PHS1022, PHS1002

and one unit from MTH2010, MTH2015 or ENG2005

Co-requisites

Recommended: MTH2032 or MTH2040

Note: supporting mathematics studies are required for progression towards the Astrophysics and Physics majors

Prohibitions

PHS2022

Synopsis

Electromagnetism and optics fundamentally underpin such modern communication technologies as radio, cellular phones, GPS, Wi-Fi, laser and optical fibres.

  1. Electromagnetism: classical electromagnetic theory; Maxwell's equations; Gauss's law; Faraday's law; Ampere-Maxwell law; electric and magnetic fields in vacuum; electric and magnetic fields in matter; electrodynamics.
  2. Optics: geometric ray tracing; optical cavities; electromagnetic waves; Gaussian beam propagation; multiple-beam interference; polarisation; birefringence.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain and apply the key concepts of electricity, magnetism and optics to a variety of phenomena.
  2. Demonstrate awareness of scientific computing methods and visualisation techniques for modelling physical systems, and use computers as a tool to solve problems in optics and electromagnetism.
  3. Use modern instruments and methods to acquire, manipulate and interpret physical data, and draw evidence based conclusions.
  4. Write scientific reports at a level suitable for publication.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (3 hours): 40%

Assignments, quizzes and computational workshops: 30%

Laboratory work: 30% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: Students must achieve a pass mark in the laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS2081 - Atomic, nuclear and condensed matter physics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Scott Findlay

Coordinator(s)

Dr Scott Findlay (unit coordinator)
Dr Istvan Laszlo (computational workshop coordinator)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One unit from PHS1022, PHS1002

and one unit from MTH1030, MTH1035 or ENG1005

Prohibitions

PHS2011

Synopsis

The atomic physics sub-unit explores the development of our current understanding of the electronic properties of atoms. Much of the fundamentals of quantum mechanics were developed in response to the difficulties of reconciling observed physical phenomena with classical physics. This sub-unit introduces the wavefunction description for electronic orbitals as applied to hydrogenic atoms, and explains the concept of atomic magnetism, including magnetic coupling, which leads to an explanation for fine and hyperfine spectroscopic structure. The origin and nature of selection rules in various atomic systems is examined.

The nuclear physics sub-unit introduces a range of observable phenomena that result due to the structure of atomic nuclei, describes our current understanding of the constituents and structure of nuclei, and considers nuclear processes such as the various forms of radioactive decay, fission and fusion, and neutron-induced reactions. The concept of a reaction cross section is developed. The ubiquity and utility of conservation laws are emphasized, leading to an appreciation of the power of these tools for understanding nuclear phenomena.

The condensed matter physics sub-unit examines how fundamental properties of solid matter - such as electrical, mechanical and optical properties - arise from the atomistic and electronic structure of materials. The arrangement of atoms in solids is explored via diffraction and imaging. Correlations between properties such as hardness and melting point are understood through bonding and the cohesive energy. Electrical conduction is explored in detail through a series of increasingly complex models: classical free electron theory, quantum free electron theory and band theory. Concepts such as mobility, the Fermi level and the Fermi-Dirac distribution are thereby introduced in the context of simple systems like metals before being applied to more complex systems like semiconductors. Semiconductor physics is introduced, with a focus on the quantum technologies which it underpins, including solar cells, light emitting diodes and transistors.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe and perform calculations appropriate to key concepts in atomic physics, including the model of angular momentum in hydrogenic atoms, the selection rules for allowed transitions in a range of atomic systems, the origin of fine and hyperfine structure, and the structure of the periodic table based on the electronic properties of atoms.
  2. Describe and perform calculations appropriate to key concepts in nuclear physics, including nuclear binding energy and stability, the origin of different types of radioactive decay, and whether nuclear processes will occur based on energy considerations.
  3. Describe and perform calculations appropriate to the classical free electron model, the quantum free electron model and the band theory model for electrical conduction in solids, and compare the strengths and shortcomings of these models.
  4. Demonstrate awareness of scientific computing methods and visualization.
  5. Acquire, manipulate and interpret physical data and write scientific reports at a level suitable for publication.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 40%

Assignments, quizzes and computational workshops: 30%

Laboratory work: 30% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: Students must achieve a pass mark in the laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS2350 - Physics and astronomy introductory research project 1

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Kristian Helmerson

Coordinator(s)

Professor Kris Helmerson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester B 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

A HD in PHS1022 or PHS1002 (or equivalent). Enrolment requires the School's approval.

Synopsis

Students will work with an academic supervisor on an experimental or theoretical project in an area such as: observational astronomy and astrophysics, condensed matter physics and nanotechnology, electron microscopy and diffraction, particle physics, ultra cold atomic gases, biophotonics and biomedical imaging, optics and imaging (using light, electrons and atoms), x-ray and synchrotron-based studies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Plan aspects of a project and manage related timelines.
  2. Communicate effectively with a project supervisor, colleagues and technical staff.
  3. Access and review scientific literature.
  4. Maintain a clear record of work done.
  5. Analyse and interpret results in terms of related physics theory.
  6. Write appropriate scientific reports, both interim and final.
  7. Communicate by oral presentation.

Assessment

Project work - logbook, competence, planning and initiative: 40%

Written progress reports: 10%

Oral presentation: 15%

Final report: 35%

Workload requirements

An average of 12 hours of study per week split between

independent research, collaborative research, meeting with

supervisors and work on assessed items.

See also Unit timetable information


PHS2360 - Physics and astronomy introductory research project 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Kristian Helmerson

Coordinator(s)

Professor Kristian Helmerson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester B 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHS2350

Synopsis

Students will work with an academic supervisor on an experimental or theoretical project in an area such as: observational astronomy and astrophysics, condensed matter physics and nanotechnology, electron microscopy and diffraction, particle physics, ultra cold atomic gases, biophotonics and biomedical imaging, optics and imaging (using light, electrons and atoms), x-ray and synchrotron-based studies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Plan aspects of a project and manage related timelines.
  2. Communicate effectively with a project supervisor, colleagues and technical staff.
  3. Access and review scientific literature.
  4. Maintain a clear record of work done.
  5. Analyse and interpret results in terms of related physics theory.
  6. Write appropriate scientific reports, both interim and final.
  7. Communicate by oral presentation.

Assessment

Project work - logbook, competence, planning and initiative: 40%

Written progress reports: 10%

Oral presentation: 15%

Final report: 35%

Workload requirements

An average of 12 hours of study per week split between independent research, collaborative research, meeting with supervisors and work on assessed items.

See also Unit timetable information


PHS3000 - Experimental physics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alexis Bishop

Coordinator(s)

Dr Alexis Bishop

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHS2061 and PHS2062 and one of MTH2032 or MTH2040

Recommended: PHS2081

Prohibitions

PHS3031, PHS3051, PHS3042, PHS3062

Synopsis

In this unit, students perform advanced laboratory experiments designed to broaden their experimental skills and physics knowledge.

Tuition is provided for the following skills: writing research-grade laboratory notebooks, preparing concise scientific reports, fitting models to data, uncertainty analysis, signal processing. Students complete a series of experiments of their choice and present their findings in laboratory reports.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Write a research-grade laboratory record of an experiment session.
  2. Write reports in a similar format to a standard research journal article on the findings of a laboratory experiment.
  3. Analyse experimental data using numerical modelling and other computational techniques.
  4. Demonstrate awareness of scientific computing methods and visualisation.
  5. Demonstrate an ability to work in teams and to communicate and discuss physics concepts.

Assessment

In semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (approximately 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed and self-directed learning.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS3101 - Quantum mechanics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alexis Bishop

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Meera Parish

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHS2061 and;

one of MTH2010, MTH2015 or ENG2005 and;

one of MTH2032 or MTH2040

Prohibitions

PHS3142

Synopsis

This unit extends the basic quantum mechanics introduced in second year (PHS2061) to an intermediate level and introduces key concepts, such as Dirac notation, perturbation theory, and generalised scattering theory. Topics covered in the unit include:

Mathematical foundations of quantum mechanics, quantum states and the Dirac notation, operators, measurement and observables, the quantum harmonic oscillator, the hydrogen atom, angular momentum and spin, two-level systems, time evolution of states, Bloch's theorem and periodic Hamiltonians, perturbation theory, the WKB approximation, the variational principle, and scattering theory.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe concepts and perform calculations in quantum mechanics, using the Dirac and Schrodinger formalism, and apply this knowledge to the analytical solution of model quantum systems.
  2. Perform calculations using approximate methods used in quantum mechanics, such as perturbation theory, the variational approach, WKB method.
  3. Describe concepts and perform calculations based on scattering theory.
  4. Apply numerical modelling to solve problems in quantum mechanics.
  5. Demonstrate awareness of scientific computing methods and visualization.
  6. Demonstrate an ability to work in teams and to communicate and discuss physics concepts.
  7. Approach new problems and find solutions on the basis of general principles, and evaluate the appropriateness of their proposed models or solutions.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%

In-semester assessment : 50%

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (approximately 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer-directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS3102 - Statistical and condensed matter physics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alexis Bishop

Coordinator(s)

Dr Lincoln Turner

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHS3101 or PHS3031

Recommended: PHS2081

Prohibitions

PHS3031 and PHS3042 completed together

Synopsis

This unit explores topics of foundational many-body physics. The unit consists of two theory-only sub-units, and the key areas for each sub-unit are:

  1. Statistical Physics: Classical statistical ensembles and distributions Boltzmann factors, probability and the partition function. Connecting the partition function with thermodynamics via free energies. The Maxwellian distributions of speeds. The chemical potential. The Maxwell-Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein probability distributions. Fermi gases at low and high temperature. Photon and phonon gases: black-body radiation and the Debye model. Bose-Einstein condensation. Applications to real systems such as melting of DNA and the exponential atmosphere.
  2. Condensed Matter Physics: real and reciprocal space lattices, classical and quantum models of atomic vibration in crystals, the basic theory for the behaviour of electrons and phonons in solid crystalline materials, Bloch's theorem and band theory, phonons, electronic properties of semiconductors, superconductivity, superfluidity, low dimensional materials, quasi-periodic and amorphous solids.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe and perform calculations associated with fundamental concepts in Statistical Mechanics, which include both classical and quantum many-body systems.
  2. Describe concepts and perform calculations in Condensed Matter Physics, which involve crystal structures in 1D, 2D and 3D, quasicrystals, phonons, metals, semiconductors nanomaterials, superfluidity and superconductivity.
  3. Apply numerical modelling to solve problems in condensed matter and thermal physics;
  4. Demonstrate awareness of scientific computing methods and visualization.
  5. Demonstrate an ability to work in teams and to communicate and discuss physics concepts.
  6. Approach new problems and find solutions on the basis of general principles, and evaluate the appropriateness of their proposed models or solutions.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (3 hours): 50%

In-semester assessment : 50%

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (approximately 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer-directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS3201 - Classical dynamics and field theory

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alexis Bishop

Coordinator(s)

Professor Csaba Balazs

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHS2062 and;

one of: MTH2032 or MTH2040

Synopsis

This unit examines topics in Classical Dynamics and Classical Field Theory. The important mathematical framework, and the approach to describing physical systems developed in these fields of study, are applicable to much of modern physics, and provide an essential foundational basis for further studies in physics. The unit consists of two theory-only subunits, and the key areas of study are:

  1. Classical Dynamics: Elements of tensor calculus, the principle of extremal action, coordinate transformations, constraints and generalised coordinates. Noether's theorem, space-time and gauge symmetries. The Hamiltonian formalism, Liouville's theorem, Poisson's brackets. Canonical transformations, connection to quantum mechanics. Path integral formulation of quantum physics. Applications for classical point particles and non-relativistic fields.
  2. Classical field theory: Maxwell's equations, Electromagnetic waves in vacuum and matter, gauge transformations, fields of a moving point charge, dipole radiation, Lorentz transformations, relativistic electrodynamics, tensor notation, the field tensor, electrodynamics in tensor notation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit you will be able to:

  1. Describe and perform calculations associated with fundamental concepts in classical mechanics.
  2. Describe concepts and perform calculations in field theory, with special application to electromagnetism.
  3. Solve new problems in physics related to the core concepts of the unit by drawing on the theoretical underpinnings that illustrate the physics.
  4. Apply numerical modelling to solve problems in classical dynamics and field theory;
  5. Demonstrate awareness of scientific computing methods and visualisation.
  6. Demonstrate an ability to work in teams and to communicate and discuss physics concepts.
  7. Approach new problems and find solutions on the basis of general principles, and evaluate the appropriateness of their proposed models or solutions.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours and 10 minutes): 50%

In-semester assessment : 50%

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (approximately 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS3202 - Wave optics and atomic physics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alexis Bishop

Coordinator(s)

Professor Kristian Helmerson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHS2061, PHS2062 and;

one of: MTH2032 or MTH2040

Recommended: PHS3101, PHS2081

Prohibitions

PHS3051

Synopsis

This unit explores topics in classical wave optics and the interactions between the photon and matter.

Optics: wave propagation and image formation, plane waves, diffraction, propagation, angular spectrum, phase contrast, interferometry, holography, focused fields, Fourier optics.

Atomic physics: Two level atoms, absorption and emission of radiation, transition probabilities and lineshapes laser cooling, dipole force and optical trapping, magnetic trapping of atoms, lasers and coherent light, laser cooling, Bose-Einstein condensation, modulation devices, optical waveguides, fibre optic communications.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe and perform calculations associated with fundamental concepts in wave optics.
  2. Describe concepts and perform calculations in atomic physics.
  3. Apply numerical modelling to solve problems in wave optics and atomic physics.
  4. Demonstrate awareness of scientific computing methods and visualization.
  5. Demonstrate an ability to work in teams and to communicate and discuss physics concepts.
  6. Approach new problems and find solutions on the basis of general principles, and evaluate the appropriateness of their proposed models or solutions.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (3 hours): 50%

In-semester assessment : 50%

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (approximately 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer-directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS3302 - Relativity and particle physics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alexis Bishop

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Peter Skands

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHS3101 and PHS3201 or

PHS3031 and PHS3131

Prohibitions

PHS3062

Synopsis

This unit explores topics in particle physics:

Enabling physics: relativistic kinematics, symmetries.

Foundations: a century of discoveries, leptons and weak interactions, neutrino oscillations, quarks and hadrons, the role of conservation laws, symmetries of space and time, and the Dirac equation.

Elementary Particle Physics: experimental methods used in contemporary subatomic physics, the Standard Model of particle physics, quantum chromodynamics, jets and gluons, a unified description of electromagnetic and weak forces, quark mixing, W and Z bosons, the Higgs mechanism, and connections to cosmology and physics beyond the Standard Model.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe and perform calculations associated with fundamental concepts in particle physics.
  2. Apply numerical modelling to solve problems in particle physics;
  3. Demonstrate awareness of scientific computing methods and visualization.
  4. Demonstrate an ability to work in teams and to communicate and discuss physics concepts.
  5. Find solutions to new problems in particle physics on the basis of general principles, and evaluate the appropriateness of their proposed models or solutions.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (3 hours): 50%

In-semester assessment : 50%

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (approximately 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer-directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS3350 - Physics and astronomy research project 1

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Kristian Helmerson

Coordinator(s)

Professor Kristian Helmerson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester B 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

12 points of level two physics or astrophysics at a distinction average. Enrolment requires the approval from the School of Physics and

Astronomy.

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to undertake a small research project in physics. Students will develop the skills of planning, record-keeping, literature search, analysis and communication necessary for a successful project. Students will work with an academic supervisor on an experimental or theoretical project, including astrophysics and astronomy, medical imaging, x-ray physics, synchrotron-based studies, quantum mechanics, resonance spectroscopies, magnetism, physics education and polymers.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Plan aspects of a project and manage related timelines;
  2. Communicate effectively with a project supervisor, colleagues and technical staff;
  3. Access and review scientific literature;
  4. Maintain a clear record of work done;
  5. Analyse and interpret results in terms of related physics theory;
  6. Write appropriate scientific reports, both interim and final;
  7. Communicate by oral presentation.

Assessment

Project work - logbook, competence, planning and initiative: 40%

Written progress reports: 10%

Oral presentation: 15%

Final report: 35%

Workload requirements

An average of 12 hours of study per week split between independent research, collaborative research, meeting with supervisors and work on assessed items.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS3360 - Physics and astronomy research project 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Kristian Helmerson

Coordinator(s)

Professor Kristian Helmerson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester B 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHS3350

Enrolment requires approval from the School of Physics and Astronomy.

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to undertake a small research project in physics. Students will develop the skills of planning, record-keeping, literature search, analysis and communication necessary for a successful project. Students will work with an academic supervisor on an experimental or theoretical project, including astrophysics and astronomy, medical imaging, x-ray physics, synchrotron-based studies, quantum mechanics, resonance spectroscopies, magnetism, physics education and polymers.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Plan aspects of a project and manage related timelines;
  2. Communicate effectively with a project supervisor, colleagues and technical staff;
  3. Access and review scientific literature;
  4. Maintain a clear record of work done;
  5. Analyse and interpret results in terms of related physics theory;
  6. Write appropriate scientific reports, both interim and final;
  7. Communicate by oral presentation.

Assessment

Project work - logbook, competence, planning and initiative: 40%

Written progress reports: 10%

Oral presentation: 15%

Final report: 35%

Workload requirements

An average of 12 hours of study per week split between independent research, collaborative research, meeting with supervisors and work on assessed items.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS4000 - Physics research project

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Michael Morgan

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Synopsis

Students undertake a project, involving original research in one of the School's research themes, which encompass a diverse range of "cutting-edge" topics, including: optical physics (involving atoms, electrons, x-rays and light), condensed matter physics, materials physics & nanotechnology, quantum computing and information theory, electron microscopy and electron diffraction, digital image processing, x-ray and synchrotron science, gravitational wave physics, biophotonics, particle physics, astro-particle physics and cosmology, biomedical imaging and ultracold atomic gases. A full list of projects will be made available to students prior to commencing their MSc program.

The research project may be experimental, computational or theoretical in nature, or it may involve a combination of these research paradigms. Each student will be assigned an academic supervisor (or supervisors), who will oversee the research project and provide mentoring. Students will be required to undertake a comprehensive literature review and report their preliminary results via a seminar. The major outcomes of the project will be communicated in the form of a thesis. Students will also be required to defend their research outcomes via an oral examination. For most students their project will be continued into the second year of the MSc program; hence PHS4000 will lay the foundations for a substantial ongoing research project in the second year of the degree.

As part of their research training, students will be affiliated with one of the School's research groups (aligned with their research project) and will be required to attend weekly group meeting, seminars and colloquia. Opportunities will also be provided to students to receive training in specialist areas associated with their research project, e.g., technical computing, visualisation of data, specific experimental techniques, etc.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpin the chosen area of research in theoretical, computational or experimental physics.
  2. Synthesise and interpret the knowledge gained in the study of the underpinning research literature. This leads to the ability to identify a niche topic or topics within this existing body of literature, which represents a gap in current knowledge. This problem should be suitable for original research.
  3. Advance our understanding of an existing problem or problems in the chosen area for original research.
  4. Present the results of the original research in written form as a thesis, and also present key thesis results in oral form as a preliminary seminar.
  5. Defend the results of the original research in an oral exam.

Assessment

Literature review: 20%

Seminar: 10%

Thesis: 70%

Workload requirements

48 hours per week which includes 36 hours of independent research; 7 hours of literature review, seminar and thesis preparation; 3 hours attendance at group meetings, seminars colloquia; 1 hour specialist training and 1 hour consultation with supervisor.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Physics


PHS4001 - Physics research project A

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Coordinator(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Synopsis

Students undertake a project, involving original research in one of the School's research themes, which encompass a diverse range of "cutting-edge" topics, including: optical physics (involving atoms, electrons, x-rays and light), condensed matter physics, materials physics and nanotechnology, quantum computing and information theory, electron microscopy and electron diffraction, digital image processing, x-ray and synchrotron science, gravitational wave physics, biophotonics, particle physics, astroparticle physics and cosmology, biomedical imaging and ultracold atomic gases. A full list of projects will be made available to students prior to commencing their MSc program.

The research project may be experimental, computational or theoretical in nature, or it may involve a combination of these research paradigms. Each student will be assigned an academic supervisor (or supervisors), who will oversee the research project and provide mentoring. Students will be required to undertake a comprehensive literature review and report their preliminary results via a seminar. The major outcomes of the project will be communicated in the form of a thesis. Students will also be required to defend their research outcomes via an oral examination. For most students their project will be continued into the second part of the MSc program; hence PHS4001 will lay the foundations for PHS4002Not offered in 2019 and a substantial ongoing research project in the second part of the degree.

As part of their research training, students will be affiliated with one of the School's research groups (aligned with their research project) and will be required to attend fortnightly group meetings, seminars and colloquia. Opportunities will also be provided to students to receive training in specialist areas associated with their research project, e.g., technical computing, visualisation of data, specific experimental techniques, etc.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpin the chosen area of research in theoretical, computational or experimental physics.
  2. Synthesise and interpret the knowledge gained in the study of the underpinning research literature. This leads to the ability to identify a niche topic or topics within this existing body of literature, which represents a gap in current knowledge. This problem should be suitable for original research.
  3. Advance our understanding of an existing problem or problems in the chosen area for original research.
  4. Present the results of the original research in written form as an interim report, and also present key thesis results in oral form as an interim seminar.

Assessment

Interim literature review: 20%

Interim seminar: 20%

Interim report: 60%

Workload requirements

48 hours per week which includes 36 hours of independent research; 7 hours of literature review, seminar and thesis preparation; 3 hours attendance at group meetings, seminars colloquia; 1-hour specialist training and 1-hour consultation with a supervisor.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Physics


PHS4002 - Physics research project B

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Coordinator(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Not offered in 2019

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Notes

This unit will be offered annually from Semester 2, 2020

Synopsis

Students undertake a project, involving original research in one of the School's research themes, which encompass a diverse range of "cutting-edge" topics, including: optical physics (involving atoms, electrons, x-rays and light), condensed matter physics, materials physics and nanotechnology, quantum computing and information theory, electron microscopy and electron diffraction, digital image processing, x-ray and synchrotron science, gravitational wave physics, biophotonics, particle physics, astro-particle physics and cosmology, biomedical imaging and ultracold atomic gases. A full list of projects will be made available to students prior to commencing their MSc program.

The research project may be experimental, computational or theoretical in nature, or it may involve a combination of these research paradigms. Each student will be assigned an academic supervisor (or supervisors), who will oversee the research project and provide mentoring. Students will be required to undertake a comprehensive literature review and report their preliminary results via a seminar. The major outcomes of the project will be communicated in the form of a thesis. Students will also be required to defend their research outcomes via an oral examination. For most students their project will be continued into the second part of the MSc program; hence PHS4001 and PHS4002 will lay the foundations for a substantial ongoing research project in the second part of the degree.

As part of their research training, students will be affiliated with one of the School's research groups (aligned with their research project) and will be required to attend fortnightly group meetings, seminars and colloquia. Opportunities will also be provided to students to receive training in specialist areas associated with their research project, e.g., technical computing, visualisation of data, specific experimental techniques, etc.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpin the chosen area of research in theoretical, computational or experimental physics.
  2. Synthesise and interpret the knowledge gained in the study of the underpinning research literature. This leads to the ability to identify a niche topic or topics within this existing body of literature, which represents a gap in current knowledge. This problem should be suitable for original research.
  3. Advance our understanding of an existing problem or problems in the chosen area for original research.
  4. Present the results of the original research in written form as a thesis, and also present key thesis results in oral form as a seminar.
  5. Defend the results of the original research in an oral exam.

Assessment

Literature review: 20%

Seminar: 10%

Thesis: 70%

Workload requirements

24 hours per week which includes 18 hours of independent research; 4 hours of literature review, seminar and thesis preparation (averaged over the semester); attendance at group meetings, seminars colloquia equivalent to 1 hour per week; specialist training and consultation with a supervisor, 1 hour each per fortnight.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Physics


PHS4020 - Physics coursework A

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Coordinator(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Notes

The unit is offered in a non-standard teaching period.

Synopsis

Students undertake studies in three selected topics in Physics or related fields, which provide the foundational basis for contemporary Physics.

These develop expertise in theoretical and computational physics, data analysis and the skills required to effectively communicate their findings using contemporary communication tools. The three topics are chosen from:

Quantum mechanics (compulsory)

Foundations of general relativity and cosmology.

Condensed matter physics - Part A

Classical electrodynamics and field theory

Introduction to quantum information theory

Techniques in experimental physics

NB: Subject to approval by the Chief Examiner, one of the topics in PHS4020 may be replaced by a topic from ASP4020.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of essential aspects of experimental physics, theoretical and computational physics, and related disciplines.
  2. Develop skills in theoretical and computational physics that are integral to the study of contemporary physics.
  3. Synthesise and interpret knowledge in theoretical and experimental physics.
  4. Use contemporary technologies to gather and analyse data relating to specialist topics in Physics.
  5. Propose solutions to problems in theoretical and experimental physics, and communicate these to a wide audience.

Assessment

Examinations (2 hours): 50%

Tests: 20%

Assignments: 30%

Workload requirements

24 hours per week

  • 3 x three hours lectures/workshops/tutorials per week
  • Three hours of consultation and online discussions involving peers and staff
  • 12 hours of independent study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Physics


PHS4021 - Physics coursework B

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Coordinator(s)

Professor Michael J Morgan

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Master of Science

Notes

The unit is offered in a non-standard teaching period.

Synopsis

Students undertake studies in three selected topics in Physics and related fields, which provide fundamental instruction in key aspects of contemporary physics.

These develop expertise in theoretical and computational physics, data analysis and the skills required to effectively communicate their findings using contemporary communication tools. The three topics are chosen from:

Statistical mechanics

Condensed matter physics - Part B

Introduction to quantum field theory

Atomic physics and quantum optics

Digital image processing and scientific visualisation

NB: Subject to approval by the Chief Examiner, one of the topics in PHS4021 may be replaced by a topic from ASP4021.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of fundamental aspects of experimental physics, theoretical and computational physics, and related disciplines.
  2. Develop skills in theoretical and computational physics that are fundamental to the study of contemporary physics.
  3. Synthesise and interpret knowledge in theoretical and experimental physics.
  4. Make effective use of information and communication technology for the collection and analysis of data, the solution to problems in theoretical and experimental physics, and the written/oral presentation of work relevant to the area of study.

Assessment

Examinations (2 hours): 50%

Tests: 20%

Assignments: 30%

Workload requirements

24 hours per week

  • 3 x three hours lectures/workshops/tutorials per week
  • Three hours of consultation and online discussions involving peers and staff
  • 12 hours of independent study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Master of Science in Physics


PHS4100 - Physics honours research project

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of Physics

Co-requisites

PHS4200

Prohibitions

PHS4110 and PHS4120

Synopsis

Students are required to complete a research project involving original work on a topic chosen in consultation with their academic supervisor.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpins the chosen area of physics research;
  2. Synthesise and interpret their knowledge gained in their study of the underpinning research literature, hence identifying a niche topic or topics within this existing body of literature, which represents a gap in knowledge suitable for original research;
  3. Solve a complex and outstanding problem or problems in the chosen area for original research;
  4. Present the results of their original research in both written form as a thesis, and present their key thesis results in oral form as a final seminar;
  5. Defend the results of their original research in an oral exam.

Assessment

Research project (project work, research seminar, thesis and oral defence): 100%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS4110 - Physics honours research project A

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of physics

Co-requisites

PHS4210

Prohibitions

PHS4100

Synopsis

Students are required to complete the first half of a research project involving original work on a topic chosen in consultation with their academic supervisor.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpins the chosen area of physics research;
  2. Synthesise and interpret their knowledge gained in their study of the underpinning research literature, thence identifying a niche topic or topics within this existing body of literature, which represents a gap in knowledge suitable for original research;
  3. Solve a complex and outstanding problem or problems in the chosen area for original research;
  4. Present the results of their original research in both written form as a thesis, and present their key thesis results in oral form as a final seminar;
  5. Defend the results of their original research in an oral exam.

Assessment

Research project (project work and thesis): 100%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS4120 - Physics honours research project B

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHS4110

Co-requisites

PHS4220

Prohibitions

PHS4100

Synopsis

Students are required to finalise their research project involving original work on a topic chosen in consultation with their academic supervisor.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpins the chosen area of physics research;
  2. Synthesise and interpret their knowledge gained in their study of the underpinning research literature, thence identifying a niche topic or topics within this existing body of literature, which represents a gap in knowledge suitable for original research;
  3. Solve a complex and outstanding problem or problems in the chosen area for original research;
  4. Present the results of their original research in both written form as a thesis, and present their key thesis results in oral form as a final seminar;
  5. Defend the results of their original research in an oral exam.

Assessment

Research project (project work, research seminar, thesis and oral defence): 100%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS4200 - Physics honours coursework

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of Physics

Co-requisites

PHS4100

Prohibitions

PHS4210 and PHS4220

Synopsis

Students are required to select six sub-units (covering advanced coursework topics) from offerings within the School of Physics and Astronomy. These sub-units are to be selected in consultation with the student's academic supervisor. Some sub-units may be chosen from outside the School - with permission from the honours coordinator.

Students will also complete a literature review related to the research project component of their honours course.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an advanced understanding of physics and related disciplines;
  2. Synthesise and interpret their knowledge;
  3. Apply their knowledge and critical thinking skills to the solution of complex problems.
  4. Plan, and efficiently carry out, work requirements.
  5. Make effective use of information and communication technology for the collection and analysis of data, the solution of problems and the presentation of their work;

    Students will also be able to:

  6. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpins their chosen area of research in physics.

Assessment

Six lecture topics (a mixture of assignments and examinations: 15% each): 90%

Literature review 10%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS4210 - Physics honours coursework A

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in an approved Honours or Graduate Diploma in the discipline of physics

Co-requisites

PHS4110

Prohibitions

PHS4200

Synopsis

PHS4210 and PHS4220 together, are equivalent to PHS4200 but they enable students to study part time by allowing completion of the work over a longer time period.

Students are required to select three sub-units (covering advanced coursework topics) from offerings within the School of Physics and Astronomy. These sub-units are to be selected in consultation with the student's academic supervisor. Some sub-units may be chosen from outside the School - with permission from the Honours coordinator.

Students will also complete a literature review (spanning PHS4210 and PHS4220) related to the research project component of their Honours course.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an advanced understanding of physics and related disciplines;
  2. Synthesise and interpret their knowledge;
  3. Apply their knowledge and critical thinking skills to the solution of complex problems.
  4. Plan, and efficiently carry out, work requirements.
  5. Make effective use of information and communication technology for the collection and analysis of data, the solution of problems and the presentation of their work;
  6. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpins their chosen area of research in physics.

Assessment

Three lecture topics (a mixture of assignments and examinations:30% each): 90%

Literature review: 10%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHS4220 - Physics honours coursework B

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Amanda Karakas

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 to First semester 2020 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHS4210

Co-requisites

PHS4120

Prohibitions

PHS4200

Synopsis

PHS4210 and PHS4220 together, are equivalent to PHS4200 but they enable students to study part time by allowing completion of the work over a longer time period.

Students are required to select three sub-units (covering advanced coursework topics) from offerings within the School of Physics and Astronomy. These sub-units are to be selected in consultation with the student's academic supervisor. Some sub-units may be chosen from outside the School - with permission from the Honours coordinator.

Students will also complete a literature review (spanning PHS4210 and PHS4220) related to the research project component of their Honours course.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an advanced understanding of physics and related disciplines;
  2. Synthesise and interpret their knowledge;
  3. Apply their knowledge and critical thinking skills to the solution of complex problems.
  4. Plan, and efficiently carry out, work requirements.
  5. Make effective use of information and communication technology for the collection and analysis of data, the solution of problems and the presentation of their work;
  6. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpins their chosen area of research in physics.

Assessment

Three lecture topics (a mixture of assignments and examinations: 30% each): 90%

Literature review: 10%

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHY2011 - Neuroscience of communication, sensory and control systems

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Belinda Henry

Coordinator(s)

Professor Ramesh Rajan

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

12 points from level one Biology, Chemistry and/or Physics units

Prohibitions

BMS1052

Synopsis

This unit studies how the cells in our body communicate to each other, using fast and slow response systems, and how our bodies use these systems to gain information about the world through our senses and then respond using the muscle systems of our limbs and internal organs and the hormone systems. This material is taught through four successive themes that progressively build up the discipline knowledge and broader organisation, communication and management skills of science. Themes 1 and 2 (Foundations) explain cell structure and nerve organisation and function. Theme 3 (Communication systems) develops that knowledge base to study fast and slow inter-cell communication systems. Theme 4 (Sensory systems) shows how the systems of touch, pain, hearing, vision, taste and smell detect the world and how the brain analyses that information. Theme 5 (Control and response systems) details how the body responds through movement of limbs and the action of internal organs, and hormone systems. Normal physiology and common dysfunctions of the systems are studied, to allow for a greater understanding of the normal physiology, and an appreciation of dysfunctions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify the structures of and explain the functions of the detection, communication, analysis and action systems in the body: viz., the nervous system, sensory systems, skeletal and smooth muscle systems, and endocrine systems;
  2. Develop organisational, communication and management skills in the study and application of the biomedical sciences;
  3. Demonstrate physiology laboratory skills in the collection, presentation, analysis and interpretation of data, including the practicalities and limitations of, and variability inherent in, working with biological tissue;
  4. Work in teams in practical classes and in assessment tasks.

Assessment

In semester MCQ tests: 35%

In semester practical class and tutorial assessments: 30%

In semester web problem class assessments: 5%

In semester team poster: 15%

Examination (1.5 hours): 15%

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical class, tutorial or workshop per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHY2032 - Endocrine control systems

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Farshad Mansouri

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Craig Harrison
Dr Michael Leung

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

12 points from level one Chemistry, Biology and /or Physics units, and PHY2011; or at the discretion of the unit coordinator

Prohibitions

BMS2031, BND2011, PHY2820

Synopsis

The overall theme is how the endocrine system controls complex body functions. This unit will study the role of the endocrine system in (1) Energy balance, metabolism and growth; (2) Digestion and Nutrition; and (3) Reproduction and Development. The first study area examines how human life requires the constant acquisition, transformation, and transportation of energy and how the endocrine system controls these processes. The second study area is the physiology of digestion, extending on to nutrition and human health. The third study area is the physiology of reproduction in males and females.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the structure and function of the digestive, endocrine and reproductive systems of the body;
  2. Explain how these body systems integrate with nutrition, growth and development;
  3. Use specific examples of adaptations or dysfunction of these body systems to explain their normal functions;
  4. Work in groups to complete a project, including experimental procedures in laboratory classes and oral and written scientific communications;
  5. Demonstrate physiology laboratory skills, including data analysis and presentation;
  6. Communicate scientific information via a variety of media.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

In-semester online tests: 10%

Laboratory practical reports and worksheets: 20%

Multiple-choice tests during workshops: 10%

Team oral presentation: 10%

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

  • 2-3 contact hours per week (2 hours for scheduled workshops / 3 hours for scheduled practicals)
  • 3 hours private, directed study per week

As part of their private study, students will be expected to complete online learning activities that will be followed up in face-to-face classes. The online activities will include Moodle Lessons in which content is delivered via videos, text and interactives.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHY2042 - Body systems physiology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Kate Denton

Coordinator(s)

Professor Roger Evans

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

12 points from level one Chemistry, Biology and/or Physics units, and PHY2011; or at the discretion of the unit coordinator

Prohibitions

BMS2031, BND2011, NUT2103, PHY2021, PHY2810

Synopsis

The overall theme is 'homeostasis': how the body maintains a normal internal environment for optimal function. It examines the roles of three major body systems that are vital for homeostasis: the respiratory system and gas exchange, the cardiovascular system and delivery of blood and nutrients, and the kidneys and their role in maintaining body fluid composition. Attention is focused on each system at rest and in a variety of active states, and on control mechanisms in each system. In addition to the core physiology, disease states associated with dysfunctions of these systems are also studied, to allow for a greater understanding and appreciation of both the normal physiology and dysfunction of these systems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the structure and function of the cardiovascular, respiratory and renal systems of the body;
  2. Explain how these body systems integrate in a way that facilitates maintenance of homeostasis and responses to challenges such as exercise and blood loss;
  3. Evaluate how altered structure and/or function of these body systems may lead to disease;
  4. Understand evidence from experimental and clinical observations to generate knowledge of physiological principles;
  5. Perform physiology laboratory techniques, including calculation of drug concentrations, the use of stimulating electrodes and physiological data acquisition systems and the tabulation and graphing of experimental data;
  6. Communicate experimental observations and the conclusions drawn from them in the form of written practical reports.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

In semester multiple-choice tests (5 x 2%): 10%

Pre-practical reading and problem-solving questions (5 x 2%): 10%

Written response on line learning tasks: 4%

Fortnightly practical worksheet assessment: 20%

Written scientific report on one of the practical exercises: 16%

Examination (2 hours): 40% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical class or progress review period per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHY2810 - Physiology of human body systems

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Chow Sek Chuen

Coordinator(s)

Dr Max Lai Hien Tet

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

PHY2021, PHY2042, BMS2031

Synopsis

In this unit students will learn about the function, regulation and integration of the various systems in the human body. The overall theme is the mechanisms of regulation of these systems to maintain a normal internal environment (homeostasis). The body systems that are examined include the cardiovascular system, the muscular-skeletal system, the central nervous system, the respiratory system and the renal system. Attention is focused on each system at rest and in a variety of active states, and on control mechanisms in each system. Students will also gain an understanding of how abnormal conditions can arise from dysfunction of these body systems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the structure and function of the autonomic nervous system, the cardiovascular system, the respiratory system, the muscular-skeletal system and the renal system;
  2. Explain how these body systems integrate to maintain homeostasis in the body;
  3. Describe and explain how changes in normal physiology may lead to a disease state;
  4. Perform laboratory techniques that are integral to the study of physiology, including the use of cardiovascular recordings and urinary analyses to assess the effects of exercise;
  5. Collaborate effectively in a group to complete academic tasks;
  6. Communicate experimental physiology data via written practical reports.

Assessment

Online multiple choice quizzes: 30%

Fortnightly practical worksheet assessment: 20%

Examination (2 hours, Practical): 20%

Examination (2 hours, Theory): 30%

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical class or progress review period per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHY2820 - Physiology of human health

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Chow Sek Chuen

Coordinator(s)

Dr Lai Hien Tet

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

PHY2032, BMS2031

Synopsis

In Physiology of human health, students learn how the human body systems act together to perform complex body functions. Students will study the endocrine system and how it coordinates and integrates to regulate health and disease. The role of hormones will be examined with respect to the male and female reproductive systems, and the gastrointestinal system. Common dysfunctions of these body systems are also explored, to allow for a greater understanding and appreciation of both the normal physiology and disease states. This unit will provide a foundation in human physiology to support further study in medical sciences.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the mechanism, action and role of hormones on the human gastrointestinal and reproductive systems;
  2. Evaluate and explain how changes in the normal endocrine system may lead to disease;
  3. Perform physiology laboratory techniques including measurements of carbohydrate metabolites, and analyse experimental data quantitatively;
  4. Discuss and critically analyse physiology research papers;
  5. Collaborate effectively in a group to complete academic tasks;
  6. Communicate experimental physiology data via written practical reports.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Online multiple choice quizzes: 20%

Two practical reports (5% each): 10%

Literature review: 10%

Oral research project presentation: 10%

Computer simulation exercise: 5%

Examination (2 hours): 45%

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical class or progress review period per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHY3012 - Integrative neuroscience

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Marcello Rosa

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Siew Yeen Chai

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHY2011 plus one of PHY2042 or PHY2032; or BMS1052 plus one of BMS2031, BND2011 or BNS1072; or permission from the unit co-ordinator.

Synopsis

The major focus of this course relates to "neuronal plasticity" associated with nervous system function in health and disease. Structural and functional changes in nervous system function occur throughout development, adulthood and in disease states associated with neural dysfunction. This course seeks to: focus on specific examples of plastic changes in nervous system function; identify and describe mechanisms contributing to neuronal plasticity; develop an understanding of functional physiological and pathophysiological consequences of neuronal plasticity. We will explore neuronal plasticity at the cellular and neural circuit level associated with higher brain function, such as learning and memory, motor control, cognition and consciousness, and how disruption and dysfunction of neural circuit function contributes to disease states including Alzheimer's, Parkinson's, and Huntington's disease and traumatic brain injury-induced epilepsy. At the level of the peripheral nervous system and spinal cord, functional plasticity underlying the development of chronic pain states will be described. Throughout the course, an emphasis is placed on the use of state-of-the-art research and diagnostic technologies to investigate neural function, including imaging techniques. Emphasis is on assisted self-directed and project based learning.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the fundamental mechanisms underlying neuronal communication and plasticity via synaptic and non-synaptic routes.
  2. Recognise molecular, cellular and neural circuit components contributing to higher brain function and disease.
  3. Describe the neural responses to brain injury, neurodegeneration, pain and ageing.
  4. Describe how knowledge of the functional operation of neural circuits can be used to devise novel therapeutic approaches targeting neurological disorders.
  5. Critically evaluate scientific information and communicate this in an oral or poster presentation.
  6. Work collaboratively and cohesively as a team.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

In-semester assessments - group assignments that will be assessed as a poster presentation: 15%

Oral presentation: 15%

In-semester assessment - mid semester test: 20%

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical/discussion class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHY3072 - Exercise physiology and metabolism

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Brian Oldfield

Coordinator(s)

Dr Joanne Caldwell

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHY2011 and one of PHY2032 or PHY2042; or both BMS1052 and BMS2031; or one of NUT2103, BMS2103 or with the approval of the unit coordinator.

Synopsis

The unit addresses the physiological responses to exercise, in particular, muscle energy supply and consumption, metabolism and fatigue and then extends to understanding the adaptive responses to exercise training and the study of various aspects of human exercise performance. There is an emphasis upon how the major physiological systems of the body respond to physical activity and extreme environments, including the cardio-respiratory, endocrine and renal systems. The unit concludes with a consideration of current research ideas about normal function and dysfunction in this area and discusses new research and clinical methodologies that relate to exercise. We also discuss many of the current issues associated with athletic performance including chemical and physiological doping and the decline with aging.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Differentiate the energy pathways that power skeletal muscle activity, and how exercise training leads to adaptations in skeletal muscle structure and function;
  2. Identify and describe the factors that influence muscle fatigue and muscle repair.
  3. Outline and analyse how the cardiovascular, respiratory, sensory and endocrine systems respond to exercise in normal and extreme environments;
  4. Use standard physiological testing procedures to evaluate human subjects for exercise capacity and performance;
  5. Work effectively in a team in relation to the design and completion of a research project and communicate the results to a wider audience
  6. Critically evaluate the scientific literature of relevance to exercise physiology and metabolism.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

In-semester test: 10%

Research project: 25%

Editorial (paired): 10%

Practical assessment (online quizzes): 10%

Examination (2 hours): 45% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Five contact hours per week (workshops, lecturers and/or practicals)

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHY3102 - Nutrition, metabolism and body weight

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr. Renea Taylor

Coordinator(s)

Dr. Belinda Henry

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHY2011 and PHY2032; or both BMS1052 and BMS2031; or at the discretion of the unit coordinator.

Synopsis

The unit will build on knowledge of body systems acquired in year 2 and will commence with an exposition of the major nutrient groups, their digestion, absorption, intracellular processing, metabolism and storage. This will lead on to a consideration of the ways in which stored nutrients are retrieved and of nutrient and energy fluxes within the body. The sensing of food intake and nutrient stores will be described for each class of nutrients at the peripheral and central levels and the physiological regulation of appetite will be addressed. Common and important disorders including obesity, metabolic diseases and diabetes will be studied. Aspects which include measurement of body mass and body composition, determination of food preferences, mechanisms of dysregulation of body mass, and interactions of disordered metabolism with the endocrine, cardiovascular and reproductive systems will be studied. The role of public information and therapeutic interventions including a consideration of alternative therapies from the perspective of evidence-based practice will also be covered.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the chemical, energetic and physiological attributes of the major nutrient groups and use this knowledge to explain whole body energy balance and nutrient stores;
  2. Explain how peripheral and central mechanisms sense food intake and match this to body mass and energy stores;
  3. Evaluate theories for eating and body mass disorders (and their treatment);
  4. Critically evaluate the scientific literature and write scientific reports and essays;
  5. Demonstrate scientific laboratory skills, including dissection, data analysis and graphing.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

In-semester quizzes: 20%

Laboratory reports: 20%

Assignments: 20%

Examination (2 hours): 40% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Two hours of lectures and four hours of laboratory classes per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHY3111 - Sensory and cognitive neuroscience

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Leo Lui

Coordinator(s)

Dr Farshad Mansouri
Dr Michael Leung

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHY2011 plus one of PHY2042 or PHY2032 or BMS1052 plus BMS2031 or NUT2103 or BNS1072; or permission from the unit co-ordinator.

Synopsis

This unit explores cutting-edge research in the area of brain function, specifically looking at sensation and higher brain function in humans. The emphasis will be on the way the brain functions normally to analyse sensory information and to control behaviour, and how brain damage leads to clinical dysfunction of perception and higher cognitive function. Students will investigate details pertaining to current research ideas on normal function and dysfunction in this area, as well as new methodologies. Emphasis is on assisted self-directed learning and project based learning.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe how sensory information is signalled by neurons from peripheral receptor organs to the brain areas processing sensory input;
  2. Compare and contrast how neuroscience techniques help scientists understand the structure and function of the central nervous system;
  3. Explain how the control of actions and perceptions change according to the context of what sensory information is presented;
  4. Evaluate how damage to the nervous system might alter sensory functions and the associated behaviours;

  5. Work collaboratively to design and develop their own scientific research project;
  6. Critically evaluate the scientific literature, to test a hypothesis, construct a scientific report and demonstrate data analysis skills.

Assessment

Group reports: 25%

Invigilated in-semester test: 20%

Continuous on-line quizzes: 10%

Practical reports: 10%

Examination (2 hours): 35%

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectorials and one 3-hour practical/tutorial per week.

Students will be expected to complete online pre and post class work that will be followed up in lectorials.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHY3171 - Clinical and experimental cardiovascular physiology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Roger Evans

Coordinator(s)

Professor Kate Denton
Dr Joanne Caldwell

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHY2011 and PHY2042; or both BMS1052 and BMS2031; or at the discretion of the unit coordinator.

Synopsis

This unit explores the frontiers of our understanding of cardiovascular physiology in health and disease. The roles of the nervous system, hormonal and metabolic factors and of the kidney are examined, with an emphasis on regulatory mechanisms in blood pressure control and hypertension. Current cutting-edge research underpins all aspects of the course and the emphasis is on assisted self directed learning and project based learning.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the major cardiovascular diseases, including how they impact on the individual and society;
  2. Use specific example of cardiovascular physiology to explain how different body systems work together;
  3. Critically evaluate the cardiovascular research literature;
  4. Design and analyse a cardiovascular physiology experiment, using statistical analysis to help with the interpretation of the data;
  5. Present scientific data in oral and written formats.

Assessment

In-semester assessment will consist of oral presentations and project reports or assignments: 50%

Mid-semester assessment: 10%

Examination (2 hours): 40% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHY3181 - Hormones and reproduction

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Belinda Henry

Coordinator(s)

Dr Renea Taylor

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PHY2011 and PHY2032; or both BMS1052 and BMS2031; or at the discretion of the unit coordinator.

Synopsis

Explores cutting-edge research in the detailed study of reproduction including hormonal control, ovarian and menstrual cycles, fertilization and reproductive diseases. The course considers how various physiological states such as body weight, stress and aging influence reproduction. Details current research ideas on normal function and dysfunction in this area, and new technologies. Emphasis is on assisted self-directed learning and project based learning.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the structures and functions of the endocrine system in the body;
  2. Explain the hormonal and neuronal control of male and female reproductive function;
  3. Explain the consequences of abnormal reproductive physiology and the associated diseases or pathologies;
  4. Communicate scientific information via a poster presentation or a written report;
  5. Critically evaluate the scientific literature and orally present current reproductive physiology research;
  6. Demonstrate physiology laboratory skills, including dissection, histology, data analysis and graphing;
  7. Work in groups to complete experimental projects and written scientific documents.

Assessment

In-semester assessment will consist of written, oral and poster presentations: 45%

Mid-semester multiple choice examination: 5%

Examination (2 hours): 50% (Hurdle)

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHY3990 - Action in physiology research project

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Marcello Rosa

Coordinator(s)

Dr Tomris Mustafa (Semester 1 and 2)
Dr Leo Lui (Semester 2)
Dr Leo Lui (Summer)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Permission of the unit convenor or the Head of Physiology. Students must have completed all first and second level units in their approved major, and be able to demonstrate that they have an appropriate project and supervisor/s. 12 points of study in the discipline area at 2nd year level and a grade point average of least 70 over 24 points in relevant units at second year level.

Notes

Additional information including application process is available from:

https://sites.google.com/monash.edu/researchinactionunits/start-here

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in Physiology. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Physiology. The unit convenor and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of enrolment. Student will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Undertake a research project with regard to ethical and safety regulations;
  2. Demonstrate technical skills in experimental methods and the ability to collect, analyse and interpret data using methods relevant to the discipline of Physiology;
  3. Communicate appropriately and effectively with supervisors, laboratory staff and students;
  4. Maintain accurate and up-to-date records of experimental procedures, results and outcomes;
  5. Identify relevant published scientific literature and critically analyse and evaluate the content in the context of the discipline of Physiology;
  6. Construct written reports.

Assessment

Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes 10% and final 15 minutes 10%): 20%

Written report (preliminary 1000 words): 10%

Written report (final 5000 words): 50% (Hurdle)

Assessment of laboratory work: 20%

This unit is subject to the Hurdle and Threshold Standards policiesHurdle and Threshold Standards policies (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/policies/assessment-policy-2017.html) of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences.

Workload requirements

12 hours per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


SCI1020 - Introduction to statistical reasoning

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Soojin Roh

Coordinator(s)

Dr Soojin Roh (Clayton)
Dr Daniel McInnes (Clayton)
Dr Md Zobaer Hasan (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • October intake 2019 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

STA1010, ETC1000, ETW1000, ETW1102, ETX1100, FIT1006, MTH1030 and ENG1005.

Note that SCI1020 is an introductory unit and students who have already completed one of these prohibited units cannot subsequently enrol in SCI1020. Students who have completed MTH1030 or ENG1005 should enrol in STA1010 instead.

Synopsis

Scientific method. Graphical and numerical summary of data. Principles of experimental and sampling design, data acquisition, and the presentation of data. The role of mathematical models in science by investigating the relationship between quantitative variables. Analysis of data using the inferential statistical methods of hypothesis testing and confidence intervals. Communication of scientific information.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the key steps of the scientific method and apply these to real problems that involve data analysis and interpretation;
  2. Understand the importance of statistical techniques in the analysis of data;
  3. Describe how statistical data is collected and analysed;
  4. Use Excel to present and interpret data in numerical summaries and/or graphs;
  5. Use appropriate statistical summaries to explore data;
  6. Perform regression and interpret results;
  7. Determine confidence intervals;
  8. Conduct hypothesis testing and interpret results;
  9. Make statistical decisions and communicate findings in a meaningful scientific way.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures per week and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information


SCI1200 - Humans, evolution and modern society

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Biological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Alistair Evans

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Alistair Evans

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

BIO1011, BIO1022 and BIO1042

Synopsis

Evolution has shaped and continues to shape humans and the world in which we live. Some of the most challenging issues facing society such as the battle of the sexes, war and violence, population growth and even the global obesity epidemic can be understood through the process of evolution. An evolutionary perspective also equips us to address emerging issues such as the manipulation of human behaviour, spread of infectious diseases, the rise of allergies, the ethics of cloning, food security, and the biodiversity crisis. This unit will highlight how an appreciation of evolution can transform our understanding of the human condition, modern society, and the profound global challenges that we are currently facing - enabling us to develop robust and creative solutions for the future.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify and interpret the biggest challenges faced by modern society from an evolutionary perspective;
  2. Describe the fundamentals of evolution, and how these shape the diversity of life on the planet;
  3. Articulate how evolutionary processes have affected and continue to affect the environment in which we live, as well as human health and behaviour;
  4. Differentiate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in evaluating evolutionary perspectives and concepts applied to the development of modern human society.
  5. Effectively synthesise and communicate findings of articles, blogs, book chapters and books written on these issues for the general educated public.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

The unit will consist of one two-hour lecture and one two hour tutorial per week

Students will need to conduct approximately 8 hours of personal study each week in order to satisfy the reading and assignment requirements.

See also Unit timetable information


SCI1300 - Climate change: From science to society

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Earth, Atmosphere and Environment

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Christian Jakob

Coordinator(s)

Professor Christian Jakob

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

ATM1020, MON1001

Synopsis

Climate change is a key global challenge for modern society. It will affect all natural and human systems and has far-reaching consequences for society. Responding to the effects of climate change will require international and interdisciplinary approaches. This unit provides the scientific background to climate change, and it assesses the environmental and societal impacts, and community and political responses to climate change. Starting from the basic principles and processes that define and govern the Earth's climate, the unit explores how the different spheres on Earth interact to produce the rich past and current variability of climate in space and time. It then highlights how human influences are shaping the future of the Earth's climate. Equipped with the essential scientific background, the unit will then investigate what options humankind has to respond to the economic, ethical and political challenges of climate change, including global and national governance models required to mitigate and adapt to its effects. The unit will provide students with the foundation and knowledge to respond to climate change challenges throughout their career, independent of their specific discipline.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the basic scientific concepts underpinning natural climate change, anthropogenic climate change and responses;
  2. Critically evaluate information on climate change, climate change impacts and responses from a variety of sources including scientific reports, blogs and the media;
  3. Develop, apply, integrate and generate knowledge to analyse and solve problems in climate change, its impacts and the options for possible societal responses;
  4. Demonstrate competence in information technology, data handling, problem solving, communication skills and team work;
  5. Convey the basic concepts of climate change, its impacts and possible responses to diverse audiences.

Assessment

Projects: 40%

Essay: 20%

In-semester tests: 20%

Tutorial/laboratory class participation: 20%

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures per week, one 2-hour tutorial/laboratory class per week, plus private study/research time such that the total workload is 144 hours

See also Unit timetable information


SCI1501 - Impact through science 1A

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Djuke Veldhuis

Coordinator(s)

Dr Djuke Veldhuis

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Only students enrolled in Bachelor of Science Advanced - Global Challenges (Honours) can enrol in this unit.

Synopsis

This is the first part of level-one Impact through science core studies of the Bachelor of Science Advanced - Global Challenges (Honours). It consists of two modules, undertaken in parallel: leadership and persuasive communication. Leadership development is undertaken through the adaptive leadership framework using an experiential learning approach. In this module students will focus on distinguishing the role of authority from the activity of leadership and understand what is required to make progress on complex challenges. Students will build persuasive communication skills and leadership presence through a variety of techniques. This unit also has a strong focus on developing teamwork skills through diverse modes. A 'dialogue' evening series will provide opportunities for networking through intimate discussions with leaders from a variety of industries.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Compose arguments reflecting the key themes of adaptive leadership whilst demonstrating critical thinking skills;
  2. Construct a persuasive presentation demonstrating leadership presence though improvisation, storytelling and other speakership techniques;
  3. Demonstrate and reflect upon how to build and work in functional teams;
  4. Develop a digital presence demonstrating authenticity, personal values and ethical frameworks that have been identified through leadership development.
  5. Plan and take action on a personal leadership quest.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 20%

Student-led seminar: 20%

Leadership portfolio: 30%

Oral presentation: 10%

Blogs 20%

Workload requirements

  • One 1-hour online activity, one 1-hour seminar and one 3-hour workshop per week
  • Four 2-hour 'dialogue' sessions (evening) per semester

See also Unit timetable information


SCI1502 - Impact through science 1B

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Djuke Veldhuis

Coordinator(s)

Dr Djuke Veldhuis

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

SCI1501

Co-requisites

Only students enrolled in Bachelor of Science Advanced - Global Challenges (Honours) can enrol in this unit.

Synopsis

This is the second part of level-one Impact through science core studies of the Bachelor of Science Advanced - Global Challenges (Honours). It consists of two modules, undertaken in parallel: leadership and the big issues of our time. In the leadership module students will continue to develop and apply adaptive leadership tools. The big issues of our time are explored in a module examining how science and policy can impact decision-making.Teamwork is explored through several assignments including students undertaking peer-consultations on leadership challenges they have identified. A 'dialogue' evening series will provide opportunities for networking and intimate discussions with leaders from a variety of industries. Students will build relationships with mentors.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Critique the key tools of adaptive leadership demonstrating critical thinking capacity;
  2. Apply leadership skills and experiment with interventions in complex systems;
  3. Analyse and synthesise major global challenges using scientific evidence;
  4. Demonstrate and reflect upon how to build and work in functional teams;
  5. Produce a mentoring plan that reflects the development of self-awareness and leadership aspirations.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 10%

Student-led seminar: 20%

Science in policy project: 20%

Leadership quest: 50%

Workload requirements

  • One 1-hour online activity, one 1-hour seminar and one 3-hour workshop per week
  • Four 2-hour 'dialogue' sessions (evening) per semester

See also Unit timetable information


SCI1800 - Introduction to environmental sustainability

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Foo Su Chern

Coordinator(s)

Dr Foo Su Chern

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)

Synopsis

Humans have had an enormous impact on the world's resources to such an extent that our survival is in jeopardy. In this unit, students will investigate the potential of recent sustainability research with focus on a science perspective to understand these problems and to think of ways to ameliorate them - via protection of the environment to ultimately enhance the quality of life. Students will undertake several assessments related to supporting sustainability of our planet. The aim of the unit is to raise awareness on climate change among the students and learn ways to make a difference - starting from the individual.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concept of sustainability and sustainable development;
  2. Demonstrate knowledge of the Earth's physical, chemical and biological resources and their role in human survival;
  3. Demonstrate understanding of the ethical responsibility and impact of humans on the Earth's resources;
  4. Critically evaluate research into human impacts and sustainability and demonstrate knowledge and develop ideas as to how the impacts can be reversed or ameliorated;
  5. Design, analyse and communicate a research project relating to sustainability of the Earth;
  6. Demonstrate competence in information technology, scientific writing, problem solving, communication skills and team work.

Assessment

Reading assignment: 20%

Tutorial business case: 5%

Mid-semester quiz: 15%

Group presentation: 35%

End of semester quiz: 25%

Workload requirements

This is a seven week Summer unit consisting of:

  • Scheduled learning activities consisting of 4 hours of lectures and 1 hour of tutorial work per week
  • Independent study consisting 15 hours of private study/associated reading/preparation for scheduled activities/group work per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


SCI2010 - Scientific practice and communication

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Bronwyn Isaac

Coordinator(s)

Dr Bronwyn Isaac (Clayton)
Dr Joash Tan Ban Lee (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Two semesters of first year university

Prohibitions

SCI2015

Students in S3002 Bachelor of Science Advanced - Research (Honours) are prohibited from enrolling in this unit.

Synopsis

Science and technology are the basis of modern life yet most people do not understand how discoveries are made or commercialised. In SCI2010 you will examine the core elements of modern science by looking back at the people, cultures, events and discoveries that allowed science to emerge and contributed to the establishment of key concepts such as empiricism, scepticism and rationalism. This unit will equip you with skills to assess the validity of scientific information, to distinguish between real science, bad science and pseudoscience. The value of science in solving real world issues, and improving the human condition are discussed using current examples. Students will benefit from critical evaluation of a wide variety of literature, ranging from peer-reviewed scientific publications to web sites promulgating pseudoscientific remedies. These skills will help your analysis and communication of science and other disciplines. You will complete assignments that will help improve your written and verbal communication to a range of audiences including politicians, managers, the general public and your fellow educated specialists. You will uncover and strengthen your own personal and professional ethical standpoint on current issues such as vaccines, the funding of research by multi-national corporations and plagiarism. Together the topics covered in SCI2010 give you a solid foundation on which to forge a professional career whether it is directly related to science or not.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Outline the origins of science and the way in which science progresses.
  2. Acquire, critically analyse and communicate complex scientific ideas and information.
  3. Discuss the purposes of, and methods behind, effective science communication and identify how approaches can be adapted for different audiences.
  4. Outline the ways in which science is regulated and assess their effectiveness in promoting ethical professional practice.
  5. Identify different destinations for science graduates and list transferable and technical skills that will help them gain employment.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Workshop participation and activities: 10%

Spoken presentation(s): 10%

Written assignment(s): 40%

Examination (2 hours): 40%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit students must achieve a minimum score of 18/60 (30%) for the within-semester assessment component and a minimum of 12/40 (30%) for final end-of-semester exam and a final unit mark of 50%

Workload requirements

Two hours of lectures and one 2-hour workshop per week, or equivalent

See also Unit timetable information


SCI2015 - Scientific practice and communication (advanced)

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Bronwyn Isaac (Semester 2)

Coordinator(s)

Dr Bronwyn Isaac

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in Bachelor of Science Advanced (Research). Students in other courses with two semesters of first year university study (48 credit points), with a minimum of a Distinction average (70%) across 24 points of science units, are also eligible to apply.

Prohibitions

SCI2010

Synopsis

This unit prepares students for scientific research by providing practical and theoretical training in planning, undertaking and documenting scientific research projects. Students will examine the core elements of modern science by looking back at the people, cultures, events and discoveries that allowed science to emerge and contribute to the establishment of key concepts such as empiricism, scepticism and rationalism. This unit will equip students with skills to assess the validity of scientific information, to distinguish between real science, bad science and pseudoscience. The value of science in solving real world issues and improving the human condition are discussed using current examples. Students are exposed to recent advances in current and emerging research areas through journal presentations. Students will complete assignments that will help improve their written and verbal communication to a range of audiences including scientists, politicians, granting agencies, the general public and scientifically literate generalists, and identifies pathways to becoming a scientific researcher. Students are encouraged to submit their scientific literature reviews for publication in Reinvention, a Journal for Undergraduate Research.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Carry out a research project to address a research question on an open topic by accessing and critically analysing information sourced from primary scientific literature.
  2. Outline how scientific research is conducted, funded and communicated and identify pathways for becoming a scientific researcher.
  3. Describe the historical origins of science and the progress of the scientific endeavour.
  4. Discuss the purposes of, and methods behind, effective science communication and identify how approaches can be adapted for different audiences.
  5. List the ways in which science is regulated and assess their effectiveness in promoting ethical professional practice.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Examination (2 hours): 30%

Workshop participation and activities: 20%

Project: 50% (Hurdle)

Workshop tasks and activities include peer review, group work, quizzes, contributions to a blog and participation in on-line and face-to-face discussions.

The project consists of several parts including a scientific literature review (30%), a conference poster presentation (10%) and other written assignments (10%).

Hurdle requirement: Students must pass the project (i.e. gain a minimum of 50%) to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures plus one 2-hour tutorial /workshop per week or equivalent

See also Unit timetable information


SCI2400 - From Galileo to GPS: How astronomy shapes our lives

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Physics and Astronomy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jasmina Lazendic-Galloway

Coordinator(s)

Dr Jasmina Lazendic-Galloway

Unit guides

Offered

Prato

  • Winter semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

At least 18 points of level 1 units

Prohibitions

SCI1400

Synopsis

This unit presents an insight into how science contributes to the development of a society through the eyes of astronomy. The unit uses some of the key astronomical discoveries to demonstrate a complex interaction between pursuing scientific knowledge and how such discoveries influence our society. We will start with the discoveries of Galileo Galilei in early 17th century and how they were influenced by the historical and cultural setting nurtured by the Medici and Lorraine families, the founders and rulers of Tuscany. We will then explore how the development of instrumentation for experimental demonstrations in the 18th century, such as planetariums, were used to popularize science among the public. We will then fast forward to the 21st century and tap into astronomy topics for which new telescopes, such as the Square Kilometre Array (SKA) and the advanced Laser Interferometer Gravitational-Wave Observatory (LIGO), are still being constructed. The activities will be delivered through visits to museums and observatories, classroom discussions and research-based activities. Students will develop awareness of how scientific discoveries are created and propagated in an internationalised world.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the development of some of the key astronomical discoveries
  2. Discuss the importance of science to the human endeavour
  3. Demonstrate research skills in an international cultural context;
  4. Demonstrate oral and written skills, and construct evidence-based arguments through a collaborative project
  5. Demonstrate an ability to work productively in an interdisciplinary team with other students.

Assessment

Whole day pre-departure team building exercise: 5%

Assignments: 45%

Project: 40%

Project presentation: 10%

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve a minimum score of 40% in each assessment task and at least an overall unit mark of 50%.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 48 hours per week over a 3 week period, comprising 18 hours lectures and discussions, 48 hours organised field trips and excursions and 78 hours of independent study.

See also Unit timetable information


SCI2501 - Impact through science 2A

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Djuke Veldhuis

Coordinator(s)

Mr Will Dayble

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

SCI1501 and SCI1502

Co-requisites

Only students enrolled in the Bachelor of Science - Global Challenges (Honours) can enrol in this unit.

Synopsis

The Impact through science level two units provide an action-learning exploration of the business and social entrepreneurship cycle from concept through to pitching the idea to a panel of experts. The entrepreneurial mindset is developed through a strong focus on group work, critical thinking, persuasive communication and leadership development. Throughout these units, insights into entrepreneurship will be gained by using case study analysis and prominent guest speakers who are thought leaders, entrepreneurs and industry executives.

During the Impact through science 2A unit, students will explore the fundamentals of entrepreneurship by focusing on identifying and creating opportunity for new venture, examining business models and financing these ventures. Students will examine the tools used to identify venture opportunities by understanding customer needs, competition and conducting industry and market analysis. Students will develop their understanding of financing the entrepreneurial business by exploring strategies for funding their enterprises and attracting investment.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Use a range of tools to identify and evaluate entrepreneurial venture opportunities;
  2. Differentiate between entrepreneurial business types;
  3. Articulate strategies for establishing entrepreneurial businesses;
  4. Evaluate appropriate financing opportunities for entrepreneurial ventures;
  5. Demonstrate teamwork capacity and knowledge of leadership by using a case-study approach to examine the entrepreneurial life cycle.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%

Oral presentation: 10%

End of semester report: 60%

Workload requirements

One 3-hour workshop per week.

Students should note that they are required to undertake one internship before the start of their level three units.

See also Unit timetable information


SCI2502 - Impact through science 2B

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Djuke Veldhuis

Coordinator(s)

Mr Will Dayble

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

SCI1501, SCI1502 and SCI2501

Co-requisites

Only students enrolled in the Bachelor of Science - Global Challenges (Honours) can enrol in this unit.

Synopsis

The Impact through science level two units provide an action-learning exploration of the business and social entrepreneurship cycle from concept through to pitching the idea to a panel of experts. The entrepreneurial mindset is developed through a strong focus on group work, critical thinking, persuasive communication and leadership development. Throughout these units, insights into entrepreneurship will be gained by using case study analysis and prominent guest speakers who are thought leaders, entrepreneurs and industry executives.

The Impact through science 2B unit concentrates on the development, growth and marketing phase of the entrepreneurial venture. Building upon the skills and knowledge acquired in SCI2501, students will grow their acumen by examining methods used to grow ventures and develop their own concept from the initial idea through to a business plan. Marketing techniques and strategies to ensure a competitive edge in the current market will be explored. Students will work closely with their peers, the unit coordinator and industry mentors to gain critical feedback on their ideas. The unit will conclude with each student using persuasive communication to gain support for their concept through a pitch. During this unit, students will also plan and prepare for their first internship.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Develop a comprehensive business plan for an original idea, taking into account opportunity and risk;
  2. Work with others to critically evaluate business plans, and integrate feedback from peers/mentors to make improvements in planning;
  3. Articulate the core concept of their business plan in a pitch;
  4. Demonstrate teamwork capacity and knowledge of leadership by using a case-study approach to examine the entrepreneurial life cycle;
  5. Develop a plan for their first internship.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 20%

Mid-semester project: 30%

Oral presentation: 10%

End of semester report: 40%

Workload requirements

The unit will consist of one 3-hour workshop per week, two pitch night events and a gala event.

Students should note that they are required to undertake one internship before the start of their level 3 units.

See also Unit timetable information


SCI3501 - Impact through science 3A

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Djuke Veldhuis

Coordinator(s)

Dr Angela Ziebell

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester B 2019 (On-campus)
  • Winter semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

SCI2501 and SCI2502

Co-requisites

Only students enrolled in Bachelor of Science Advanced - Global Challenges (Honours) can enrol in this unit.

Notes

An application is required to enrol in this internship unitinternship unit (http://www.monash.edu/science/current-students/internship-units).

Synopsis

In this unit students complete a domestic or international internship to further their leadership and entrepreneurial development through a real-world workplace experience that will better prepare them for future of work. The internship experience ensures students have hands-on, real world exposure to supplement their academic growth, and develop their graduate attributes and employability skills. Students work with a host supervisor to establish professional objectives and a project plan and to receive feedback on their progress. The internship helps students develop self-awareness of their ability to meet stated objectives and areas in need of improvement.

The internship is at least 80 hours duration.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate leadership, an entrepreneurial mindset, cultural intelligence and networking skills by identifying and liaising with individual or organisations to develop an internship plan.
  2. Execute an internship project with a high degree of independence, professionalism and accountability.
  3. Apply and reflect upon knowledge and skills gained in the Impact Through Science units within a professional context.
  4. Actively seek out and act upon constructive feedback.
  5. Identify and convey the knowledge, skills and attributes required for the professional workplace in the global world.

Assessment

Internship plan: 30%

Reflective journal: 50%

Final video presentation: 20%

Workload requirements

Internship with industry/organisation of at least 80 hours.

Additional requirements for at least four hours of independent work per week for preparation for the internship and completing assessment.

See also Unit timetable information


SCI3502 - Impact through science 3B

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Djuke Veldhuis

Coordinator(s)

Ms Diana Renner

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

SCI2501 and SCI2502

Co-requisites

Only students enrolled in Bachelor of Science Advanced - Global Challenges (Honours) can enrol in this unit.

Synopsis

Impact through science 3B provides the opportunity for students to further cultivate their persuasive communication, leadership and entrepreneurial skills through a self-directed and real-world project. The aim of this extended project is for students to develop a creative solution enabling the application of scientific research to the needs of society. Students will negotiate a project scope with a research scientist within the Science Faculty that directly draws upon their research, meets the aims of the BSc - Global Challenges (Honours) and falls under one of three project themes: 1) A new product or service utilising the scientific research; 2) Closing the gap between science and policy/politics; 3) Science communication to the general public. During the course of this unit students will also be required to submit their final internship project plans.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply project management skills to develop, implement and deliver the specified project.
  2. Undertake independent research to demonstrate an understanding of the current scientific, social, corporate and/or political contexts of the projects.
  3. Articulate the importance of disruptive and innovative thinking to achieve impact through science.
  4. Refine teamwork capabilities and identify areas for improvement.
  5. Demonstrate critical thinking and persuasive communication through written reports and oral presentation.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 20%

Mid-semester project (oral and written): 20%

End of semester project (oral and written): 60%

Workload requirements

This unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement. Additional requirements for at least eight hours of independent work including project work, meeting with the unit coordinator and other research activities are required.

See also Unit timetable information


SCI3716 - Laboratory and workplace management

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Chow Sek Chuen

Coordinator(s)

Professor Chow Sek Chuen

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Six points of level one chemistry plus six points of level two laboratory science

Synopsis

This unit is designed to introduce intending scientists to the principles of laboratory and workplace management and their obligations as experts and supervisors. It will cover legislation and the responsibilities of both employers and employees in issues such as occupational health and safety; handling of dangerous goods and the analysis, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials. Emphasis will be placed on the assessment and management of these issues in a laboratory and workplace environment. The subject will be taught by programmed learning material and practical work consisting of assessment and discussion of case studies and workplace excursions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss selected issues in managing a scientific laboratory;
  2. Describe their obligations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act and related legislation;
  3. Recognise hazards associated with chemical and biological materials, instruments and ionising radiation and the risks they impose;
  4. Undertake a risk assessment and recommend safe working procedures;
  5. Outline their legislated obligations in recycling and disposal of hazardous materials;
  6. Apply the principles of chemistry, biology, microbiology and physical science to the treatment of hazardous materials;
  7. Discuss the effects of waste materials on the environment;
  8. Recommend procedures for the analysis and treatment of hazardous wastes before disposal to the environment.

Assessment

A major risk assessment assignment (3000 words): 30%

Practical reports throughout the semester: 25%

Examination (2 hours): 45%

Workload requirements

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


SCI3800 - Science internship

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Lee Wai Leng

Coordinator(s)

Dr Lee Wai Leng

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

At least 96 points or permission of the Head of Discipline

Co-requisites

This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Science at the Malaysia campus.

Synopsis

The internship gives Science students the opportunity to apply their university learning to the workplace, providing students with experience in tailoring their academic-based learning to the needs of an industry-based partner, and to network with potential employers. This will prepare students for work or professional practice by integrating theoretical knowledge with practice. Students will learn about the process of applying for employment and good workplace practice. The internship will generally be over the summer break and commence in December. It can be taken any time after the completion of level two.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Application of the knowledge and skills acquired during their academic studies to the practical requirements of the workplace;
  2. A positive contribution to the organisation;
  3. A capacity to work effectively as a member of a team through well developed skills in job planning, time management, problem solving, critical thinking and the organisation of work;
  4. A sound understanding of the requirements of working with others in a position of responsibility;
  5. Effective and appropriate communication skills;
  6. Awareness of OHS issues and demonstrate application of safe practices in a workplace environment;
  7. An ability to set personal goals and to pursue these goals in a manner appropriate to the workplace.

Assessment

Employer assessment: 20%

Biweekly log book: 15%

Project report: 55%

Induction quiz: 10%

Workload requirements

  • Three hour workshop prior to internship
  • Minimum of eight week placement
  • One hour of private study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


SCI3910 - Schools science project

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Salirian Claff

Coordinator(s)

Dr Salirian Claff

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

36 points of science units

Synopsis

In this unit students further develop employability skills through a placement in a school. Each student is required to research, develop, manage and deliver (teach) a science based module that matches the learning outcomes specified to them by their client (supervising teacher). Prior to their school placement, students participate in a series of workshops on: understanding and catering for different learning styles, motivation, teamwork, goal setting, planning, management, leadership, effective communication and presentation skills, asking the right questions and reflection. While there is an emphasis on how the students can directly apply this knowledge in the short term (during their school placements), they are also required to reflect how they will transfer this learning into their future workplaces.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate they have identified and further developed the generic skills for the workplace: effective communication with a range of audiences, analyse and solve problems, develop new innovative ideas, learn new skills, effective teamwork, lead and motivate small teams, think on their feet and cope with the pressures of working in a professional environment where 'conditions' are constantly changing;
  2. Correctly interpret the brief from their client (supervising teacher). Research, design and deliver an individually tailored learning project that specifically meets the desired outcomes within the available scope;
  3. Appropriately manage: client expectations, schedules, resources, risk, personnel (school students') skill and knowledge levels, personal travel to and from site (allocated school), as well as their other commitments;
  4. Assess their own understanding of the fundamental science principles relevant to a project. Design activities and explanations that will assist lay personnel (their students) to understand and accurately use these principles;
  5. Actively seek out and act upon constructive feedback.

Assessment

Journal entries: 40%

Final presentation to peers: 10%

Written report (2000 words): 50%

Workload requirements

Weeks 1 - 3: One 2-hour workshop and 10 hours individual study per week

Weeks 4 - 12: 12 hours of individual work per week to prepare for and deliver science module in school and to complete assessment tasks

See also Unit timetable information


SCI3920 - Science internship

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Angela Ziebell

Coordinator(s)

Dr Angela Ziebell

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester B 2019 (On-campus)
  • Winter semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

72 points towards the completion of a course offered by the Faculty of science, with at least 48 points of science units

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following courses B2023, C2003, D3005, E3007, L3007, S2000, S2003, S2004, S2005, S2006, S2007, S3001, S3002, S3701

Notes

An application is required to enrol in this internship unitinternship unit (http://www.monash.edu/science/current-students/internship-units).

Synopsis

In this unit, you will undertake a science based internship of at least 80 hours, where you will put into practice the knowledge and skills developed in your course. The internship experience will give you hands-on, real world exposure to the workplace environment and will enable you to further develop graduate attributes and employability skills. You will work with a host supervisor to establish professional objectives, a project plan, and to receive feedback on your progress. The internship will help you develop self-awareness of your ability to meet stated objectives and areas in need of improvement.

Pre-placement workshops will support your preparation for the placement and develop an understanding of science-based professions, the work culture, and the skills and attributes required for the workplace.

You have two options to source your internship. You can find your own internship which must be approved by the unit coordinator and the Work Integrated Learning team as part of the application process. Alternatively, you can apply for a Monash sourced placement, which is a competitive process.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Identify and convey the knowledge, skills and attributes required for the professional workplace in a relevant science setting.
  2. Demonstrate critical reflective practice in the assessment of their personal strengths and development needs in the context of their work-readiness and career planning.
  3. Review and reflect on the insights gained from the immersion in a professional setting, and the impact of this experience in their career development.
  4. Actively seek out and act upon constructive feedback.

Assessment

Internship plan: 10%

Reflective journal: 40%

Interview of a professional: 30%

Final presentation: 20%

Hurdle requirements: Pre-placement workshop plus completion of an approved internship of at least 80 hours.

Workload requirements

  • Pre-placement workshop: 2.5 hours
  • Industry placement: at least 80 hours

See also Unit timetable information


SCI3930 - Career skills for scientists

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Chemistry

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Philip Wai Hong Chan

Coordinator(s)

Dr Angela Ziebell

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

72 points towards the completion of a science-based course

Prohibitions

ATS2743 and ATS3743Not offered in 2019

Synopsis

This unit uses work-related activities to develop and enhance students' transferable skills, help them focus on essential career planning, and prepare them to make effective applications for graduate level employment.

Commercial awareness is the umbrella theme of the unit due to its critical importance in the workplace and have been well-reported as an area of employer dissatisfaction with graduate recruits in science. Students will explore aspects such as the intellectual property landscape, budgeting, regulation, quality control, marketing strategy, and the business environment, through creative problem-solving activities in a scientific employment context. The unit also focuses on other important skills for graduate employability, including communication, leadership, team-working, problem-solving and critical thinking. Students will audit their key employability skills, reflect on ongoing development and keep a record of their self-evaluation so that they can better articulate their skills to potential employers. The unit also offers opportunities to network with alumni, explore various career pathways, job search strategies, and prepare an effective job application (from writing a resume and cover letter and responding to selection criteria to succeeding at an interview).

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Self-evaluate and reflect on their employment readiness with respect to the key employability skills;
  2. Recognise and develop skills that will be valuable in the workplace;
  3. Present clear evidence of how their skills and experience can benefit potential employers;
  4. Articulate their range of scientific and professional skills through preparation of a job application;
  5. Recognise the value of networking skills and self-promotion in a professional context;
  6. Develop a sense of inclusivity and professionalism in the workplace.

Assessment

Portfolio with reflective log: 50%

Career plan: 25%

Oral presentation (including a mock interview): 10%

Peer assessment: 5%

Workshop tasks (contribution to and engagement with workshop tasks and discussions): 10%

Hurdle requirement: Students must attend 75% of workshop sessions (9 sessions out of 12).

Workload requirements

  • Six hours per week for scheduled learning activity (2-hour workshop + 2-hour online preparation + 2-hour post-workshop tasks)
  • Six hours of private / independent study per week

Total 12 hours per week

See also Unit timetable information


SCI3990 - Science in action research project

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Lee Yee Ying

Coordinator(s)

Dr Lee Yee Ying

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Permission of the Head of School plus students must have approval of project and supervisor prior to enrolment. In addition, students must pass 24 points of second level studies with a distinction average including a minimum of 12 points in the discipline directly relevant to the project.

Prohibitions

SCI3739

Synopsis

An individual research project in a discipline relating to a major area of study, conducted under supervision. Includes critical literature review, experimental design and data analysis, seminar attendance. Student must maintain regular contact with supervisor(s) and subject coordinator.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Review scientific literature, with particular reference to the identification of key information; access information databases in an efficient manner;
  2. Practice careful and discriminating information retrieval;
  3. Present concise oral reports, with a strong emphasis on the provision of good quality audio-visual material;
  4. Construct clear written reports, both brief and extensive;
  5. Plan and undertake a minor research or investigative project, and adjust the project progressively as events and results dictate;
  6. Meet deadlines; conduct an appropriate statistical analysis of results, if appropriate perform the routine measurements and manipulations of a minor scientific project;
  7. Operate with a significant degree of independence, whilst maintaining an efficient and meaningful dialogue with a project supervisor;
  8. Act as a constructive member of a seminar audience;
  9. Interact with others as part of a team in a work environment.

Assessment

Oral presentation: 20%

Project report: 55%

Supervisor's assessment of project planning, conduct and development: 25%

Workload requirements

Approximately 12 hours per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


SCI4100 - Science honours project

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Thompson

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Thompson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project in an area of science, and present the results in a seminar.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature in their specialist area of study;
  2. Understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a relevant research project;
  3. Be able to complete and analyse a set of laboratory-based, computer-based, theoretical or other appropriate studies;
  4. Be proficient in computer based data acquisition (where appropriate), critical analysis of results, appropriate presentation, and scientific word processing;
  5. Demonstrate communication skills in both oral and written presentations, including the ability to write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way;
  6. Have acquired a range of technical skills and attitudes appropriate to their specialist area of study;
  7. Have demonstrated the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project;
  8. Have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator.

Workload requirements

To be advised by School Honours co-ordinator

See also Unit timetable information


SCI4110 - Science honours project

18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Thompson

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Thompson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project in an area of science, and present the results in a seminar.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature in their specialist area of study;
  2. Understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a relevant research project;
  3. Be able to complete and analyse a set of laboratory-based, computer-based, theoretical or other appropriate studies;
  4. Be proficient in computer-based data acquisition (where appropriate), critical analysis of results, appropriate presentation, and scientific word processing;
  5. Demonstrate communication skills in both oral and written presentations, including the ability to write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way;
  6. Have acquired a range of technical skills and attitudes appropriate to their specialist area of study;
  7. Have demonstrated the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project;
  8. Have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator.

Workload requirements

To be advised by School Honours co-ordinator

See also Unit timetable information


SCI4120 - Science honours project

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Thompson

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Thompson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Full year 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project in an area of science, and present the results in a seminar.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature in their specialist area of study;
  2. Understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a relevant research project;
  3. Be able to complete and analyse a set of laboratory-based, computer-based, theoretical or other appropriate studies;
  4. Be proficient in computer-based data acquisition (where appropriate), critical analysis of results, appropriate presentation, and scientific word processing;
  5. Demonstrate communication skills in both oral and written presentations, including the ability to write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way;
  6. Have acquired a range of technical skills and attitudes appropriate to their specialist area of study;
  7. Have demonstrated the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project;
  8. Have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator.

Workload requirements

To be advised by School Honours co-ordinator

See also Unit timetable information


SCI4210 - Science honours coursework

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Dr Christopher Thompson

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Thompson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)

Synopsis

Students undertake honours level coursework in an area of science.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a high level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of science;
  2. Have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study;
  3. Demonstrate the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study.

    The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator

Workload requirements

To be advised by the School Honours co-ordinator

See also Unit timetable information


SCI4220 - Science honours coursework

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Dr Christopher Thompson

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Thompson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)

Synopsis

Students undertake honours level coursework in an area of science.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a high level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of science;
  2. Have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study;
  3. Demonstrate the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study.

    The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator

Workload requirements

To be advised by School Honours Coordinator

See also Unit timetable information


SCI4230 - Science honours coursework

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Thompson

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Thompson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)

Synopsis

Students undertake honours level coursework in an area of science

Outcomes

On completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the breadth and diversity of the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of science;
  2. Have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study;
  3. Have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study.

    The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator

Workload requirements

To be advised by School Honours Coordinator

See also Unit timetable information


SCI4240 - Science honours coursework

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Thompson

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Thompson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)

Synopsis

Students undertake honours level coursework in an area of science.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of science;
  2. Have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; 3. Have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study.

    The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator.


SCI4501 - Impact through science 4A: Research

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Djuke Veldhuis

Coordinator(s)

Professor Andrea Robinson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must complete 144 points and SCI3501 and SCI3502

Co-requisites

SCI4502

Synopsis

Working in collaboration with innovative industry partners and the Faculty of Science, students will complete an independent research project. Through this process, students will be connected to industry partners to gain an understanding of the challenge that has been set, the nature of the industry and stakeholder needs. This is the preparatory unit to develop student's theoretical understanding of the industry challenge in preparation for the development of the project plan and commencement of the group based Challenge project in SCI4502.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Undertake and interpret independent research to demonstrate a critical and analytical understanding of the current scientific, social, corporate and/or political contexts of the project;
  2. Execute a stakeholder analysis and appraise a range of needs to evaluate and illustrate the problem;
  3. Integrate research into a professional report that articulates the problem and possible solutions and shows critical thinking and persuasive communication;
  4. Use persuasive presentation skills to articulate the problem and possible solutions.

Assessment

Literature review (individual): 20%

Oral presentation (individual): 10%

Research project (individual): 70%

Workload requirements

Student workload is an average of 48 hours of study per week comprised of independent research, meetings, and workshops.

This unit delivers 50% of the full-time fourth-year program for the BSc Advanced - Global Challenges (Honours)

See also Unit timetable information


SCI4502 - Impact through science 4B: Professional practice

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Djuke Veldhuis

Coordinator(s)

Professor Andrea Robinson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students need to complete 144 points and SCI3501 and SCI3502

Co-requisites

SCI4501

Synopsis

Students will collaboratively design and develop a solution/s to a real world problem identified by innovative industry partners. During this unit students will acquire practical skills in project design and management, negotiation, workplace communication and innovation to harness the skills and knowledge gained through previous impact through science units. The student's professional knowledge and skills will be developed through on-line modules, workshops and industry mentoring. Through this unit, students will gain exposure to professional practice and build relationships by having access to industry partners through the project. The unit will culminate in the presentation of a Challenge project report that outlines the solution to the problem presented by industry partners.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate project management to identify a feasible scope, timeline and resources needed to execute the project;
  2. Work with others to articulate a feasible project plan using persuasive presentation skills;
  3. Produce an innovative and feasible solution/s to a defined problem that utilises evidence and knowledge of the industry;
  4. Reflect upon the development of professional skills gained through the unit and by seeking feedback from industry mentors, peers and academics and acting upon it;
  5. Demonstrate active participation in the design, development and implementation of a project to a high standard of professionalism;
  6. Demonstrate and reflect upon how to collaborate with others and effectively negotiate with a partner organisation.

Assessment

Project plan (group): 15%

Oral presentation of plan to industry (group): 5%

Reflective progress report (individual): 10%

Challenge project (group): 65%

Oral presentation of the Challenge project (group): 5%

Workload requirements

Student workload is an average of 48 hours of study per week comprised of independent research, meetings, and workshops.

This unit delivers 50% of the full-time fourth-year program for the BSc Advanced - Global Challenges (Honours)

See also Unit timetable information


SEH1001 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH1002 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH1003 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH1004 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH2001 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH2002 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH2003 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH2004 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH2005 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH2006 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH2007 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH2008 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH3001 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH3002 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH3003 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH3004 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH3005 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH3006 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH3007 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH3008 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH4001 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH4002 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH4003 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


SEH4004 - Science exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Unit guides

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


STA1010 - Statistical methods for science

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

School of Mathematical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Jonathan Keith

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Jonathan Keith
Dr Daniel McInnes

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

SCI1020, VCE Mathematical methods 3 and 4, or equivalent international qualifications listed in the Unit Guide.

Prohibitions

ETC1000, ETW1000, ETW1102, ETX1100, FIT1006 and MAT1097.

Note: students who have completed STA1010 cannot subsequently undertake SCI1020.

Synopsis

Descriptive statistics, scatter plots, correlation, line of best fit. Elementary probability theory. Confidence intervals and hypothesis tests using normal, t and binomial distributions. Use of computer software. Formal treatment of statistical analyses and the role of probability in statistical inference.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the key steps of the scientific method and how it can be applied to real problems that involve data analysis and interpretation;
  2. Appreciate how statistical data is collected, analysed and stored;
  3. Understand the meaning of population parameters such as mean, standard deviation, and median;
  4. Understand the importance of statistical techniques in the analysis of data;
  5. Present and interpret data graphically;
  6. Determine confidence intervals for population parameters, and distinguish between a population parameter and a sample statistic;
  7. Determine the appropriate statistical technique for a given context;
  8. Perform simple statistical operations using Excel;
  9. Take a random sample from a population and determine whether data fits a statistical hypothesis;
  10. Prepare and write a scientific report.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 3 hours and 10 minutes.

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60% (Hurdle)

Continuous assessment: 40% (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement: To pass this unit a student must achieve at least 50% overall and at least 40% for both the end-of-semester examination and continuous assessment components.

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour applied class per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


STA2216 - Data analysis for science

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Science

Organisational Unit

Malaysia School of Science

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Zobaer Hasan

Coordinator(s)

Dr Zobaer Hasan

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

STA1010 or SCI1020

Prohibitions

MTH2232, STA2032

Synopsis

This unit is designed to develop an understanding of some of the most widely used methods of statistical data analysis, from the viewpoint of the user, with an emphasis on planned experiments. Students will become familiar with at least one standard statistical package. Topics covered include: parametric and nonparametric procedures to compare two independent and matched samples; review of simple linear regression; multiple linear regression - analysis of residuals, choice of explanatory variables; model selection and validation; nonlinear relationships; introduction to logistic regression; basic principles of experimental design; one-way and two-way analysis of variance models; planned and multiple comparison techniques; power and sample size considerations in design; usage of some available statistical packages including Minitab and/or SPSS, data preparation, interpretation of output.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recognise the requirements for design of an effective experiment and the nature of data arising from these situations;
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of some of the important parametric and non-parametric methods of statistical data analysis, including analysis of variance, multiple linear regression and logistic regression;
  3. Identify and apply an appropriate statistical technique for analysing a given design/ data set;
  4. Formulate a model relating a response variable to a number of given independent variables;
  5. Use a statistical package for applying statistical techniques covered in the unit.

Assessment

NOTE: From 1 July 2019, the duration of all exams is changing to combine reading and writing time. The new exam duration for this unit is 2 hours and 10 minutes.

Assignments (3): 30%

Mini-project report: 10%

Examination (2 hours): 60%

Workload requirements

Three 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour workshop per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study